Upload
others
View
6
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Salesforce Order ManagementDeveloper Guide
Version 53.0, Winter ’22
@salesforcedocsLast updated: November 24, 2021
© Copyright 2000–2021 salesforce.com, inc. All rights reserved. Salesforce is a registered trademark of salesforce.com, inc.,as are other names and marks. Other marks appearing herein may be trademarks of their respective owners.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Salesforce Order Management Developer Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Chapter 2: Order Management Standard Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
FulfillmentOrder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3FulfillmentOrderItemAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14FulfillmentOrderItemTax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16FulfillmentOrderLineItem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25LocationGroup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33LocationGroupAssignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35OrderAdjustmentGroupSummary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37OrderDeliveryGroupSummary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48OrderItemSummary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51OrderItemSummaryChange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66OrderPaymentSummary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69OrderSummary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74OrderSummaryRoutingSchedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86ProcessException . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89ReturnOrder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93ReturnOrderItemAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107ReturnOrderItemTax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109ReturnOrderLineItem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112SalesChannel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125ShipmentItem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Order Summary Entity Relationship Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Importing Order Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Fulfillment Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Chapter 3: Salesforce Order Management in Apex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Salesforce Order Management Apex Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177FulfillmentOrder Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177OmnichannelInventoryService Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182OrderPaymentSummary Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189OrderSummary Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190OrderSummaryCreation Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
ReturnOrder Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Routing Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Salesforce Order Management Apex Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204ConnectApi.AdjustItemInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206ConnectApi.AdjustOrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207ConnectApi.ChangeItemInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208ConnectApi.CreateCreditMemoInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208ConnectApi.CreateOrderPaymentSummaryInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208ConnectApi.EnsureFundsAsyncInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209ConnectApi.EnsureRefundsAsyncInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209ConnectApi.FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210ConnectApi.FulfillmentGroupInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInvoiceInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancelInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212ConnectApi.LocationInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212ConnectApi.LocationAvailabilityInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInvoicesInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationSingleInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationSingleInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214ConnectApi.OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationSingleInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationSingleInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217ConnectApi.OrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218ConnectApi.OrderSummaryInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218ConnectApi.QuantityWithSkuInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219ConnectApi.RankAverageDistanceInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219ConnectApi.ReturnItemsInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220ConnectApi.ReturnOrderInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220ConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221ConnectApi.ReturnOrderLineItemInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222ConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemDeliveryChargeInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222ConnectApi.TargetLocationInputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Salesforce Order Management Apex Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223ConnectApi.AdjustOrderSummaryOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225ConnectApi.AvailableLocationOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226ConnectApi.AverageDistanceResultOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Contents
ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226ConnectApi.ChangeItemOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227ConnectApi.CreateCreditMemoOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229ConnectApi.CreateOrderPaymentSummaryOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229ConnectApi.DistanceCalculationOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229ConnectApi.EnsureFundsAsyncOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229ConnectApi.EnsureRefundsAsyncOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230ConnectApi.ErrorResponse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230ConnectApi.FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230ConnectApi.FulfillmentGroupOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderCancelLineItemsOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInvoiceOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231ConnectApi.LocationOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInvoicesOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232ConnectApi.OCIBaseOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationErrorOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationSingleOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationErrorOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationSingleOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234ConnectApi.OCIFutureInventoryOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234ConnectApi.OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235ConnectApi.OCIInventoryRecordOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235ConnectApi.OCILocationAvailabilityOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235ConnectApi.OCILocationGroupAvailabilityOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236ConnectApi.OCIPublishLocationStructureOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236ConnectApi.OCIPublishLocationStructureStatusOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationErrorOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationSingleOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationErrorOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationSingleOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238ConnectApi.OCIUploadInventoryAvailabilityOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239ConnectApi.OCIUploadInventoryAvailabilityStatusOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . 239ConnectApi.OrderItemSummaryOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239ConnectApi.OrderSummaryOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240ConnectApi.PreviewCancelOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240ConnectApi.PreviewReturnOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240ConnectApi.RankAverageDistanceOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240ConnectApi.ReturnItemsOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Contents
ConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemSplitLineOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241ConnectApi.ReturnOrderOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241ConnectApi.SubmitCancelOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241ConnectApi.SubmitReturnOutputRepresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Chapter 4: Salesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Availability Records, Get Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Availability Records, Upload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Location Graph, Upload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Reservations, Create . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Reservations, Fulfill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Reservations, Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Reservations, Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Salesforce Order Management Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Fulfillment Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Fulfillment Orders, Cancel Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Fulfillment Orders, Create Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Fulfillment Orders, Create Multiple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Order Payment Summaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Order Summaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Order Summaries, Create Credit Memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Order Summaries, Ensure Funds Async . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Order Summaries, Ensure Refunds Async . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Order Summaries, Preview Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Order Summaries, Preview Cancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Order Summaries, Preview Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Order Summaries, Submit Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Order Summaries, Submit Cancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Order Summaries, Submit Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Return Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Return Orders, Return Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Routing, Find Routes with Fewest Splits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Routing, Rank By Average Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Salesforce Order Management Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Adjust Item Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Adjust Order Item Summary Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Change Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Change Item Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Create Credit Memo Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Create Order Payment Summary Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Ensure Funds Async Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Ensure Refunds Async Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Find Routes With Fewest Splits Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Contents
Fulfillment Group Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Fulfillment Order Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Fulfillment Order Invoice Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Fulfillment Order Line Item Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Fulfillment Order Line Items To Cancel Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Location Availability Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Location Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Multiple Fulfillment Order Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289OCI Create Reservation Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289OCI Create Reservation Single Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290OCI Fulfill Reservation Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290OCI Fulfill Reservation Single Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290OCI Get Inventory Availability Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291OCI Release Reservation Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292OCI Release Reservation Single Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292OCI Transfer Reservation Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293OCI Transfer Reservation Single Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Order Item Summary Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Order Summary Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Quantity With Sku Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Rank Average Distance Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Return Items Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Return Order Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Return Order Item Delivery Charge Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Return Order Item Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Return Order Line Item Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Target Location Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Salesforce Order Management Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Adjust Order Summary Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Available Location Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Average Distance Result Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Change Item Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Create Credit Memo Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Create Order Payment Summary Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Distance Calculation Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Ensure Funds Async Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Ensure Refunds Async Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Error Response Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Error with Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Find Routes With Fewest Splits Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Fulfillment Group Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Fulfillment Order Cancel Line Items Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311Fulfillment Order Invoice Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311Fulfillment Order Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Contents
Location Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Multiple Fulfillment Order Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312OCI Create Reservation Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312OCI Create Reservation Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313OCI Create Reservation Single Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313OCI Fulfill Reservation Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313OCI Fulfill Reservation Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314OCI Fulfill Reservation Single Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314OCI Future Inventory Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314OCI Get Inventory Availability Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315OCI Inventory Record Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315OCI Location Availability Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315OCI Location Group Availability Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316OCI Publish Location Structure Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316OCI Publish Location Structure Status Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316OCI Release Reservation Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317OCI Release Reservation Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317OCI Release Reservation Single Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317OCI Transfer Reservation Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318OCI Transfer Reservation Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318OCI Transfer Reservation Single Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318OCI Upload Inventory Availability Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319OCI Upload Inventory Availability Status Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Order Item Summary Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Order Summary Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Preview Cancel Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Preview Return Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Rank Average Distance Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Return Items Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Return Order Item Split Line Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Return Order Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Submit Cancel Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Submit Return Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Chapter 5: Order Management Invocable Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Salesforce Order Management Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326Flow Core Action for Order Management: Adjust Order Item Summaries Preview . . . . . . . . . 326Flow Core Action for Order Management: Adjust Order Item Summaries Submit . . . . . . . . . 328Flow Core Action for Order Management: Cancel Fulfillment Order Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331Flow Core Action for Order Management: Cancel Order Item Summaries Preview . . . . . . . . 332Flow Core Action for Order Management: Cancel Order Item Summaries Submit . . . . . . . . . 334Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create Credit Memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create Fulfillment Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create an Invoice from Fulfillment Order . . . . . . . . 338
Contents
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create Order Payment Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create Order Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create Return Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Flow Core Action for Order Management: Ensure Funds Async . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342Flow Core Action for Order Management: Ensure Refunds Async . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Flow Core Action for Order Management: Return Order Item Summaries Preview . . . . . . . . . 345Flow Core Action for Order Management: Return Order Item Summaries Submit . . . . . . . . . 347Flow Core Action for Order Management: Return Return Order Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Chapter 6: Salesforce Order Management Platform Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
FOStatusChangedEvent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352OrderSummaryCreatedEvent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354OrderSumStatusChangedEvent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Chapter 7: Salesforce Order Management Lightning Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Chapter 8: API End-of-Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Contents
CHAPTER 1 Salesforce Order Management Developer Guide
Customize Salesforce Order Management and Omnichannel Inventory.
1
CHAPTER 2 Order Management Standard Objects
Salesforce Order Management and Omnichannel Inventory include these standard objects.In this chapter ...
• FulfillmentOrder
• FulfillmentOrderItemAdjustment
• FulfillmentOrderItemTax
• FulfillmentOrderLineItem
• Location
• LocationGroup
• LocationGroupAssignment
• OrderAdjustmentGroupSummary
• OrderDeliveryGroupSummary
• OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary
• OrderItemSummary
• OrderItemSummaryChange
• OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary
• OrderPaymentSummary
• OrderSummary
• OrderSummaryRoutingSchedule
• ProcessException
• ReturnOrder
• ReturnOrderItemAdjustment
• ReturnOrderItemTax
• ReturnOrderLineItem
• SalesChannel
• Shipment
• ShipmentItem
• Order SummaryEntity RelationshipDiagram
• Salesforce B2CCommerce StorefrontOrder Data Map
• Importing Order Data
• Fulfillment Orders
2
FulfillmentOrder
Represents a group of products and delivery charges on a single order that share the same fulfillment location, delivery method, andrecipient. The FulfillmentOrderLineItems belonging to a FulfillmentOrder are associated with OrderItemSummary objects belonging toa single OrderSummary. This object is available in API version 48.0 and later.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), search(), undelete(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Salesforce Order Management orgs.
Fields
DetailsField
Typereference
AccountId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the Account or Person Account associated with the FulfillmentOrder. It represents theshopper in the storefront.
Typereference
BillToContactId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the Contact associated with the FulfillmentOrder. It represents the shopper in thestorefront when not using person accounts.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typepicklist
CurrencyIsoCode
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort, Update
DescriptionISO code for the currency of the OrderSummary associated with the FulfillmentOrder. Thedefault value is USD.
Possible values are:
3
FulfillmentOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
• DKK—Danish Krone
• EUR—Euro
• GBP—British Pound
• USD—U.S. Dollar
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typereference
DeliveryMethodId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionID of the DeliveryMethod used for this FulfillmentOrder.
Typereference
FulfilledFromLocationId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionID of the Location handling this FulfillmentOrder.
Typeaddress
FulfilledToAddress
PropertiesFilter, Nillable
DescriptionAddress of the recipient.
Typestring
FulfilledToCity
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionRecipient address city.
Typestring
FulfilledToCountry
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionRecipient address country.
4
FulfillmentOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typeemail
FulfilledToEmailAddress
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionEmail address of the recipient.
Typepicklist
FulfilledToGeocodeAccuracy
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort, Update
DescriptionAccuracy of the geocode for the recipient address.
Possible values are:
• Address
• Block
• City
• County
• ExtendedZip
• NearAddress
• Neighborhood
• State
• Street
• Unknown
• Zip
Typedouble
FulfilledToLatitude
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionUsed with FulfilledToLongitude to specify the precise geolocation of the recipient address.Acceptable values are numbers between –90 and 90 with up to 15 decimal places.
Typedouble
FulfilledToLongitude
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
5
FulfillmentOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionUsed with FulfilledToLatitude to specify the precise geolocation of the recipient address.Acceptable values are numbers between –90 and 90 with up to 15 decimal places.
Typestring
FulfilledToName
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionName on the recipient address.
Typephone
FulfilledToPhone
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionPhone number of the recipient.
Typestring
FulfilledToPostalCode
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionRecipient address postal code.
Typestring
FulfilledToState
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionRecipient address state.
Typetextarea
FulfilledToStreet
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionRecipient address street.
Typestring
FulfillmentOrderNumber
6
FulfillmentOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesAutonumber, Defaulted on create, Filter, idLookup, Sort
DescriptionID of the FulfillmentOrder.
Typecurrency
GrandTotalAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal, including adjustments and tax, of the products and delivery charges on theFulfillmentOrder. This amount includes all FulfillmentOrderLineItems associated with theFulfillmentOrder. This amount is equal to TotalAmount + TotalTaxAmount.
Typereference
InvoiceId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionID of the Invoice associated with the FulfillmentOrder.
Typeboolean
IsReship
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionIndicates whether the FulfillmentOrder is for a reshipment. The default value is false.
This field is available in API version 53.0 and later.
Typeboolean
IsSuspended
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionIndicates whether the FulfillmentOrder is suspended. The default value is false.
Typedouble
ItemCount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
7
FulfillmentOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionSum of the quantities of the FulfillmentOrderLineItems included in the FulfillmentOrder.
TypedateTime
LastReferencedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTimestamp for when the current user last viewed a record related to this record.
TypedateTime
LastViewedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTimestamp for when the current user last viewed this record. A null value can mean that thisrecord has only been referenced (LastReferencedDate) and not viewed.
Typereference
OrderId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the original Order that generated the FulfillmentOrder.
Typereference
OrderSummaryId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the OrderSummary associated with the FulfillmentOrder.
Typereference
OwnerId
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionID of the User who currently owns this FulfillmentOrder. Default value is the User logged into the API to perform the create.
Typepicklist
Status
8
FulfillmentOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionStatus of the FulfillmentOrder. Each status corresponds to one status category, shown herein parentheses. You can customize the status picklist to represent your business processes,but the status category picklist is fixed because processing is based on those values. If youcustomize the status picklist, include at least one status value for each status category.
Default values are:
• Allocated (Activated)
• Assigned (Fulfilling)
• Cancelled (Cancelled)
• Draft (Draft)
• Fulfilled (Closed)
• Pickpack (Fulfilling)
Typepicklist
StatusCategory
PropertiesFilter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionStatus category of the FulfillmentOrder. Processing of the FulfillmentOrder depends on thisvalue. Each status category corresponds to one or more statuses.
Possible values are:
• ACTIVATED—Activated
• CANCELLED—Cancelled
• CLOSED—Closed
• DRAFT—Draft
• FULFILLING—Fulfilling
Typepicklist
TaxLocaleType
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionThe system used to handle tax on the original Order associated with the FulfillmentOrder.Gross usually applies to taxes like value-added tax (VAT), and Net usually applies to taxes likesales tax.
Possible values are:
• Gross (displays most prices and taxes as combined values)
• Net (displays most prices and taxes as separate values)
9
FulfillmentOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount of the price adjustments applied to the products on the FulfillmentOrder. Thisvalue only includes adjustments to FulfillmentOrderLineItems of type code Product.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount of the price adjustments applied to the products on the FulfillmentOrder,inclusive of tax. This value only includes adjustments to FulfillmentOrderLineItems of typecode Product. This amount is equal to TotalAdjustmentAmount +TotalAdjustmentTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalAdjustmentAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionAdjusted total, not including tax, of the FulfillmentOrderLineItems, including products anddelivery charges, on the FulfillmentOrder.
Typecurrency
TotalDeliveryAdjustAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
10
FulfillmentOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionTotal amount of the price adjustments applied to the delivery charges on the FulfillmentOrder.This value only includes adjustments to FulfillmentOrderLineItems of type code Charge.
Typecurrency
TotalDeliveryAdjustAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount of the price adjustments applied to the delivery charges on the FulfillmentOrder,inclusive of tax. This value only includes adjustments to FulfillmentOrderLineItems of typecode Charge. This amount is equal to TotalDeliveryAdjustAmount +TotalDeliveryAdjustTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalDeliveryAdjustTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalDeliveryAdjustAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalDeliveryAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal of the delivery charges on the FulfillmentOrder. This value only includesFulfillmentOrderLineItems of type code Charge.
Typecurrency
TotalDeliveryAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount of the delivery charges on the FulfillmentOrder, inclusive of tax. This value onlyincludes FulfillmentOrderLineItems of type code Charge. This amount is equal toTotalDeliveryAmount + TotalDeliveryTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalDeliveryTaxAmount
11
FulfillmentOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalDeliveryAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalProductAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal price of the products on the FulfillmentOrder. This value only includesFulfillmentOrderLineItems of type code Product.
Typecurrency
TotalProductAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal price of the products on the FulfillmentOrder, inclusive of tax. This value only includesFulfillmentOrderLineItems of type code Product. This amount is equal to TotalProductAmount+ TotalProductTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalProductTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalProductAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalAmount.
Typepicklist
Type
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
12
FulfillmentOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionType of the FulfillmentOrder. Each type corresponds to one type category, shown here inparentheses. You can customize the type picklist to represent your business processes, butthe type category picklist is fixed because processing is based on those values. If you customizethe type picklist, include at least one type value for each type category.
Default values are:
• Download (Digital)
• Email (Digital)
• In Store Pickup (Physical)
• Retail Store (Physical)
• Supplier (Drop Ship)
• Warehouse (Physical)
Typepicklist
TypeCategory
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionType category of the FulfillmentOrder. Processing of the FulfillmentOrder depends on thisvalue. Each type category corresponds to one or more types.
Possible values are:
• DIGITAL—Digital
• DROPSHIP—Drop Ship
• PHYSICAL—Physical
Associated ObjectsThis object has the following associated objects. Unless noted, they are available in the same API version as this object.
FulfillmentOrderFeedFeed tracking is available for the object.
FulfillmentOrderOwnerSharingRuleSharing rules are available for the object.
FulfillmentOrderShareSharing is available for the object.
SEE ALSO:
FulfillmentOrderLineItem
OrderSummary
13
FulfillmentOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
FulfillmentOrderItemAdjustment
Represents a price adjustment on a FulfillmentOrderLineItem. Corresponds to an OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary associated withthe corresponding OrderItemSummary. This object is available in API version 48.0 and later.
This object is used for calculations and doesn’t have a default record page.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Salesforce Order Management orgs.
Fields
DetailsField
Typecurrency
Amount
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Sort
DescriptionAmount, not including tax, of the adjustment.
Typestring
CampaignName
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionCampaign associated with the adjustment.
Typestring
CouponName
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionCoupon associated with the adjustment.
Typepicklist
CurrencyIsoCode
14
FulfillmentOrderItemAdjustmentOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesDefaulted on create, Filter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionISO code for the currency of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem to which the adjustment applies.The default value is USD.
Possible values are:
• DKK—Danish Krone
• EUR—Euro
• GBP—British Pound
• USD—U.S. Dollar
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typetextarea
Description
PropertiesCreate, Nillable, Update
DescriptionText description of the adjustment.
Typereference
FulfillmentOrderId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the FulfillmentOrder associated with the FulfillmentOrderLineItem to which theadjustment applies.
Typestring
FulfillmentOrderItemAdjustmentNumber
PropertiesAutonumber, Defaulted on create, Filter, idLookup, Sort
DescriptionID of the FulfillmentOrderLineItemAdjustment.
Typereference
FulfillmentOrderLineItemId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem to which this adjustment applies.
15
FulfillmentOrderItemAdjustmentOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typereference
OrderItemAdjustLineSummaryId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary associated with the adjustment.
Typestring
PromotionName
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionPromotion associated with the adjustment.
Typecurrency
TotalAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount of the adjustment, inclusive of tax. This amount is equal to Amount +TotalTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the Amount.
SEE ALSO:
FulfillmentOrder
FulfillmentOrderItemTax
FulfillmentOrderLineItem
OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary
FulfillmentOrderItemTax
Represents the tax on a FulfillmentOrderLineItem or FulfillmentOrderItemAdjustment. Corresponds to an OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary.This object is available in API version 48.0 and later.
16
FulfillmentOrderItemTaxOrder Management Standard Objects
This object is used for calculations and doesn’t have a default record page.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Salesforce Order Management orgs.
Fields
DetailsField
Typecurrency
Amount
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Sort
DescriptionAmount of tax represented by the FulfillmentOrderItemTax.
Typepicklist
CurrencyIsoCode
PropertiesDefaulted on create, Filter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionISO code for the currency of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem to which the tax applies. Thedefault value is USD.
Possible values are:
• DKK—Danish Krone
• EUR—Euro
• GBP—British Pound
• USD—U.S. Dollar
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typetextarea
Description
PropertiesCreate, Nillable, Update
DescriptionDescription of the FulfillmentOrderItemTax.
17
FulfillmentOrderItemTaxOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typereference
FulfillmentOrderId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the associated FulfillmentOrder.
Typereference
FulfillmentOrderItemAdjustId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionIf this object represents tax on an adjustment, this value is the ID of theFulfillmentOrderItemAdjustment to which the tax applies. If this value is null, the adjustmentapplies to a FulfillmentOrderLineItem.
Typestring
FulfillmentOrderItemTaxNumber
PropertiesAutonumber, Defaulted on create, Filter, idLookup, Sort
DescriptionID of the FulfillmentOrderItemTax.
Typereference
FulfillmentOrderLineItemId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort
DescriptionIf this object represents tax on a FulfillmentOrderLineItem, this value is the ID of thatFulfillmentOrderLineItem. If this object represents tax on an adjustment, this value is the IDof the FulfillmentOrderLineItem to which the adjustment applies.
Typereference
OrderItemTaxLineItemSummaryId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary associated with the OrderItemSummary thatcorresponds to the FulfillmentOrderLineItem to which the tax applies.
Typepercent
Rate
18
FulfillmentOrderItemTaxOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionTax rate used to calculate the Amount.
Typedate
TaxEffectiveDate
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionDate on which the Amount was calculated. Important due to tax rate changes over time.
Typepicklist
Type
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort, Update
DescriptionIndicates whether the Amount is actual or estimated.
Possible values are:
• Actual
• Estimated
SEE ALSO:
FulfillmentOrder
FulfillmentOrderItemAdjustment
FulfillmentOrderLineItem
OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary
FulfillmentOrderLineItem
Represents a product or delivery charge belonging to a FulfillmentOrder. Corresponds to an OrderItemSummary. This object is availablein API version 48.0 and later.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), update(), upsert()
19
FulfillmentOrderLineItemOrder Management Standard Objects
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Salesforce Order Management orgs.
Fields
DetailsField
Typepicklist
CurrencyIsoCode
PropertiesDefaulted on create, Filter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionISO code for the currency of the FulfillmentOrder associated with the FulfillmentOrderLineItem.The default value is USD.
Possible values are:
• DKK—Danish Krone
• EUR—Euro
• GBP—British Pound
• USD—U.S. Dollar
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typestring
Description
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionDescription of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem.
TypedateTime
EndDate
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionEnd date of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem.
Typereference
FulfillmentOrderId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the FulfillmentOrder associated with the FulfillmentOrderLineItem.
20
FulfillmentOrderLineItemOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typestring
FulfillmentOrderLineItemNumber
PropertiesAutonumber, Defaulted on create, Filter, idLookup, Sort
DescriptionID of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem.
Typecurrency
GrossUnitPrice
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionUnit price, including tax, of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem. This value is equal to TotalPrice +TotalTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typeboolean
IsReship
PropertiesDefaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort
DescriptionIndicates whether the FulfillmentOrderLineItem belongs to a reshipment. The default valueis false.
This field is available in API version 53.0 and later.
Typereference
OrderItemId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the original OrderItem for the OrderItemSummary associated with theFulfillmentOrderLineItem.
Typereference
OrderItemSummaryId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the OrderItemSummary associated with the FulfillmentOrderLineItem.
21
FulfillmentOrderLineItemOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typedouble
OriginalQuantity
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Sort
DescriptionOriginal quantity of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem.
Typereference
Product2Id
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the product represented by the FulfillmentOrderLineItem.
Typedouble
Quantity
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Sort, Update
DescriptionCurrent quantity of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem. Equal to the original quantity minus anycanceled quantity.
Typestring
QuantityUnitOfMeasure
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionUnit of measure of the quantity, for example: unit, gallon, ton, or case.
Typepicklist
ReshipReason
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionIf the FulfillmentOrderLineItem belongs to a reshipment, the reason for the reshipment.
Default values are:
• Damaged
• Lost
• Unknown
• Wrong Item
This field is available in API version 53.0 and later.
22
FulfillmentOrderLineItemOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
TypedateTime
ServiceDate
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionService or start date of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal of any price adjustments applied to the FulfillmentOrderLineItem.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentAmountWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount of the price adjustments applied to the FulfillmentOrderLineItem, inclusive oftax. This amount is equal to TotalAdjustmentAmount + TotalAdjustmentTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalAdjustmentAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal, including adjustments and tax, of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem.
Typecurrency
TotalLineAmount
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Nillable, Sort
23
FulfillmentOrderLineItemOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionTotal, not including adjustments or tax, of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem.
Typecurrency
TotalLineAmountWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal price of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem, inclusive of tax. This amount is equal toTotalLineAmount + TotalLineTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalLineTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalLineAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalPrice
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal, including adjustments but not tax, of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem. Equal to UnitPricetimes Quantity.
Typecurrency
TotalTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalPrice.
Typepicklist
Type
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionType of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem. Matches the type of the associated OrderItemSummary.Delivery Charge indicates that the FulfillmentOrderLineItem represents a delivery charge.
24
FulfillmentOrderLineItemOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Order Product indicates that it represents any other type of product, service, or charge. Eachtype corresponds to one type code, shown here in parentheses.
Possible values are:
• Delivery Charge
• Order Product
Typepicklist
TypeCode
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionType code of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem. Matches the type code of the associatedOrderItemSummary. Processing depends on this value. Charge indicates that theFulfillmentOrderLineItem represents a delivery charge. Product indicates that it representsany other type of product, service, or charge. Each type category corresponds to one or moretypes.
Possible values are:
• Charge
• Product
Typecurrency
UnitPrice
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionUnit price of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem.
SEE ALSO:
FulfillmentOrder
FulfillmentOrderItemAdjustment
FulfillmentOrderItemTax
OrderItemSummary
Location
Represents a warehouse, service vehicle, work site, or other element of the region where your team performs field service work. In APIversion 49.0 and later, you can associate activities with specific locations. Activities, such as the tasks and events related to a location,appear in the activities timeline when you view the location detail page. Also in API version 49.0 and later, Work.com users can viewEmployees as a related list on Location records. In API version 51.0 and later, this object is available for Omnichannel Inventory andrepresents physical locations where inventory is available for fulfilling orders.
25
LocationOrder Management Standard Objects
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), search(), undelete(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesAt least one of these features must be enabled:
• Commerce Store
• Contact Tracing for Employees
• Employee Experience
• Field Service
• Fulfillment Orders
• Health Cloud
• Industries Insurance
• Industries Visit
• Locations
• Omnichannel Inventory
• Public Sector
• Retail Execution
• Work.com
Fields
DetailsField Name
Typedate
CloseDate
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionDate the location closed or went out of service.
Typedate
ConstructionEndDate
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionDate construction ended at the location.
Typedate
ConstructionStartDate
26
LocationOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionDate construction began at the location.
Typestring
Description
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionA brief description of the location.
Typestring
DrivingDirections
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionDirections to the location.
Typestring
ExternalReference
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionIdentifier of a location.
Typeboolean
IsInventoryLocation
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionIndicates whether the location stores parts.
Note: This field must be selected if you want to associate the locationwith product items.
Typeboolean
IsMobile
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionIndicates whether the location moves. For example, a truck or tool box.
27
LocationOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
TypedateTime
LastReferencedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe date when the location was last modified. Its label in the user interface isLast Modified Date.
TypedateTime
LastViewedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe date the location was last viewed.
Typedouble
Latitude
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe latitude of the location.
Typelocation
Location
PropertiesNillable
DescriptionThe geographic location.
Typeint
LocationLevel
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe location’s position in a location hierarchy. If the location has no parent orchild locations, its level is 1. Locations that belong to a hierarchy have a level of1 for the root location, 2 for the child locations of the root location, 3 for theirchildren, and so forth.
Typepicklist
LocationType
28
LocationOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionPicklist of location types. It has no default values, so you must populate it beforecreating any location records.
Typereference
LogoId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionA ContentAsset representing a logo for the location.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameLogo
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToContentAsset
Typedouble
Longitude
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe longitude of the location.
Typestring
Name
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, idLookup, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe name of the location. For example, Service Van #4.
Typedate
OpenDate
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionDate the location opened or came into service.
29
LocationOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
Typereference
OwnerId
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe location’s owner or driver.
This is a polymorphic relationship field.
Relationship NameOwner
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToGroup, User
Typereference
ParentLocationId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe location’s parent location. For example, if vans are stored at a warehousewhen not in service, the warehouse is the parent location.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameParentLocation
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToLocation
Typedate
PossessionDate
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe date the location was purchased.
Typedate
RemodelEndDate
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
30
LocationOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
DescriptionDate when remodel construction ended at the location.
Typedate
RemodelStartDate
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionDate when remodel construction started at the location.
Typereference
RootLocationId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
Description(Read Only) The top-level location in the location’s hierarchy.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameRootLocation
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToLocation
Typeboolean
ShouldSyncWithOci
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionIndicates whether the location should sync its data with Omnichannel Inventory.The default value is false.
This field is available in API version 51.0 and later.
Typepicklist
TimeZone
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort, Update
DescriptionPicklist of available time zones.
31
LocationOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
Typereference
VisitorAddressId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionLookup to an account’s or client’s address.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameVisitorAddress
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToAddress
UsageBefore creating any location records, add at least one value to the Location Type picklist. LocationType is a required field.
To track your inventory in Salesforce, create product items, which represent the stock of a particular product a particular location. Forexample, create a product item that represents the 500 bolts you have in stock at your Warehouse A location. Each product item mustbe associated with a location.
To get a more granular picture of your field service operation, associate locations with service territories. For example, if a warehouse islocated in a particular service territory, add it as a service territory location.
Important: “Location” in Salesforce can also refer to the geolocation compound field found on many standard objects. Whenreferencing the Location object in your Apex code, always use Schema.Location instead of Location to prevent confusionwith the standard Location compound field. If referencing both the Location object and the Location field in the same snippet,you can differentiate between the two by using System.Location for the field and Schema.Location for the object.
Associated ObjectsThis object has the following associated objects. Unless noted, they are available in the same API version as this object.
LocationChangeEvent (API version 48.0)Change events are available for the object.
LocationFeedFeed tracking is available for the object.
LocationHistoryHistory is available for tracked fields of the object.
LocationOwnerSharingRuleSharing rules are available for the object.
LocationShareSharing is available for the object.
32
LocationOrder Management Standard Objects
LocationGroup
Represents a group of Omnichannel Inventory locations, providing an aggregate view of inventory availability across those locations.Omnichannel Inventory can create an inventory reservation for an order at the location group level, then assign the reservation to oneor more locations in the group as needed. This object is available in API version 51.0 and later.
You can define location groups according to the logic of your business needs. For example, a location group can represent the warehousesin a geographic region, or it can include the fulfillment centers associated with a particular online storefront.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), search(), undelete(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Omnichannel Inventory orgs.
Fields
DetailsField
Typetextarea
Description
PropertiesCreate, Nillable, Update
DescriptionDescription of the location group.
Typestring
ExternalReference
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionUsed when OCI is integrated with B2C Commerce to associate the location group with aninventory list in B2C Commerce. This value must match the inventory list ID in B2C Commerce.
Typeboolean
IsEnabled
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionIndicates whether the location group is in use. If set to false, then inventory functionsignore this location group and its data isn’t synchronized with OCI. The default value is true.
33
LocationGroupOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
TypedateTime
LastReferencedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe timestamp for when the current user last viewed a record related to this record.
TypedateTime
LastViewedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe timestamp for when the current user last viewed this record. A null value can mean thatthis record has only been referenced (LastReferencedDate) and not viewed.
Typestring
LocationGroupName
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, idLookup, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe name of the location group.
Typereference
OwnerId
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe ID of the user who currently owns this location group. Default value is the API user thatcreated the record.
Typeboolean
ShouldSyncWithOci
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionSpecifies whether to synchronize inventory data for this location group with OmnichannelInventory. The default value is true.
Associated ObjectsThis object has the following associated objects. Unless noted, they are available in the same API version as this object.
34
LocationGroupOrder Management Standard Objects
LocationGroupFeedFeed tracking is available for the object.
LocationGroupHistoryHistory is available for tracked fields of the object.
LocationGroupOwnerSharingRuleSharing rules are available for the object.
LocationGroupShareSharing is available for the object.
LocationGroupAssignment
Represents the assignment of a location to a location group. This object is available in API version 51.0 and later.
You can assign a location to multiple location groups, which associates it with one location group assignment for each location groupthat it’s assigned to. Each location group assignment represents the relationship between one location and one location group, so alocation or location group can be associated with multiple location group assignments.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), undelete(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Omnichannel Inventory orgs.
Fields
DetailsField
TypedateTime
LastReferencedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe timestamp for when the current user last viewed a record related to this record.
TypedateTime
LastViewedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe timestamp for when the current user last viewed this record. A null value can mean thatthis record has only been referenced (LastReferencedDate) and not viewed.
35
LocationGroupAssignmentOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typestring
LocationExternalReference
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe external reference of the associated location.
Typestring
LocationGroupAssignment
PropertiesAutonumber, Defaulted on create, Filter, idLookup, Sort
DescriptionThe name of the location group assignment.
Typestring
LocationGroupExternalReference
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe external reference of the associated location group.
Typereference
LocationGroupId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort
Description(Master-Detail) The associated location group.
Typestring
LocationGroupName
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe location group name of the associated location group.
Typereference
LocationId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort
Description(Master-Detail) The associated location.
36
LocationGroupAssignmentOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typestring
LocationName
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe name of the associated location.
OrderAdjustmentGroupSummary
Represents the current properties and state of a group of related price adjustments. Associated with a set ofOrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaries that apply to OrderItemSummaries belonging to one OrderSummary. Corresponds to one or moreorder adjustment group objects, consisting of an original object and any change objects applicable to it. This object is available in APIversion 48.0 and later.
An OrderAdjustmentGroupSummary can represent an adjustment to an entire order as a group of adjustments to each of its products.For example, representing “10% off the order” as a set of 10% off adjustments to each product on the order. It can also represent anadjustment that applies to a subset of the products on an order. For example, representing “buy one, get one 50% off” as a 25% offadjustment to each of two products.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), undelete(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Salesforce Order Management orgs or if the B2B Commerce on Lightning Experience license is enabled.
Fields
DetailsField
Typereference
AdjustmentCauseId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionReferences the specific promotions applied.
This is a polymorphic relationship field.
Relationship NameAdjustmentCause
37
OrderAdjustmentGroupSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToPromotion
This field is available in API version 52.0 and later.
Typepicklist
CurrencyIsoCode
PropertiesDefaulted on create, Filter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionISO code for the currency of the OrderSummary associated with the adjustments in thegroup. The default value is USD.
Possible values are:
• DKK—Danish Krone
• EUR—Euro
• GBP—British Pound
• USD—U.S. Dollar
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typetextarea
Description
PropertiesCreate, Nillable, Update
DescriptionDescription of the OrderAdjustmentGroupSummary.
This field can be edited.
Typecurrency
GrandTotalAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal, including tax, of the associated OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaries.
Typestring
Name
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, idLookup, Sort, Update
38
OrderAdjustmentGroupSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionName of the OrderAdjustmentGroupSummary.
Typereference
OrderSummaryId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the OrderSummary associated with the OrderAdjustmentGroupSummary.
Typereference
OriginalOrderAdjGroupId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the original OrderAdjustmentGroup associated with this summary object. Nillable=trueonly if the associated order summary is unmanaged. For managed order summaries,nillable=false.
Typecurrency
TotalAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal, not including tax, of the associated OrderItemAdjustmentIineSummaries.
Typecurrency
TotalTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalAmount.
Typepicklist
Type
PropertiesFilter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionType of the OrderAdjustmentGroupSummary. Header represents an order-level adjustmentwith an OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary for each OrderItemSummary on theOrderSummary. SplitLine represents any other related set ofOrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaries.
39
OrderAdjustmentGroupSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Possible values are:
• Header
• SplitLine
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
SEE ALSO:
OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary
OrderDeliveryGroupSummary
Represents the current properties and state of a group of OrderItemSummaries, belonging to one OrderSummary, to be fulfilled usingthe same delivery method and delivered to the same address. A single shipment can include them all, but that isn’t guaranteed.Corresponds to one or more order delivery group objects, consisting of an original object and any change objects applicable to it. Thisobject is available in API version 48.0 and later.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), undelete(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Salesforce Order Management orgs or if the B2B Commerce on Lightning Experience license is enabled.
Fields
DetailsField
Typepicklist
CurrencyIsoCode
PropertiesDefaulted on create, Filter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionISO code for the currency of the OrderSummary associated with theOrderDeliveryGroupSummary. The default value is USD.
Possible values are:
• DKK—Danish Krone
• EUR—Euro
40
OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
• GBP—British Pound
• USD—U.S. Dollar
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typeaddress
DeliverToAddress
PropertiesFilter, Nillable
DescriptionAddress of the recipient. Users with the Edit Delivery Information user permission can modifythis field.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typestring
DeliverToCity
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionRecipient address city.
Typestring
DeliverToCountry
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionRecipient address country.
Typepicklist
DeliverToGeocodeAccuracy
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort, Update
DescriptionAccuracy of the geocode for the recipient address.
Possible values are:
• Address
• Block
• City
• County
• ExtendedZip
41
OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
• NearAddress
• Neighborhood
• State
• Street
• Unknown
• Zip
Typedouble
DeliverToLatitude
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionUsed with FulfilledToLongitude to specify the precise geolocation of the recipient address.Acceptable values are numbers between –90 and 90 with up to 15 decimal places.
Typedouble
DeliverToLongitude
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionUsed with FulfilledToLatitude to specify the precise geolocation of the recipient address.Acceptable values are numbers between –90 and 90 with up to 15 decimal places.
Typestring
DeliverToName
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionName on the recipient address. Users with the Edit Delivery Information user permission canmodify this field.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typestring
DeliverToPostalCode
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionRecipient address postal code.
42
OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typestring
DeliverToState
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionRecipient address state.
Typetextarea
DeliverToStreet
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionRecipient address street.
Typetextarea
DeliveryInstructions
PropertiesCreate, Nillable, Update
DescriptionSpecial instructions for the delivery. Users with the Edit Delivery Information user permissioncan modify this field.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typetextarea
Description
PropertiesCreate, Nillable, Update
DescriptionDescription of the OrderDeliveryGroupSummary.
This field can be edited.
TypedateTime
DesiredDeliveryDate
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionDesired date for delivery. This field is informational, available for customizations. Users withthe Edit Delivery Information user permission can modify this field.
43
OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typeemail
EmailAddress
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionEmail address of the recipient. Users with the Edit Delivery Information user permission canmodify this field.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typetextarea
GiftMessage
PropertiesCreate, Nillable, Update
DescriptionGift message to include. Users with the Edit Delivery Information user permission can modifythis field.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typecurrency
GrandTotalAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal, including adjustments and tax, of the delivery charges associated with theOrderDeliveryGroupSummary. This value only includes OrderItemSummaries of type codeCharge.
Typeboolean
IsGift
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionIndicates whether the OrderDeliveryGroupSummary represents a gift. Users with the EditDelivery Information user permission can modify this field.
44
OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typestring
OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryNumber
PropertiesAutonumber, Defaulted on create, Filter, idLookup, Sort
DescriptionID of the OrderDeliveryGroupSummary.
Typereference
OrderDeliveryMethodId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the order delivery method specified for the OrderDeliveryGroupSummary. Users withthe Edit Delivery Information user permission can modify this field.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typereference
OrderSummaryId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the OrderSummary associated with the OrderDeliveryGroupSummary.
Typereference
OriginalOrderDeliveryGroupId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the original order delivery group associated with this summary object. Nillable=trueonly if the associated order summary is unmanaged. For managed order summaries,nillable=false.
Typephone
PhoneNumber
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
45
OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionPhone number of the recipient. Users with the Edit Delivery Information user permission canmodify this field.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
TypedateTime
PromisedDeliveryDate
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionPromised date for delivery. This field is informational, available for customizations. Users withthe Edit Delivery Information user permission can modify this field.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal price adjustments applied to delivery charges associated with theOrderDeliveryGroupSummary. This value only includes adjustments to OrderItemSummariesof type code Charge.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount of the price adjustments applied to the delivery charges associated with theOrderDeliveryGroupSummary, inclusive of tax. This amount is equal toTotalAdjustmentAmount + TotalAdjustmentTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
46
OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionTax on the TotalAdjustmentAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal, including adjustments but not tax, of the delivery charges associated with theOrderDeliveryGroupSummary. This value only includes adjustments to OrderItemSummariesof type code Charge.
Typecurrency
TotalLineAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal, not including adjustments or tax, of the delivery charges associated with theOrderDeliveryGroupSummary.
Typecurrency
TotalLineAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal of the delivery charges associated with the OrderDeliveryGroupSummary, inclusive oftax. This amount is equal to TotalLineAmount + TotalLineTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalLineTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalLineAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
47
OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionTax on the TotalAmount.
SEE ALSO:
OrderItemSummary
OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary
Represents the current properties and state of price adjustments on an OrderItemSummary. Corresponds to one or more order itemadjustment line item objects, consisting of an original object and any change objects applicable to it. This object is available in API version48.0 and later.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), undelete(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Salesforce Order Management orgs or if the B2B Commerce on Lightning Experience license is enabled.
Fields
DetailsField
Typereference
AdjustmentCauseId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionReferences the specific promotions applied.
This is a polymorphic relationship field.
Relationship NameAdjustmentCause
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToPromotion
This field is available in API version 52.0 and later.
48
OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typecurrency
Amount
PropertiesFilter, Sort
DescriptionAmount, not including tax, of the OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typepicklist
CurrencyIsoCode
PropertiesDefaulted on create, Filter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionISO code for the currency of the OrderItemSummary to which the adjustment applies. Thedefault value is USD.
Possible values are:
• DKK—Danish Krone
• EUR—Euro
• GBP—British Pound
• USD—U.S. Dollar
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typetextarea
Description
PropertiesCreate, Nillable, Update
DescriptionDescription of the OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary.
This field can be edited.
Typestring
Name
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, idLookup, Sort, Update
DescriptionName of the OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary.
Typereference
OrderAdjustmentGroupSummaryId
49
OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionIf this object belongs to an OrderAdjustmentGroupSummary, this value is the ID of thatOrderAdjustmentGroupSummary.
Typereference
OrderItemSummaryId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the OrderItemSummary to which the OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary applies.
Typereference
OrderSummaryId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the OrderSummary associated with the OrderItemSummary to which thisOrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary applies.
Typereference
OriginalOrderItemAdjustmentLineItemId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the original OrderItemAdjustmentLine associated with this summary object. Nillable=trueonly if the associated order summary is unmanaged. For managed order summaries,nillable=false.
Typeinteger
Priority
PropertiesCreate, Nillable
DescriptionNumerical rank used to apply promotions in the correct order.
This field is available in API version 52.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
50
OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionTotal amount of the adjustment, inclusive of tax. This amount is equal to Amount +TotalTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the Amount.
SEE ALSO:
OrderItemSummary
OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary
OrderItemSummary
Represents the current properties and state of a product or charge on an OrderSummary. Corresponds to one or more order item objects,consisting of an original object and any change objects applicable to it. This object is available in API version 48.0 and later.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), undelete(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Salesforce Order Management orgs or if the B2B Commerce on Lightning Experience license is enabled.
Fields
DetailsField
Typecurrency
AdjustedLineAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal, including adjustments but not tax, of the OrderItemSummary.
51
OrderItemSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typecurrency
AdjustedLineAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal price of the OrderItemSummary, inclusive of adjustments and tax. This amount is equalto AdjustedLineAmount + TotalAdjustedLineTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typepicklist
CurrencyIsoCode
PropertiesDefaulted on create, Filter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionISO code for the currency of the OrderSummary associated with the OrderItemSummary.The default value is USD.
Possible values are:
• DKK—Danish Krone
• EUR—Euro
• GBP—British Pound
• USD—U.S. Dollar
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typestring
Description
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionDescription of the OrderItemSummary.
This field can be edited.
Typedate
EndDate
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionEnd date of the OrderItemSummary.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
52
OrderItemSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typecurrency
GrossUnitPrice
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionUnit price, including tax, of the OrderItemSummary. This value is equal to UnitPrice + theamount of tax on the UnitPrice.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typeint
LineNumber
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe order line number assigned to this OrderItemSummary. For example, if this object is thethird in the displayed list of OrderItemSummaries belonging to the OrderSummary, this valueis 3.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typecurrency
ListPrice
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionList price of the product represented by this OrderItemSummary.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typestring
Name
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, idLookup, Sort, Update
DescriptionName of the OrderItemSummary.
53
OrderItemSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typereference
OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the OrderDeliveryGroupSummary to which this object belongs.
Typereference
OrderSummaryId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the OrderSummary to which this object belongs.
Typereference
OriginalOrderItemId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the original order item associated with this summary object. Nillable=true only if theassociated order summary is unmanaged. For managed order summaries, nillable=false.
Typereference
Product2Id
PropertiesFilter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the product represented by this OrderItemSummary.
Typestring
ProductCode
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionProduct code of the product represented by this OrderItemSummary.
Typedouble
Quantity
PropertiesFilter, Sort
54
OrderItemSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionCurrent total quantity of products represented by this order item summary. Equal toQuantityOrdered minus (QuantityCanceled and QuantityReturned).
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typedouble
QuantityAllocated
PropertiesFilter, Sort
DescriptionAllocated quantity on this order item summary. This quantity is associated with one or moreFulfillmentOrderLineItems.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typedouble
QuantityAvailableToCancel
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionQuantity that can still be canceled on this OrderItemSummary. Equal to QuantityOrderedminus (QuantityCanceled and QuantityAllocated). This value duplicatesQuantityAvailableToFulfill.
Typedouble
QuantityAvailableToFulfill
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionQuantity available to be fulfilled on this OrderItemSummary. Equal to QuantityOrdered minus(QuantityCanceled and QuantityAllocated). This value duplicates QuantityAvailableToCancel.
Typedouble
QuantityAvailableToReship
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionQuantity available to be reshipped on this OrderItemSummary. Equal to QuantityFulfilledminus (QuantityReshipped and QuantityReturnInitiated).
55
OrderItemSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
This field is available in API version 53.0 and later.
Typedouble
QuantityAvailableToReturn
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionQuantity available to be returned on this OrderItemSummary. Equal to QuantityFulfilledminus QuantityReturnInitiated.
Typedouble
QuantityCanceled
PropertiesFilter, Sort
DescriptionCanceled quantity on this OrderItemSummary.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typedouble
QuantityFulfilled
PropertiesFilter, Sort
DescriptionFulfilled quantity on this OrderItemSummary. This quantity can no longer be canceled.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typedouble
QuantityNetOrdered
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionQuantity available to be allocated on this OrderItemSummary. Equal to QuantityOrderedminus QuantityCanceled.
Typedouble
QuantityOrdered
PropertiesFilter, Sort
56
OrderItemSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionOrdered quantity on this OrderItemSummary. It includes the originally ordered quantity plusany quantity added to the order later.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typedouble
QuantityReshipped
PropertiesFilter, Sort
DescriptionReshipped quantity on this OrderItemSummary.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
This field is available in API version 53.0 and later.
Typedouble
QuantityReturned
PropertiesFilter, Sort
DescriptionReturned quantity on this OrderItemSummary.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typedouble
QuantityReturnInitiated
PropertiesFilter, Sort
DescriptionQuantity returned or pending return on this OrderItemSummary.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typedouble
QuantityShipped
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort, Update
57
OrderItemSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionQuantity shipped on this OrderItemSummary.
This field is available in API version 52.0 and later.
Typereference
ReservedAtLocationId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionReserved for future use.
Typedate
ServiceDate
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionService or start date of the OrderItemSummary.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typepicklist
Status
PropertiesDefaulted on create, Filter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionStatus of the OrderItemSummary. The default value is ORDERED. When a quantity valuechanges, each status formula is evaluated in order. If a formula is true, no more evaluationsare performed for that change.
Possible values and their formulas, in the order of evaluation, are:
• RETURNINITIATED—Return Initiated — (Quantity > 0) & (QuantityReturnInitiated= QuantityFulfilled) & (QuantityReturned < QuantityReturnInitiated)
• RESHIPPED—Reshipped — (QuantityReshipped = QuantityFullfilled) &(QuantityFullfilled > 0) & (QuantityReturnInitiated = 0) & (QuantityFulfilled =QuantityOrdered)
• RETURNED—Returned — (Quantity = 0) & (QuantityReturned > 0)
• CANCELED—Canceled — (Quantity = 0) & (QuantityCancelled > 0) & (QuantityReturned= 0)
• FULFILLED—Fulfilled — (Quantity > 0) & ((QuantityOrdered - QuantityCancelled)<= QuantityFulfilled)
58
OrderItemSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
• PARTIALLYFULFILLED—Partially Fulfilled — (QuantityFulfilled > 0) &(QuantityFulfilled < (QuantityOrdered - QuantityCancelled))
• ALLOCATED—Allocated — (Quantity > 0) & (Quantity <= QuantityAllocated)
• PARTIALLYALLOCATED—Partially Allocated — (QuantityAllocated > 0) &(QuantityAllocated < Quantity)
• ORDERED—Ordered — None of the other formulas apply
• PAID—Paid — N/A
Typestring
StockKeepingUnit
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe stock keeping unit (SKU) of the Product2 associated with the OrderItemSummary.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustedLineTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the AdjustedLineAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal of all price adjustments applied to this OrderItemSummary.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount of all price adjustments applied to this OrderItemSummary, inclusive of tax.This amount is equal to TotalAdjustmentAmount + TotalAdjustmentTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentDistAmount
59
OrderItemSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal of all order-level price adjustments applied to this OrderItemSummary. This valueincludes OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaries that belong toOrderAdjustmentGroupSummaries of type Header.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentDistAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount of the order-level price adjustments applied to this OrderItemSummary,inclusive of tax. This amount is equal to TotalAdjustmentDistAmount +TotalAdjustmentDistTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentDistTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalAdjustmentDistAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalAdjustmentAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal price of the OrderItemSummary, inclusive of tax. This amount is equal to TotalPrice +TotalTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalLineAdjustmentAmount
60
OrderItemSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal of all non-order-level price adjustments applied to this OrderItemSummary. This valueincludes OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaries that don’t belong to anOrderAdjustmentGroupSummary, or that belong to an OrderAdjustmentGroupSummary oftype SplitLine.
Typecurrency
TotalLineAdjustmentAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal of all non-order-level price adjustments applied to this OrderItemSummary, inclusiveof tax. This amount is equal to TotalLineAdjustmentAmount +TotalLineAdjustmentTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalLineAdjustmentTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalLineAdjustmentAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalLineAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal, not including adjustments or tax, of the OrderItemSummary.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typecurrency
TotalLineAmountWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal unadjusted amount of the OrderItemSummary, inclusive of tax. This amount is equalto TotalLineAmount + TotalLineTaxAmount.
61
OrderItemSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalLineTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalLineAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalPrice
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal, including adjustments but not tax, of the OrderItemSummary.
Typecurrency
TotalTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalPrice.
Typepicklist
Type
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionType of the OrderItemSummary. Delivery Charge indicates that the OrderItemSummaryrepresents a delivery charge. Order Product indicates that it represents any other type ofproduct, service, or charge. Each type corresponds to one type code, shown here inparentheses.
Possible values are:
• Delivery Charge (Charge)
• Order Product (Product)
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typepicklist
TypeCode
62
OrderItemSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionType code of the OrderItemSummary. Charge indicates that the OrderItemSummary representsa delivery charge. Product indicates that it represents any other type of product, service, orcharge.
Possible values are:
• Charge
• Product
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typecurrency
UnitPrice
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionUnit price of the product represented by the OrderItemSummary.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
SEE ALSO:
FulfillmentOrderLineItem
OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary
OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary
OrderSummary
OrderItemSummaryChange
Represents a change to an OrderItemSummary, usually a reduction in quantity due to a cancel or return. Corresponds to a change orderitem. This object is available in API version 48.0 and later.
This object is used for calculations and doesn’t have a default record page.
Supported Callsdelete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(), retrieve()
63
OrderItemSummaryChangeOrder Management Standard Objects
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Salesforce Order Management orgs.
Fields
DetailsField
Typereference
ChangeOrderItemId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the associated change order item.
Typepicklist
ChangeType
PropertiesFilter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionType of change represented by the OrderItemSummaryChange.
Possible values are:
• Cancel
• DeliveryChargeAdjustment
• ProductAdjustment
• Return
Typepicklist
CurrencyIsoCode
PropertiesDefaulted on create, Filter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionISO code for the currency of the OrderSummary associated with theOrderItemSummaryChange. The default value is USD.
Possible values are:
• DKK—Danish Krone
• EUR—Euro
• GBP—British Pound
• USD—U.S. Dollar
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
64
OrderItemSummaryChangeOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typeboolean
IsPreFulfillment
PropertiesDefaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort
DescriptionIndicates whether the change occurs before the OrderItemSummary has been fulfilled.
Typestring
OrderItemSummaryChangeNumber
PropertiesAutonumber, Defaulted on create, Filter, idLookup, Sort
DescriptionID of the OrderItemSummaryChange.
Typereference
OrderItemSummaryId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the OrderItemSummary to which the change applies.
Typereference
OrderSummaryId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the OrderSummary to which the associated OrderItemSummary belongs.
Typepicklist
Reason
PropertiesDefaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort
DescriptionReason for the change. You can customize this list.
The list has one default value:
• Unknown
SEE ALSO:
OrderItemSummary
65
OrderItemSummaryChangeOrder Management Standard Objects
OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary
Represents the current tax on an OrderItemSummary or OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary. Corresponds to one or more order itemtax line items, consisting of an original object and any change objects applicable to it. This object is available in API version 48.0 andlater.
Supported Callsdelete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(), retrieve(),undelete(), update()
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Salesforce Order Management orgs or if the B2B Commerce on Lightning Experience license is enabled.
Fields
DetailsField
Typecurrency
Amount
PropertiesFilter, Sort
DescriptionAmount of tax represented by the OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typepicklist
CurrencyIsoCode
PropertiesDefaulted on create, Filter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionISO code for the currency of the OrderSummary associated with theOrderItemTaxLineItemSummary. The default value is USD.
Possible values are:
• DKK—Danish Krone
• EUR—Euro
• GBP—British Pound
• USD—U.S. Dollar
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
66
OrderItemTaxLineItemSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typetextarea
Description
PropertiesNillable, Update
DescriptionDescription of the OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary.
This field can be edited.
Typestring
Name
PropertiesFilter, Group, idLookup, Sort, Update
DescriptionName of the OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary.
Typereference
OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaryId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionIf this object represents tax on an adjustment, this value is the ID of theOrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary to which the tax applies. If this value is null, theadjustment applies to an OrderItemSummary.
Typereference
OrderItemSummaryId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Sort
DescriptionIf this object represents tax on an OrderItemSummary, this value is the ID of thatOrderItemSummary. If this object represents tax on an adjustment, this value is the ID of theOrderItemSummary to which the adjustment applies.
Typereference
OrderSummaryId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the OrderSummary that the associated OrderItemSummary orOrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary belongs to.
67
OrderItemTaxLineItemSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typereference
OriginalOrderItemTaxLineItemId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the original order item tax line item associated with this summary object. Nillable=trueonly if the associated order summary is unmanaged. For managed order summaries,nillable=false.
Typepercent
Rate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax rate used to calculate the Amount.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typedate
TaxEffectiveDate
PropertiesFilter, Group, Sort
DescriptionDate on which the Amount was calculated. Important due to tax rate changes over time.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typepicklist
Type
PropertiesFilter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionIndicates whether the Amount is actual or estimated.
Possible values are:
• Actual
• Estimated
68
OrderItemTaxLineItemSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
SEE ALSO:
FulfillmentOrderItemTax
OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary
OrderItemSummary
OrderPaymentSummary
Represents the current properties and state of payments using a single payment method that are applied to one OrderSummary. Thisobject is available in API version 48.0 and later.
[other]: Where possible, we changed noninclusive terms to align with our company value of Equality. We maintained certainterms to avoid any effect on customer implementations.
Unlike most summary objects, an OrderPaymentSummary is not related to a similarly named order payment object. Instead, it combinesvalues from multiple payment objects that use the same payment method and apply to the same OrderSummary.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), search(), undelete(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Salesforce Order Management orgs or if the B2B Commerce on Lightning Experience license is enabled.
Fields
DetailsField
Typecurrency
AuthorizationAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionAmount of the OrderPaymentSummary that has been authorized.
Typecurrency
AuthorizationReversalAmount
69
OrderPaymentSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionAmount of the AuthorizationAmount that has been reversed.
Typecurrency
AvailableToCaptureAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionAmount of the OrderPaymentSummary that is available to be captured. Equal toAuthorizationAmount minus (CapturedAmount and PendingCaptureAmount andPendingReverseAuthAmount).
Typecurrency
AvailableToRefundAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionAmount of the OrderPaymentSummary that is available to be refunded. Equal toCapturedAmount minus (RefundedAmount and PendingCaptureAmount andPendingRefundAmount).
Typecurrency
BalanceAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal balance of all payments associated with this summary object.
Typecurrency
CapturedAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionAmount of the OrderPaymentSummary that has been captured.
Typepicklist
CurrencyIsoCode
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort, Update
70
OrderPaymentSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionAvailable only for orgs with the multicurrency feature enabled. Contains the ISO code forthe currency of the OrderSummary associated with the OrderPaymentSummary. OrderManagement APIs and actions that create an OrderPaymentSummary for an OrderSummaryset this value. The default value is USD.
Possible values are:
• DKK—Danish Krone
• EUR—Euro
• GBP—British Pound
• USD—U.S. Dollar
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typestring
FullName
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe full name of the payment method user.
Typereference
LastPaymentGatewayLogId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the most recent payment gateway log associated with the OrderPaymentSummary.
Typestring
LastPaymentGatewayMessage
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe most recent message received from the payment gateway associated with theOrderPaymentSummary.
TypedateTime
LastReferencedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTimestamp for when the current user last viewed a record related to this record.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
71
OrderPaymentSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
TypedateTime
LastViewedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTimestamp for when the current user last viewed this record. A null value can mean that thisrecord has only been referenced (LastReferencedDate) and not viewed.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typestring
Method
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, idLookup, Sort, Update
DescriptionName of the OrderPaymentSummary.
Typereference
OrderSummaryId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the OrderSummary associated with the OrderPaymentSummary.
Typereference
OwnerId
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe ID of the user who currently owns this OrderPaymentSummary. Default value is the userlogged in to the API to perform the create.
Typereference
PaymentMethodId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the payment method associated with this OrderPaymentSummary.
Typecurrency
PendingAuthorizationAmount
72
OrderPaymentSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionAmount of the OrderPaymentSummary that is pending authorization.
Typecurrency
PendingCaptureAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionAmount of the OrderPaymentSummary that is pending capture.
Typecurrency
PendingRefundAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionAmount of the OrderPaymentSummary that is pending refund.
Typecurrency
PendingReverseAuthAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionAmount of the AuthorizationAmount that is pending reversal.
Typecurrency
RefundedAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionAmount of the OrderPaymentSummary that has been refunded.
Typestring
Type
PropertiesFilter, Group, Sort
73
OrderPaymentSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionThe payment method type associated with the OrderPaymentSummary. For example, visa,mastercard, check, or giftcard.
SEE ALSO:
OrderSummary
OrderSummary
Represents the current properties and state of an order. Corresponds to one or more order objects, consisting of an original object andany change objects applicable to it. This object is available in API version 48.0 and later.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), search(), undelete(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Salesforce Order Management orgs or if the B2B Commerce on Lightning Experience license is enabled.
Fields
DetailsField
Typereference
AccountId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the account or person account associated with the OrderSummary. It represents theshopper in the storefront.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typeint
ActiveProcessExceptionCount
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
74
OrderSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionTotal number of active process exceptions on the OrderSummary.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typeaddress
BillingAddress
PropertiesFilter, Nillable
DescriptionBilling address associated with the OrderSummary.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typestring
BillingCity
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionBilling address city.
Typestring
BillingCountry
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionBilling address country.
Typeemail
BillingEmailAddress
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionEmail address on the billing address.
Typepicklist
BillingGeocodeAccuracy
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe accuracy of the geocode for the billing address.
75
OrderSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Possible values are:
• Address
• Block
• City
• County
• ExtendedZip
• NearAddress
• Neighborhood
• State
• Street
• Unknown
• Zip
Typedouble
BillingLatitude
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionUsed with BillingLongitude to specify the precise geolocation of the billing address.Acceptable values are numbers between –90 and 90 with up to 15 decimal places.
Typedouble
BillingLongitude
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionUsed with BillingLatitude to specify the precise geolocation of the billing address. Acceptablevalues are numbers between –90 and 90 with up to 15 decimal places.
Typephone
BillingPhoneNumber
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionPhone number of the billing address.
Typestring
BillingPostalCode
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
76
OrderSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionBilling address postal code.
Typestring
BillingState
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionBilling address state.
Typetextarea
BillingStreet
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionBilling address street.
Typereference
BillToContactId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the Contact associated with the OrderSummary. It represents the shopper in thestorefront when not using person accounts.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field is set to UNMANAGED, then users with the EditUnmanaged Order Summaries or B2B Commerce Integrator user permission can modify thisfield.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typepicklist
BusinessModel
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe business model of the OrderSummary.
Possible values are:
• B2B
• B2C
This field is available in API version 53.0 and later.
77
OrderSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typereference
ChangeOrderId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionReserved for future use.
Typepicklist
CurrencyIsoCode
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort, Update
DescriptionAvailable only for orgs with the multicurrency feature enabled. Contains the ISO code forthe currency of the original Order associated with the OrderSummary. The default value isUSD.
Possible values are:
• DKK—Danish Krone
• EUR—Euro
• GBP—British Pound
• USD—U.S. Dollar
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typetextarea
Description
PropertiesCreate, Nillable, Update
DescriptionDescription of the OrderSummary.
This field can be edited.
Typecurrency
GrandTotalAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount, including adjustments and tax, of the OrderSummary.
Typeboolean
IsSuspended
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
78
OrderSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionIndicates whether the OrderSummary is suspended. The default value is false.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
TypedateTime
LastReferencedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe timestamp for when the current user last viewed a record related to this record.
TypedateTime
LastViewedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe timestamp for when the current user last viewed this record. A null value can mean thatthis record has only been referenced (LastReferencedDate) and not viewed.
TypedateTime
OrderedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionDate of the original order associated with this OrderSummary.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typepicklist
OrderLifeCycleType
PropertiesFilter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionSpecifies whether the OrderSummary is managed by Salesforce Order Management(MANAGED) or by an external system (UNMANAGED). An unmanaged OrderSummary isstored in Salesforce for reference purposes.
• Some Order Management APIs reject input records that are associated with unmanagedOrderSummaries.
• Order Management does not update financial bucket fields on some records that areassociated with unmanaged OrderSummaries.
79
OrderSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
• A user with the EditUnmanagedOrderSummaries or B2BCommerceIntegrator permissioncan edit certain fields on objects related to unmanaged OrderSummaries that are normallyonly accessible via APIs.
Possible values are:
• MANAGED—Managed
• UNMANAGED—Unmanaged
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typestring
OrderNumber
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, idLookup, Sort, Update
DescriptionName of the OrderSummary.
Typeinteger
OrderProductLineCount
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal number of unique products ordered on this Order Summary.
This field is available in API version 52.0 and later.
Typereference
OriginalOrderId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the original order associated with this OrderSummary.
Typereference
OwnerId
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe ID of the user who currently owns this OrderSummary. Default value is the user loggedin to the API to perform the create.
TypedateTime
PoDate
80
OrderSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionPurchase order date associated with this OrderSummary.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
This field is available in API version 52.0 and later.
Typestring
PoNumber
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionPurchase order number associated with this OrderSummary.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typeint
RoutingAttempts
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe number of attempts that have been made to route the order summary to inventorylocations.
This field is available in API version 51.0 and later.
Typereference
SalesChannelId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the SalesChannel associated with this OrderSummary.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
Typereference
SalesStoreId
81
OrderSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the RetailStore or WebStore associated with this OrderSummary.
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
This field is only available in Salesforce B2B Commerce orgs.
Typepicklist
Status
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionStatus of the order summary. Unlike the Status and Status Category fields on the order andFulfillmentOrder objects, this field is optional.
We recommend that you use the same values in this picklist that you use in the Status picklistfor the order object.
Typepicklist
TaxLocaleType
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionThe system used to handle tax on the original Order associated with the OrderSummary.Gross usually applies to taxes like value-added tax (VAT), and Net usually applies to taxes likesales tax.
Possible values are:
• Gross (displays most prices and taxes as combined values)
• Net (displays most prices and taxes as separate values)
If the OrderLifeCycleType field on the associated OrderSummary is set toUNMANAGED, then users with the Edit Unmanaged Order Summaries or B2B CommerceIntegrator user permission can modify this field.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjDeliveryAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
82
OrderSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionTotal amount of all OrderItemSummaries of type code Charge belonging to thisOrderSummary, inclusive of item-level adjustments and tax. This amount is equal toTotalAdjustedDeliveryAmount + TotalAdjustedDeliveryTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjDistAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal of distributed adjustments applied to OrderItemSummaries belonging to thisOrderSummary. This amount is equal to TotalProductAdjDistAmount plusTotalDeliveryAdjDistAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjDistAmountWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal of distributed adjustments applied to OrderItemSummaries belonging to thisOrderSummary, inclusive of tax. This amount is equal to TotalAdjDistAmount plusTotalAdjDistTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjDistTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalAdjDistAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjProductAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount of all OrderItemSummaries of type code Product belonging to thisOrderSummary, inclusive of item-level adjustments and tax. This amount is equal toTotalAdjustedProductAmount plus TotalAdjustedProductTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
83
OrderSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustedDeliveryAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal, including item-level adjustments but not order-level adjustments or tax, of allOrderItemSummaries of type code Charge belonging to this OrderSummary.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustedDeliveryTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalAdjustedDeliveryAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustedProductAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal, including item-level adjustments but not order-level adjustments or tax, of allOrderItemSummaries of type code Product belonging to this OrderSummary.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustedProductTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalAdjustedProductAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal, including adjustments but not tax, of all OrderItemSummaries belonging to thisOrderSummary. Equal to TotalAdjustedProductAmount plus TotalAdjustedDeliveryAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalDeliveryAdjDistAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
84
OrderSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionTotal of all order-level price adjustments applied to OrderItemSummaries of type code Chargebelonging to this OrderSummary. This value includes OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummariesthat belong to OrderAdjustmentGroupSummaries of type Header.
Typecurrency
TotalDeliveryAdjDistAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal of all order-level price adjustments applied to OrderItemSummaries of type code Chargebelonging to this OrderSummary, inclusive of tax. This value includesOrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaries that belong to OrderAdjustmentGroupSummaries oftype Header. It is equal to TotalDeliveryAdjDistAmount + TotalDeliveryAdjDistTaxAmount.
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalDeliveryAdjDistTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalDeliveryAdjDistAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalProductAdjDistAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal of all order-level price adjustments applied to OrderItemSummaries of type codeProduct belonging to this OrderSummary. This value includesOrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaries that belong to OrderAdjustmentGroupSummaries oftype Header.
Typecurrency
TotalProductAdjDistAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal of all order-level price adjustments applied to OrderItemSummaries of type codeProduct belonging to this OrderSummary, inclusive of tax. This value includesOrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaries that belong to OrderAdjustmentGroupSummaries oftype Header. It is equal to TotalProductAdjDistAmount + TotalProductAdjDistTaxAmount.
85
OrderSummaryOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
This field is available in API version 49.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalProductAdjDistTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalProductAdjDistAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal tax on all OrderItemSummaries belonging to this OrderSummary. Equal toTotalAdjustedDeliveryTaxAmount plus TotalAdjustedProductTaxAmount.
Associated ObjectsThis object has the following associated objects. Unless noted, they are available in the same API version as this object.
OrderSummaryFeedFeed tracking is available for the object.
OrderSummaryOwnerSharingRuleSharing rules are available for the object.
OrderSummaryShareSharing is available for the object.
SEE ALSO:
FulfillmentOrder
OrderItemSummary
OrderPaymentSummary
SalesChannel
OrderSummaryRoutingSchedule
Represents an attempt to route an order summary to one or more inventory locations for fulfillment. You can use it to schedule futureattempts and to record completed attempts. This object is available in API version 51.0 and later.
86
OrderSummaryRoutingScheduleOrder Management Standard Objects
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), undelete(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Salesforce Order Management orgs or if the B2B Commerce on Lightning Experience license is enabled.
Fields
DetailsField
TypedateTime
LastReferencedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe timestamp for when the current user last viewed a record related to this record.
TypedateTime
LastViewedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe timestamp for when the current user last viewed this record. If this value is null, it’spossible that this record was referenced (LastReferencedDate) and not viewed.
Typestring
Name
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, idLookup, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe name of the order summary routing schedule.
Typereference
OrderSummaryId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort
Description(Master-Detail) The order summary associated with the routing schedule.
Typereference
OwnerId
87
OrderSummaryRoutingScheduleOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionID of the User who currently owns this order summary routing schedule. Default value is theUser logged in to the API to perform the create.
Typepicklist
Reason
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionReason for the routing attempt. You can customize this list.
The list has one default value:
• Unknown
Typepicklist
ScheduleStatus
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort, Update
DescriptionIdentifies whether this routing attempt has already run or is scheduled to run.
Possible values are:
• ABANDONED
• COMPLETED
• SCHEDULED
TypedateTime
ScheduledDatetime
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Sort, Update
DescriptionIdentifies when this routing attempt was run or is scheduled to run. If theScheduleStatus is ABANDONED or COMPLETED, then you can’t modify this value.
Associated ObjectsThis object has the following associated objects. Unless noted, they are available in the same API version as this object.
OrderSummaryRoutingScheduleOwnerSharingRuleSharing rules are available for the object.
88
OrderSummaryRoutingScheduleOrder Management Standard Objects
OrderSummaryRoutingScheduleShareSharing is available for the object.
ProcessException
Represents a processing failure on an order summary. A separate process is required to resolve the failure that caused the processexception before order summary processing can continue. This object is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), search(), undelete(), update(), upsert()
Fields
DetailsField
Typereference
AttachedToId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionID of the object associated with the ProcessException.
This is a polymorphic relationship field.
Relationship NameAttachedTo
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToCreditMemo, Invoice, Order, OrderItem, Payment, PaymentAuthorization, Refund, ReturnOrder
Typereference
CaseId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionID of the case associated with the ProcessException.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameCase
Relationship TypeLookup
89
ProcessExceptionOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Refers ToCase
Typepicklist
Category
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionProcessingException type. You can customize the category picklist to represent your businessprocesses.
Possible values are:
• Fulfillment
• Invoicing
• Order Activation
• Order Approval
• Payment
Typetextarea
Description
PropertiesCreate, Nillable, Update
DescriptionDetailed description of the ProcessException.
Typestring
ExternalReference
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionDescription of external entities associated with the ProcessException.
TypedateTime
LastReferencedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTimestamp for when the current user last viewed a record related to this record.
TypedateTime
LastViewedDate
90
ProcessExceptionOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTimestamp for when the current user last viewed this record. A null value can mean that thisrecord has only been referenced (LastReferencedDate) and not viewed.
Typestring
Message
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionShort description of the ProcessException
Typereference
OrderSummaryId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionID of the OrderSummary associated with the ProcessException. The ProcessExceptioncomponent is displayed on this OrderSummary.
Typereference
OwnerId
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionID of the User who currently owns this ProcessException. Default value is the User logged into the API to perform the create.
This is a polymorphic relationship field.
Relationship NameOwner
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToGroup, User
Typepicklist
Priority
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
91
ProcessExceptionOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
DescriptionResolution priority for the ProcessException. You can customize the priority picklist torepresent your business processes.
Possible values are:
• High
• Low
Typestring
ProcessExceptionNumber
PropertiesAutonumber, Defaulted on create, Filter, idLookup, Sort
DescriptionThe unique name of the ProcessException, formatted as PE-(00000000).
Typepicklist
Severity
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionSeverity of the ProcessException. Each severity value corresponds to one severity category.You can customize the severity picklist to represent your business processes. If you customizethe severity picklist, include at least one severity value for each severity category.
Possible values are:
• High
• Low
Typepicklist
SeverityCategory
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionSeverity category of the ProcessException. Each severity category corresponds to one ormore severity values. The severity category is used to show the severity icon in theProcessException list view.
Possible values are:
• High
• Low
Typepicklist
Status
92
ProcessExceptionOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionStatus of the ProcessException. Each status corresponds to one status category, shown herein parentheses. You can customize the status picklist to represent your business processes.If you customize the status picklist, include at least one status value for each status category.
Possible values are:
• Ignored (Inactive)
• New (Active)
• Paused (Inactive)
• Resolved (Resolved)
• Triaged (Active)
• Voided (Inactive)
Typepicklist
StatusCategory
PropertiesFilter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionStatus category of the ProcessException. Each status category corresponds to one or morestatuses.
Possible values are:
• ACTIVE
• INACTIVE
• RESOLVED
Associated ObjectsThis object has the following associated objects. Unless noted, they are available in the same API version as this object.
ProcessExceptionOwnerSharingRuleSharing rules are available for the object.
ProcessExceptionShareSharing is available for the object.
ReturnOrder
Represents the return or repair of inventory or products in Field Service, or the return of order products in Order Management. This objectis available in API version 42.0 and later.
93
ReturnOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
Return orders are available in Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, the Salesforce mobile app, the Field Service mobile app for Androidand iOS, and communities built using Salesforce Tabs + Visualforce.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), search(), undelete(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesField Service or Order Management must be enabled. If return orders are enabled by a Salesforce Order Management license, they mustbe created with a Status corresponding to the Status Category Activated. The default Statuses corresponding to Activated are Submittedand Approved.
Fields
DetailsField Name
Typereference
AccountId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe account associated with the return order.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameAccount
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToAccount
Typereference
CaseId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe case associated with the return order.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameCase
Relationship TypeLookup
94
ReturnOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
Refers ToCase
Typereference
ContactId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe contact associated with the return order.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameContact
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToContact
Typetextarea
Description
PropertiesCreate, Nillable, Update
DescriptionNotes or context about the return order.
Typereference
DestinationLocationId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe location where the items are being returned to. For example, if the returnorder tracks the return of products from a technician’s van to a warehouse, thewarehouse is the destination location.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameDestinationLocation
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToLocation
95
ReturnOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
TypedateTime
ExpectedArrivalDate
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe date when the items are expected to arrive at the destination location.
TypedateTime
ExpirationDate
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionAuthorizations can’t be captured after their expiration dates.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
GrandTotalAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal, including adjustments and tax, of the products and delivery charges onthe return order. This includes all return order line items associated with thereturn order. This amount is equal to TotalAmount + TotalTaxAmount.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
TypedateTime
LastReferencedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe date when the return order was last modified. Its label in the user interfaceis Last Modified Date.
TypedateTime
LastViewedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe date when the return order was last viewed.
96
ReturnOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
Typepicklist
LifeCycleType
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionSpecifies whether the order summary is managed by Salesforce OrderManagement (MANAGED) or by an external system (UNMANAGED). Anunmanaged order summary is stored in Salesforce for reference purposes.
• Some Order Management APIs reject input records that are associated withunmanaged order summaries.
• Order Management does not update financial bucket fields on some recordsthat are associated with unmanaged order summaries.
• A user with the EditUnmanagedOrderSummaries or B2BCommerceIntegratorpermission can edit certain fields on objects related to unmanaged ordersummaries that are normally only accessible via APIs.
Possible values are:
• MANAGED—Managed
• UNMANAGED—Unmanaged
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typereference
OrderId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe order associated with the return order. When you associated a return orderwith an order, you can associate the return order’s line items with order products.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameOrder
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToOrder
Typereference
OrderSummaryId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the order summary associated with the return order.
97
ReturnOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typereference
OwnerId
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe owner of the return order.
This is a polymorphic relationship field.
Relationship NameOwner
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToGroup, User
Typereference
ProductRequestId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe product request associated with the return order. When you associated areturn order with a product request, you can associate the return order’s lineitems with the product request’s line items.
A return order might be related to a product request if the return order tracksthe return of unused products or products to be repaired or replaced. For example,a technician creates a product request for three motors to prepare for a field visit.If the technician finds that only two motors are needed, they can create a returnorder to return the third to the original location, and list the product request inthis field.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameProductRequest
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToProductRequest
This field is available only if Field Service or Health Cloud is enabled.
Typereference
ProductServiceCampaignId
98
ReturnOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe product service campaign associated with the return order
This field is available only if Field Service is enabled.
Typestring
ReturnOrderNumber
PropertiesAutonumber, Defaulted on create, Filter, idLookup, Sort
Description(Read only) Auto-generated number identifying the return order.
Typereference
ReturnedById
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionID of the user returning the items.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameReturnedBy
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToUser
Typeaddress
ShipFromAddress
PropertiesFilter, Nillable
DescriptionThe return shipping address. This address tracks the location of the items at thestart of the return or repair. For example, if a customer is returning an item, theShip From address is the customer’s address.
Typestring
ShipFromCity
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
99
ReturnOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
DescriptionThe city of the return shipping address. This address tracks the location of theitems at the start of the return or repair. For example, if a customer is returningan item, the Ship From address is the customer’s address.
Typestring
ShipFromCountry
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe country of the return shipping address. This address tracks the location ofthe items at the start of the return or repair. For example, if a customer is returningan item, the Ship From address is the customer’s address.
Typepicklist
ShipFromGeocodeAccuracy
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort, Update
DescriptionAccuracy level of the geocode for the return shipping address. See CompoundField Considerations and Limitations for details on geolocation compound fields.
Note: This field is available in the API only.
Typedouble
ShipFromLatitude
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionUsed with Longitude to specify the precise geolocation of the return shippingaddress. Acceptable values are numbers between –90 and 90 with up to 15decimal places. See Compound Field Considerations and Limitations for detailson geolocation compound fields.
Note: This field is available in the API only.
Typedouble
ShipFromLongitude
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionUsed with Latitude to specify the precise geolocation of the return shippingaddress. Acceptable values are numbers between –180 and 180 with up to 15
100
ReturnOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
decimal places. See Compound Field Considerations and Limitations for detailson geolocation compound fields.
Note: This field is available in the API only.
Typestring
ShipFromPostalCode
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe postal code of the return shipping address. This address tracks the locationof the items at the start of the return or repair. For example, if a customer isreturning an item, the Ship From address is the customer’s address.
Typestring
ShipFromState
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe state of the return shipping address. This address tracks the location of theitems at the start of the return or repair. For example, if a customer is returningan item, the Ship From address is the customer’s address.
Typetextarea
ShipFromStreet
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe street of the return shipping address. This address tracks the location of theitems at the start of the return or repair. For example, if a customer is returningan item, the Ship From address is the customer’s address.
Typepicklist
ShipmentType
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe type of shipment associated with the return order. Available values are:
• Standard (default value)
• Rush
• Overnight
• Next Business Day
101
ReturnOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
• Pick Up
Typereference
SourceLocationId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe items’ location at the start of the return or repair. For example, if the returnorder tracks the return of products from a technician’s service vehicle to awarehouse, the service vehicle is the source location.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameSourceLocation
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToLocation
Typepicklist
Status
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe status of the return order. Available values are:
• Draft
• Submitted
• Approved
• Canceled
• Closed
If return orders are enabled by a Salesforce Order Management license, they mustbe created with a Status corresponding to the Status Category Activated.The default Statuses corresponding to Activated are Submitted and Approved.
Typepicklist
StatusCategory
PropertiesDefaulted on create, Filter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionStatus category of the return order. Processing of the return order depends onthis value. Each status category corresponds to one or more statuses.
Possible values are:
102
ReturnOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
• Activated
• Canceled
• Closed
• Draft
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typepicklist
TaxLocaleType
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionThe system used to handle tax on the original order associated with the returnorder. Gross usually applies to taxes like value-added tax (VAT), and Net usuallyapplies to taxes like sales tax.
Possible values are:
• Gross (displays most prices and taxes as combined values)
• Net (displays most prices and taxes as separate values)
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionAdjusted total, not including tax, of the return order line items, including productsand delivery charges, on the ReturnOrder.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalDeliveryAdjustAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount of the price adjustments applied to the delivery charges on thereturn order. This value only includes adjustments to return order line items oftype code Charge.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
103
ReturnOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
Typecurrency
TotalDeliveryAdjustAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount of the price adjustments applied to the delivery charges on thereturn order, inclusive of tax. This value only includes adjustments to return orderline items of type code Charge. This amount is equal toTotalDeliveryAdjustAmount + TotalDeliveryAdjustTaxAmount.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalDeliveryAdjustTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalDeliveryAdjustmentAmount.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalDeliveryAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal of the delivery charges on the return order. This value only includes returnorder line items of type code Charge.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalDeliveryAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount of the delivery charges on the return order, inclusive of tax. Thisvalue only includes return order line items of type code Charge. This amount isequal to TotalDeliveryAmount + TotalDeliveryTaxAmount.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
104
ReturnOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
Typecurrency
TotalDeliveryTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalDeliveryAmount.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalProductAdjustAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount of the price adjustments applied to the products on the returnorder. This value only includes adjustments to return order line items of typecode Product.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalProductAdjustAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount of the price adjustments applied to the products on the returnorder, inclusive of tax. This value only includes adjustments to return order lineitems of type code Product. This amount is equal to TotalProductAdjustAmount+ TotalProductAdjustTaxAmount.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalProductAdjustTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalProductAdjustmentAmount.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
105
ReturnOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
Typecurrency
TotalProductAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal of the product charges on the return order. This value only includes returnorder line items of type code Product.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalProductAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount of the product charges on the return order, inclusive of tax. Thisvalue only includes return order line items of type code Product. This amount isequal to TotalProductAmount + TotalProductTaxAmount.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalProductTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalProductAmount.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalAmount.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
106
ReturnOrderOrder Management Standard Objects
UsageYou can use return orders to track customer returns, customer repairs, or the return of inventory from a technician’s van stock to awarehouse or supplier. Customers can initiate a return from a community, or agents can create return orders in response to a customercall or technician request.
Return orders are composed of return order line items, which allow you to add details about the items being returned. To represent thereturned items, each line item must list one or more of the following: product, product item, asset, product request line item, and orderproduct. Return orders can be associated with a product request, case, account, contact, and order if needed. This versatility lets you usereturn orders to track a wide range of return scenarios.
Associated ObjectsThis object has the following associated objects. If the API version isn’t specified, they’re available in the same API versions as this object.Otherwise, they’re available in the specified API version and later.
ReturnOrderChangeEvent (API version 48.0)Change events are available for the object.
ReturnOrderFeedFeed tracking is available for the object.
ReturnOrderHistoryHistory is available for tracked fields of the object.
ReturnOrderOwnerSharingRuleSharing rules are available for the object.
ReturnOrderShareSharing is available for the object.
ReturnOrderItemAdjustment
Represents a price adjustment on a return order line item. This object is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesOrder Management must be enabled.
Fields
DetailsField
Typecurrency
Amount
107
ReturnOrderItemAdjustmentOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Sort
DescriptionAmount, not including tax, of the adjustment.
Typetextarea
Description
PropertiesCreate, Nillable, Update
DescriptionDescription of the adjustment.
Typereference
OrderItemAdjustLineSummaryId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the order item adjustment line summary associated with the adjustment.
Typereference
ReturnOrderId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the return order associated with the return order line item to which the adjustmentapplies.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameReturnOrder
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToReturnOrder
Typestring
ReturnOrderItemAdjustmentNumber
PropertiesAutonumber, Defaulted on create, Filter, idLookup, Sort
DescriptionID of the return order item adjustment.
108
ReturnOrderItemAdjustmentOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typereference
ReturnOrderLineItemId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the return order line item to which this adjustment applies.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameReturnOrderLineItem
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToReturnOrderLineItem
Typecurrency
TotalAmtWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
Description
Total amount of the adjustment, inclusive of tax. This amount is equal to Amount +TotalTaxAmount.
Typecurrency
TotalTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the Amount.
ReturnOrderItemTax
Represents the tax on a return order line item or return order item adjustment. This object is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), update(), upsert()
109
ReturnOrderItemTaxOrder Management Standard Objects
Special Access RulesOrder Management must be enabled.
Fields
DetailsField
Typecurrency
Amount
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Sort
DescriptionAmount of tax represented by the return order item tax.
Typetextarea
Description
PropertiesCreate, Nillable, Update
DescriptionDescription of the return order item tax.
Typereference
OrderItemTaxLineItemSummaryId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the order item tax line item summary associated with the order item summary thatcorresponds to the return order line item to which the tax applies.
Typepercent
Rate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax rate used to calculate the Amount.
Typereference
ReturnOrderId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort
DescriptionID of the associated return order.
110
ReturnOrderItemTaxOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameReturnOrder
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToReturnOrder
Typereference
ReturnOrderItemAdjustmentId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionIf this object represents a tax on an adjustment, this value is the ID of the return order itemadjustment to which the tax applies. If this value is null, the adjustment applies to a returnorder line item.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameReturnOrderItemAdjustment
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToReturnOrderItemAdjustment
Typestring
ReturnOrderItemTaxNumber
PropertiesAutonumber, Defaulted on create, Filter, idLookup, Sort
DescriptionID of the return order item tax.
Typereference
ReturnOrderLineItemId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort
DescriptionIf this object represents a tax on a return order line item, this value is the ID of that returnorder line item. If this object represents a tax on an adjustment, this value is the ID of thereturn order line item to which the adjustment applies.
This is a relationship field.
111
ReturnOrderItemTaxOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Relationship NameReturnOrderLineItem
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToReturnOrderLineItem
Typedate
TaxEffectiveDate
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionDate on which the Amount was calculated. Important due to tax rate changes over time.
Typepicklist
Type
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Restricted picklist, Sort, Update
DescriptionShows whether the amount on the tax line is an estimate or the final calculated amount.Doesn’t set a value by default. Users can define automation to set and change the value asneeded.
Possible values are:
• Actual
• Estimated
ReturnOrderLineItem
Represents a specific product that is returned or repaired as part of a return order in Field service, or a specific order item that is returnedas part of a return order in Order Management. This object is available in API version 42.0 and later.
Return orders are available in Lightning Experience, Salesforce Classic, the Salesforce mobile app, the Field Service mobile app for Androidand iOS, and communities built using Salesforce Tabs + Visualforce.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), search(), undelete(), update(), upsert()
112
ReturnOrderLineItemOrder Management Standard Objects
Special Access RulesField Service or Order Management must be enabled.
Fields
DetailsField Name
Typereference
AssetId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe asset associated with the return order line item. One or more of the followingfields must be filled out: AssetId, OrderItemId, Product2Id, ProductItemId, andProductRequestLineItemId.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameAsset
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToAsset
Typereference
ChangeOrderItemId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the change order item associated with the return order line item.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameChangeOrderItem
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToOrderItem
Typetextarea
Description
PropertiesCreate, Nillable, Update
113
ReturnOrderLineItemOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
DescriptionNotes or context about the return order line item.
Typereference
DestinationLocationId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe location where the items are being returned to. For example, if the returnorder tracks the return of products from a technician’s van to a warehouse, thewarehouse is the destination location.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameDestinationLocation
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToLocation
Typecurrency
GrossUnitPrice
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionUnit price, including tax, of the product represented by the associated order itemsummary.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
TypedateTime
LastReferencedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe date when the return order line item was last modified. Its label in the userinterface is Last Modified Date.
TypedateTime
LastViewedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
114
ReturnOrderLineItemOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
DescriptionThe date when the return order line item was last viewed.
Typereference
OrderItemId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe order product associated with the return order line item. One or more of thefollowing fields must be filled out: AssetId, OrderItemId, Product2Id, ProductItemId,and ProductRequestLineItemId.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameOrderItem
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToOrderItem
Typereference
OrderItemSummaryId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionID of the order item summary associated with the return order line item.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typepicklist
ProcessingPlan
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionIndicates the preferred fate of the items following their return. Available valuesare:
• Repair—Repair the items and return them to the owner
• Discard—Discard the items
• Salvage—Salvage the items’ working parts
• Restock—Return the items to your inventory
Typereference
Product2Id
115
ReturnOrderLineItemOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe product associated with the return order line item. One or more of thefollowing fields must be filled out: AssetId, OrderItemId, Product2Id, ProductItemId,and ProductRequestLineItemId.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameProduct2
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToProduct2
Typereference
ProductItemId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe product item representing the location of the product at the start of thereturn. One or more of the following fields must be filled out: AssetId, OrderItemId,Product2Id, ProductItemId, and ProductRequestLineItemId.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameProductItem
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToProductItem
Typereference
ProductRequestLineItemId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe product request line item associated with the return order line item. One ormore of the following fields must be filled out: AssetId, OrderItemId, Product2Id,ProductItemId, and ProductRequestLineItemId.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameProductRequestLineItem
116
ReturnOrderLineItemOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToProductRequestLineItem
Typereference
ProductServiceCampaignId
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe product service campaign associated with the return order line item.
Typereference
ProductServiceCampaignItemId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe product service campaign item associated with the return order line item.
Typedouble
QuantityExpected
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe quantity of items expected to be returned.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typedouble
QuantityReceived
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe actual quantity of items received for return.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typedouble
QuantityRejected
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe quantity of items rejected for return.
117
ReturnOrderLineItemOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typedouble
QuantityReturned
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe quantity of items being returned. If multiple types of products are beingreturned, track each product in a different return order line item.
Typepicklist
QuantityUnitOfMeasure
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionUnits of the returned items; for example, kilograms or liters. Quantity Unit ofMeasure picklist values are inherited from the Quantity Unit of Measure field onproducts.
Typepicklist
ReasonForRejection
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionReason for rejecting returned items on this return order line item.
Possible values are:
• Damaged Item
• Expired Warranty
• Missing Item or Part
• Wrong Item
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typepicklist
ReasonForReturn
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe reason the items are being returned. Available values are:
• Damaged
• Defective
• Duplicate Order
118
ReturnOrderLineItemOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
• Wrong Item
• Wrong Quantity
• Not Satisfied
• Outdated
• Other
Typepicklist
RepaymentMethod
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe method by which the customer or owner will be reimbursed for the itemsbeing returned. Available values are:
• Replace—The items will be replaced
• Refund—The items will be returned and the owner will be refunded
• Credit—The items will be returned and the owner will receive credit forthem
• Return—The items will be returned to the owner (for example, followingtheir repair)
Typereference
ReturnOrderId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort
DescriptionThe return order that the return order line item belongs to.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameReturnOrder
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToReturnOrder
Typestring
ReturnOrderLineItemNumber
PropertiesAutonumber, Defaulted on create, Filter, idLookup, Sort
Description(Read only) Auto-generated number that identifies the return order line item.
119
ReturnOrderLineItemOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
Typereference
SourceLocationId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe items’ location at the start of the return or repair. For example, if the returnorder tracks the return of products from a technician’s service vehicle to awarehouse, the service vehicle is the source location.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameSourceLocation
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToLocation
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal of all price adjustments applied to the return order line item.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentAmountWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal amount of the price adjustments applied to the return order line item,inclusive of tax. This amount is equal to TotalAdjustmentAmount +TotalAdjustmentTaxAmount.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalAdjustmentTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
120
ReturnOrderLineItemOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
DescriptionTax on the TotalAdjustmentAmount.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal, including adjustments and tax, of the return order line item.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalLineAmount
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionTotal, not including adjustments or tax, of the return order line item.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalLineAmountWithTax
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal price of the return order line item, inclusive of tax. This amount is equal toTotalLineAmount + TotalLineTaxAmount.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
TotalLineTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalLineAmount.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
121
ReturnOrderLineItemOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
Typecurrency
TotalPrice
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTotal, including adjustments but not tax, of the return order line item. Equal toUnitPrice times Quantity.
This is a calculated field.
Typecurrency
TotalTaxAmount
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionTax on the TotalAmount.
This is a calculated field.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typepicklist
Type
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort, Update
DescriptionType of the return order line item. Matches the type of the associated order itemsummary. Delivery Charge indicates that the return order line item represents adelivery charge. Order Product indicates that it represents any other type ofproduct, service, or charge. Each type corresponds to one type code.
Possible values are:
• Delivery Charge
• Order Product
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typepicklist
TypeCode
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort, Update
DescriptionType code of the return order line item. Matches the type code of the associatedorder item summary. Processing depends on this value. Charge indicates thatthe return order line item represents a delivery charge. Product indicates that it
122
ReturnOrderLineItemOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
represents an other type of product, service, or charge. Each type categorycorresponds to one or more types.
Possible values are:
• Charge
• Product
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Typecurrency
UnitPrice
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionUnit price of the return order line item.
This field is available in API version 50.0 and later.
Associated ObjectsThis object has the following associated objects. If the API version isn’t specified, they’re available in the same API versions as this object.Otherwise, they’re available in the specified API version and later.
ReturnOrderLineItemChangeEvent (API version 48.0)Change events are available for the object.
ReturnOrderLineItemFeedFeed tracking is available for the object.
ReturnOrderLineItemHistoryHistory is available for tracked fields of the object.
SalesChannel
Represents the origin of an order. For example, a web storefront, physical store, marketplace, or mobile app. If you integrate SalesforceOrder Management with Salesforce B2C Commerce, set up a SalesChannel corresponding to each Site in your B2C Commerceimplementation. This object is available in API version 48.0 and later.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), search(), undelete(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Salesforce Order Management orgs.
123
SalesChannelOrder Management Standard Objects
Fields
DetailsField
Typetextarea
Description
PropertiesCreate, Nillable, Update
DescriptionDescription of the SalesChannel.
Typestring
ExternalChannelNumber
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionExternal system identifier for the SalesChannel.
TypedateTime
LastReferencedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe timestamp for when the current user last viewed a record related to this record.
TypedateTime
LastViewedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe timestamp for when the current user last viewed this record. A null value can mean thatthis record has only been referenced (LastReferencedDate) and not viewed.
Typereference
OwnerId
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe ID of the user who currently owns this SalesChannel. Default value is the user logged into the API to perform the create.
Typestring
SalesChannelName
124
SalesChannelOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, idLookup, Sort, Update
DescriptionName of the SalesChannel.
Typepicklist
Type
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionType of the SalesChannel. Each Type corresponds to one Type Category. You can customizethe Type picklist to represent your business processes, but the Type Category picklist is fixedbecause some order processing is based on those values. If you customize the Type picklist,include at least one value for each Type Category. This field is available in API version 53.0and later.
Default values are:
• B2B
• B2C
• Other
Typepicklist
TypeCategory
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort
DescriptionType Category of the SalesChannel. Each Type Category corresponds to one or more Types.This field isn’t visible in the UI. This field is available in API version 53.0 and later.
Possible values are:
• B2B
• B2C
• Other
SEE ALSO:
OrderSummary
Shipment
Represents the transport of inventory in field service or a shipment of order items in Order Management.
125
ShipmentOrder Management Standard Objects
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), search(), undelete(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Salesforce Order Management orgs or if Field Service is enabled.
Fields
DetailsField Name
TypedateTime
ActualDeliveryDate
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionDate the product was delivered.
Typereference
DeliveredToId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe person or entity the product was delivered to.
This is a polymorphic relationship field.
Relationship NameDeliveredTo
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToGroup, User
Typereference
DeliveryMethodId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe delivery method used for the shipment.
This field is available in API version 51.0 and later.
126
ShipmentOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
Typetextarea
Description
PropertiesCreate, Nillable, Update
DescriptionDetails not recorded in the provided fields
Typereference
DestinationLocationId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe place the product is to be delivered.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameDestinationLocation
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToLocation
TypedateTime
ExpectedDeliveryDate
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionDate the product is expected to be delivered.
Typereference
FulfillmentOrderId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe fulfillment order that the shipment belongs to.
This field is available in API version 51.0 and later.
TypedateTime
LastReferencedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
127
ShipmentOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
DescriptionThe timestamp when the current user last accessed this record, a record relatedto this record, or a list view.
TypedateTime
LastViewedDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe timestamp when the current user last viewed this record or list view. If thisvalue is null, the user might have only accessed this record or list view(LastReferencedDate) but not viewed it.
Typereference
OrderSummaryId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe order summary associated with the shipment.
This field is available in API version 51.0 and later.
Typereference
OwnerId
PropertiesCreate, Defaulted on create, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe owner of the shipment.
This is a polymorphic relationship field.
Relationship NameOwner
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToGroup, User
Typepicklist
Provider
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe company or person making the transfer.
128
ShipmentOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
Typereference
ReturnOrderId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionFor a return Shipment, the associated ReturnOrder.
This field is available in API version 53.0 and later.
Typeaddress
ShipFromAddress
PropertiesFilter, Nillable
DescriptionThe place the product is coming from.
Typestring
ShipFromCity
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe city of the address where the shipment originates.
Typestring
ShipFromCountry
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe country of the address where the shipment originates.
Typepicklist
ShipFromGeocodeAccuracy
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort, Update
DescriptionAccuracy level of the geocode for the address where the shipment originates.See Compound Field Considerations and Limitations for details on geolocationcompound fields.
Note: This field is available in the API only.
Typedouble
ShipFromLatitude
129
ShipmentOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionUsed with Longitude to specify the precise geolocation of the address where theshipment originates. Acceptable values are numbers between –90 and 90 withup to 15 decimal places. See Compound Field Considerations and Limitationsfor details on geolocation compound fields.
Note: This field is available in the API only.
Typedouble
ShipFromLongitude
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionUsed with Latitude to specify the precise geolocation of the address where theshipment originates. Acceptable values are numbers between –180 and 180 withup to 15 decimal places. See Compound Field Considerations and Limitationsfor details on geolocation compound fields.
Note: This field is available in the API only.
Typestring
ShipFromPostalCode
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe postal code of the address where the shipment originates.
Typestring
ShipFromState
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe state of the address where the shipment originates.
Typetextarea
ShipFromStreet
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe street of the address where the shipment originates.
130
ShipmentOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
Typeaddress
ShipToAddress
PropertiesFilter, Nillable
DescriptionThe physical address where the shipment is delivered.
Typestring
ShipToCity
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe city of the address where the shipment is delivered.
Typestring
ShipToCountry
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe country of the address where the shipment is delivered.
Typepicklist
ShipToGeocodeAccuracy
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Restricted picklist, Sort, Update
DescriptionAccuracy level of the geocode for the address where the shipment is delivered.See Compound Field Considerations and Limitations for details on geolocationcompound fields.
Note: This field is available in the API only.
Typedouble
ShipToLatitude
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionUsed with Longitude to specify the precise geolocation of the address where theshipment is delivered. Acceptable values are numbers between –90 and 90 withup to 15 decimal places. See Compound Field Considerations and Limitationsfor details on geolocation compound fields.
Note: This field is available in the API only.
131
ShipmentOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
Typedouble
ShipToLongitude
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionUsed with Latitude to specify the precise geolocation of the address where theshipment is delivered. Acceptable values are numbers between –180 and 180with up to 15 decimal places. See Compound Field Considerations and Limitationsfor details on geolocation compound fields.
Note: This field is available in the API only.
Typestring
ShipToName
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe shipment recipient.
Typestring
ShipToPostalCode
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe postal code of the address where the shipment is delivered.
Typestring
ShipToState
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe state of the address where the shipment is delivered.
Typetextarea
ShipToStreet
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe street of the address where the shipment is delivered.
Typestring
ShipmentNumber
132
ShipmentOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
PropertiesAutonumber, Defaulted on create, Filter, idLookup, Sort
DescriptionAn auto-generated number identifying the shipment.
Typereference
SourceLocationId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe field service location where the shipment originates.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameSourceLocation
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToLocation
Typepicklist
Status
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe status of the shipment. The picklist includes the following values, which canbe customized:
• Shipped—The product is in transit.
• Delivered—The product is at the source location.
Typedouble
TotalItemsQuantity
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe total quantity of items included in the shipment. This value is calculated asthe sum of the quantities of the shipment items in the shipment.
This field is available in API version 51.0 and later.
Typestring
TrackingNumber
133
ShipmentOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField Name
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionTracking number for the shipment.
Typeurl
TrackingUrl
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionURL of website used for tracking the shipment.
Associated ObjectsThis object has the following associated objects. If the API version isn’t specified, they’re available in the same API versions as this object.Otherwise, they’re available in the specified API version and later.
ShipmentChangeEvent (API version 48.0)Change events are available for the object.
ShipmentFeedFeed tracking is available for the object.
ShipmentHistoryHistory is available for tracked fields of the object.
ShipmentOwnerSharingRuleSharing rules are available for the object.
ShipmentShareSharing is available for the object.
ShipmentItem
Represents an order item included in a shipment. This object is available in API version 51.0 and later.
Supported Callscreate(), delete(), describeLayout(), describeSObjects(), getDeleted(), getUpdated(), query(),retrieve(), undelete(), update(), upsert()
Special Access RulesThis object is only available in Salesforce Order Management orgs or if Field Service is enabled.
134
ShipmentItemOrder Management Standard Objects
Fields
DetailsField
Typestring
Description
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionDescription of the shipment item.
TypedateTime
ExpectedDeliveryDate
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionExpected delivery date of the shipment that contains the shipment item.
Typereference
FulfillmentOrderLineItemId
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe FulfillmentOrderLineItem (fulfillment order product) corresponding to the shipmentitem.
Typereference
OrderItemSummaryId
PropertiesFilter, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe OrderItemSummary (order product summary) corresponding to the shipment item.
Typereference
Product2Id
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe product represented by the shipment item.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameProduct2
135
ShipmentItemOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToProduct2
Typedouble
Quantity
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Sort, Update
DescriptionThe quantity of products represented by the shipment item.
Typereference
ReturnOrderLineItemId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Nillable, Sort, Update
DescriptionFor a return ShipmentItem, the associated ReturnOrderLineItem.
This field is available in API version 53.0 and later.
Typereference
ShipmentId
PropertiesCreate, Filter, Group, Sort
Description(Master-Detail) The shipment that contains the shipment item.
This is a relationship field.
Relationship NameShipment
Relationship TypeLookup
Refers ToShipment
Typestring
ShipmentItemNumber
PropertiesAutonumber, Defaulted on create, Filter, idLookup, Sort
DescriptionAn auto-generated number identifying the shipment item.
136
ShipmentItemOrder Management Standard Objects
DetailsField
Typestring
TrackingNumber
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe tracking number of the shipment that contains the shipment item.
Typeurl
TrackingUrl
PropertiesFilter, Group, Nillable, Sort
DescriptionThe tracking URL of the shipment that contains the shipment item.
Associated ObjectsThis object has the following associated objects. Unless noted, they are available in the same API version as this object.
ShipmentItemFeedFeed tracking is available for the object.
ShipmentItemHistoryHistory is available for tracked fields of the object.
Order Summary Entity Relationship Diagram
This diagram illustrates some of the relationships between the OrderSummary object and other objects used in Salesforce OrderManagement.
To view a detailed diagram of all object relationships, from Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Schema Builder, and then selectSchema Builder. For information on using Schema Builder, see Design Your Own Data Model in Extend Salesforce with Clicks, not Code.
137
Order Summary Entity Relationship DiagramOrder Management Standard Objects
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data Map
These tables illustrate how data in a Salesforce B2C Commerce order packet maps to records in Salesforce Order Management. If you’reimplementing your own storefront integration, this map can help you understand the order data requirements.
Integration NotesGeneral:
• B2C Commerce sends orders in New or Open status to Salesforce Order Management. To delay sending an order, for example, toperform a fraud check, keep it in Created status.
• B2C Commerce sends order data to Salesforce Order Management according to a set frequency and when the packet of pendingorders reaches a certain size. The process is similar to the one used for Commerce Cloud Order Management. In addition, theintegration contacts B2C Commerce every 5 minutes to request any pending order data.
• The B2C Integration can’t create an order with a combined total of more than 200 OrderItems and OrderItemAdjustmentLineItems.For example, it can create an order with 150 OrderItems and 45 OrderItemAdjustmentLineItems, but can’t create an order with 110OrderItems and 100 OrderItemAdjustmentLineItems. To import an order that exceeds this limit, use Bulk API 2.0. For informationabout manually importing orders into Order Management, see Importing Order Data.
138
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
• The integration associates sites in B2C Commerce with SalesChannels in Order Management. It identifies the SalesChannel for anorder by searching for a SalesChannelName value that matches the site/site-id value in the order data.
• For details of the B2C Commerce order data format, see the Order XSD Schema in the B2C Commerce Infocenter.
• If the Salesforce org ID or login URL changes, or if you run DBInit on your B2C Commerce storefront, the integration requires updating.Open a case with Salesforce Customer Support to reprovision the integration as described in the Order Management ImplementationGuide.
• If you refresh a sandbox org, or change the Tenant ID of a B2C Commerce instance, repeat the implementation process as describedin the Order Management Implementation Guide. For information on sandbox orgs, see the sandbox topics in Salesforce Help.
Shopper Accounts:
• When the order/billing-address/company-name value in the order data is not null, Order Management always usesa standard account and contact to represent the shopper.
• If you enable Person Accounts, don’t change the names or API names of the two default Account record types. The B2C Integrationuses those types to represent shopper accounts.
• You can configure the integration to identify existing shoppers by applying your org’s duplicate and matching rules for Accounts,Contacts, and Person Accounts. To enable this feature, in Setup, in Order Management Settings, turn on B2C Integration DataMatching Rules. For more information on configuring duplicate management, see Manage Duplicate Records in Salesforce Help.
Note: If your org’s matching rules identify multiple potential duplicate records, the integration selects the one with the highestmatch score. If multiple records tie for the highest match score, you can’t guarantee which is selected.
Note: Applying complex custom matching rules can affect the integration’s performance.
• For detailed information on the storage and identification of shopper accounts, see Order Management Shopper Records in SalesforceOrder Management in Salesforce Help.
International Considerations
• If the order/taxation value for an order is net, then the integration creates an OrderItemTaxLineItem record for eachOrderItem and OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem record.
• If Salesforce state and country/territory picklists aren’t enabled:
– The state-code values in order data must match a standard 2-character ISO state or province code. The integration copiesthem to State fields on Salesforce records.
– The country-code values in order data must match a standard 2-character ISO country/territory code. The integrationcopies them to Country fields on Salesforce records.
• If Salesforce state and country/territory picklists are enabled:
– The state-code values in order data must match the state code of an entry in the Salesforce state picklist. The integrationcopies them to StateCode fields on Salesforce records. The corresponding State fields are set to the matching integration valuesfrom the picklist.
– The country-code values in order data must match the country/territory code of an entry in the Salesforce country/territorypicklist. The integration copies them to CountryCode fields on Salesforce records. The corresponding Country fields are set tothe matching integration values from the picklist.
Payments
• Order data includes a paired payment instrument and payment transaction for each payment associated with the order.
• If an order/payments/payment/transaction-type value in the order data starts with auth, then the integrationcreates a PaymentAuthorization record for that transaction. If the value is sale or capture, then it creates a Payment record.These checks aren’t case-sensitive.
139
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
• For a credit or debit card payment type, the payments/payment/credit-card/card-type value in the order datamust match a value in the CardType picklist on the CardPaymentMethod object.
• To handle a payment method that doesn’t match a CardPaymentMethod CardType or DigitalWallet Type, create a custom paymentmethod as described later in this section.
• The integration recognizes certain custom attributes on order/payments/payment and copies them to standard fields onthe PaymentGatewayLog record in Salesforce. To take advantage of this feature, create and populate custom attributes with thefollowing exact names on the Order Payment Transaction object in B2C Commerce:
– authCode (value copied to PaymentGatewayLog.GatewayAuthCode)
– avsResultCode (value copied to PaymentGatewayLog.GatewayAvsCode)
– approvalStatus (value copied to PaymentGatewayLog.GatewayResultCode)
Promotions
• The integration creates an OrderAdjustmentGroup record for each order-levelprice-adjustments/price-adjustment/promotion-id and for each item-levelprice-adjustments/price-adjustment/promotion-id that applies to more than one item in the order. For eachOrderAdjustmentGroup, it creates an OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem record for each OrderItem in the order that the associatedpromotion applies to. If an OrderItem is affected by multiple promotions, then it can have an OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem foreach one.
• If the order/taxation value for an order is net, then the integration creates an OrderItemTaxLineItem record for eachOrderItemAdjustmentLineItem record.
For information on the Salesforce state and country/territory picklists, see Let Users Select State and Country from Picklists in SalesforceHelp.
Set Up Payment GatewaysConfigure a payment gateway adapter for each merchant account. If you use multiple currencies or payment methods through a singlepayment processor, you can optionally set up multiple payment gateways for that processor. By default, the Order Managementintegration with Salesforce B2C Commerce only supports credit card and digital wallet payment types, but you can create your owncustomizations.
You can use Apex and the Connect REST API to set up payment gateways. See commercepayments namespace and Use Cases for thecommercepayments Namespace in the Apex Developer Guide, and Commerce Payments Resources in the Connect REST API DeveloperGuide.
Payment Method ProcessingThe B2C Commerce integration processes each storefront payment method in the order data as follows:
1. Does the payment method ID in the order data match the following non-case-sensitive regular expression? If so, then create aDigitalWallet record in Salesforce.
paypal|visa_checkout|pay_by_check|.*(apple|google|android|amazon|ali).*(pay)*
2. Does the payment method ID in the order data match the Gateway Provider Payment Method Type of a GtwyProvPaymentMethodTyperecord in Salesforce? If so, then create a record in Salesforce according to the GtwyProvPaymentMethodType’s Payment MethodType.
3. Does the card type in the order data match an entry in the Card Type picklist on the CardPaymentMethod object in Salesforce? If so,then create a CardPaymentMethod record in Salesforce.
140
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
Note: You can’t customize the Card Type picklist.
4. Return an error message that the payment method isn’t supported.
To support a different payment type, set up a custom payment method as described in the next section.
Create Custom Payment MethodsIf you use a storefront payment method that meets both of the following criteria, configure a custom payment method for it.
• The default regular expression doesn’t identify it as a DigitalWallet method.
• It doesn’t match any of the standard card types for a CardPaymentMethod.
To configure a custom payment method as an AlternativePaymentMethod, first create a RecordType for the AlternativePaymentMethodobject. Give the record type a name that represents the payment method. For information on creating record types, see Create RecordTypes in Salesforce Help.
Define a custom payment method by creating a GtwyProvPaymentMethodType (Gateway Provider Payment Method Type) record. Thegateway provider payment method type associates the custom payment method with a payment gateway and defines it as anAlternativePaymentMethod, CardPaymentMethod, or DigitalWallet.
Note: You can’t create or access a GtwyProvPaymentMethodType record in the Salesforce UI. To create one, insert a recordusing Workbench. The API name of the object is GtwyProvPaymentMethodType, at the URL/services/data/v51.0/sobjects/GtwyProvPaymentMethodType.
Set the GtwyProvPaymentMethodType fields as described here.
CommentsOptional description.
Developer NameThe unique API name of the record.
Master LabelA human-readable name for the record.
Gateway Provider Payment Method TypeThe name of the payment method in the storefront. This value must exactly match the payment method ID used in B2C Commerce.
Payment Gateway Provider IdReference to the Payment Gateway Provider record associated with the payment processor for the payment method.
Payment Method TypeAlternativePaymentMethod CardPaymentMethod, or DigitalWallet. To use AlternativePaymentMethod, firstcreate a corresponding RecordType record.
Record Type IdIf using an AlternativePaymentMethod, this value is a reference to the RecordType record.
Here’s an example of a gateway provider payment method definition:
{"DeveloperName" : "BankTransfer""MasterLabel" : "Bank Transfer","GtwyProviderPaymentMethodType" : "directBanking","PaymentGatewayProviderId" : "0cJaa0000000001E67","PaymentMethodType" : "AlternativePaymentMethod",
141
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
“RecordTypeId” : "012aa000000008A34F"}
Integrate Custom B2C Commerce Storefront DataThe integration can pass custom data on certain B2C Commerce objects to Order Management. To set up the transfer, add customattributes to objects in B2C Commerce, and add matching custom fields to the corresponding objects in Order Management. Theintegration compares the B2C Commerce attribute ID and the Order Management field name at the API level. (It doesn’t consider theirUI labels.) If they match and the data types match, the integration includes those values when it creates Order Management records. Ifyou also create a matching field on the corresponding summary object, Order Management includes the custom data when it createsa summary record.
You can add custom attributes to product options that exist as product line items, but not to product options that exist as attributes onparent products. You can’t add an attribute to an attribute.
If you add a custom field to an object used in a flow, customize the flow to handle it.
Important: A change order is an Order record. If you add a required custom field to the Order object, update the service flowsto set that field when they create a change order. Otherwise, the flow will fail.
If order data includes a custom attribute value, but the corresponding Salesforce object has no matching custom field, the integrationignores that attribute. If a custom field exists in Salesforce, and order data doesn’t include a matching custom attribute value, theintegration ignores it.
Important: If a custom field in Salesforce is required, and it corresponds to a custom storefront attribute, then order data mustinclude a value for that attribute. Without that value, the integration can’t create the corresponding Salesforce record. In that case,the integration fails with an error.
Note: At the API level, custom field names in Salesforce always end in __c. Don’t include it in the names of the matching attributeson your storefront objects. However, if you include a custom namespace in a custom field name, also include it in the name of thematching storefront object attribute. For example, if the API name of your custom field in Salesforce ismynamespace_FieldName__c, name your matching storefront object attribute mynamespace_FieldName. Limityour custom field names to 40 characters (37 plus __c).
You can support product bundles by passing that information as custom data. To set up product bundle associations, define a customguid attribute for the line item object in your storefront. In Salesforce, define a matching field on OrderItem and OrderItemSummary.When creating an order, assign the same value to the custom attribute on line items that belong together. You can define anothercustom attribute to identify a line item as part of a bundle. Then build logic into your fulfillment process to handle them accordingly.
Note: When using custom attributes to support bundles, customize your return and cancel flows to handle them according toyour business rules. For example, design your cancel process so that when you cancel a bundle product, any associated bundleproducts are also canceled. Likewise, you can design your return process to disallow the return of only some of the products in abundle.
You can use matching custom attributes and fields on these sets of objects:
Salesforce Order ManagementB2C Commerce
OrderItem and OrderItemSummaryProduct line item, gift certificate line item, and shipping line item
Order and OrderSummaryOrder
CardPaymentMethod, DigitalWallet, Payment,PaymentAuthorization, and PaymentGatewayLog (see note)
Order payment instrument and order payment transaction
142
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
Salesforce Order ManagementB2C Commerce
OrderDeliveryGroup and OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryShipment
Note: You can’t add custom fields to the PaymentGatewayLog object. However, the integration recognizes certain customattributes on order/payments/payment and copies them to standard fields on the PaymentGatewayLog record inSalesforce. To take advantage of this feature, create and populate custom attributes with the following exact names on the OrderPayment Transaction object in B2C Commerce:
• authCode (value copied to PaymentGatewayLog.GatewayAuthCode)
• avsResultCode (value copied to PaymentGatewayLog.GatewayAvsCode)
• approvalStatus (value copied to PaymentGatewayLog.GatewayResultCode)
The integration supports the following data types for matching custom attributes and fields:
• Boolean
• Currency
• Datetime (Date isn’t supported)
• Double
• Multipicklist
• Phone
• Picklist
• Reference
• String
• TextArea
• URL
The Order Management B2C Service permission set provides the integration with access to Salesforce records. When you add a customfield to a Salesforce object, update that permission set by adding read and edit access to the new field. You also must add edit accessto the permission set that provides access for your Order Management users.
1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Permission Sets, and then select Permission Sets.
2. Select Order Management B2C Service.
3. In the Apps section, click Object Settings.
4. Select the object that has the custom field.
5. Click Edit.
6. In the Field Permissions section, select the Edit Access checkbox for the custom field.
7. Click Save.
8. Return to the list of permission sets by selecting Permission Sets in the Setup navigation menu.
9. Select the permission set that controls access for your Order Management users. Normally, it’s called OM Console.
10. In the Apps section, click Object Settings.
11. Select the object that has the custom field.
12. Click Edit.
143
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
13. In the Field Permissions section, select the Edit Access checkbox for the custom field.
14. Click Save.
Account Object (Standard or PersonAccount)Order Management always uses standard accounts to represent shoppers that have company names. If an order includes anorder/billing-address/company-name value, and no matching account record exists, then the integration creates astandard account, regardless of the Person Accounts for Shoppers setting.
Changing the Person Accounts for Shoppers admin setting doesn’t affect existing shopper data. However, it changes the way that theB2C Commerce integration stores new shopper data and whether it recognizes existing shopper data.
Note: If the B2C Integration Data Matching Rules setting is on, this behavior can vary depending on your org’s matching rules.
• While Order Management is configured to use standard accounts: the integration recognizes existing shoppers that are stored asperson accounts. It associates their new orders with their existing person accounts. If an existing shopper has records of both types,it associates new orders with their standard account and contact.
• While Order Management is configured to use person accounts: the integration doesn’t recognize existing shoppers that are storedas standard accounts and contacts. If one of those shoppers places an order, the integration creates a person account record forthem and associates the new order with it. Order Management treats the accounts as separate shoppers. If an existing shopper hasrecords of both types, the integration associates new orders with their person account.
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
Iforder/billing-address/company-name
Nameorder/billing-address/company-name ororder/billing-address/first-name andorder/billing-address/last-name has a value in the order data packet, then
it’s copied to this value. If it has no value inthe order data, this value is set as follows:
• If this record is a person account, thisvalue isn’t set.
• If this record isn’t a person account, thisvalue is set toorder/billing-address/first-name+ " " +order/billing-address/last-name.
This value is only set for person accounts.It’s set to
FirstNameorder/billing-address/first-name andorder/billing-address/second-name
order/billing-address/first-name+ " " +order/billing-address/second-name.
This value is only set for person accounts.LastNameorder/billing-address/last-name
This value is only set for person accounts.PersonEmailorder/customer/customer-email
This value is only set for person accounts.PersonTitleorder/billing-address/title
144
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This value is only set for person accounts.It’s set to
BillingStreetorder/billing-address/address1,order/billing-address/address2, andorder/billing-address/address3 order/billing-address/address1
+ " " +order/billing-address/address2+ " " +order/billing-address/address3.
This value is only set for person accounts.BillingCityorder/billing-address/city
This value is only set for person accounts.BillingPostalCodeorder/billing-address/postal-code
This value is only set for person accounts.Usage depends on whether state and
BillingStateorder/billing-address/state-code
country/territory picklists are enabled inSalesforce.
• Picklists not enabled- This value is settoorder/billing-address/state-code.It must be a standard 2-character ISOstate or province code.
• Picklists enabled- This value is set to thepicklist integration value correspondingto the state code that matchesorder/billing-address/state-code.
This value is only set for person accounts,and only when state and country/territory
BillingStateCodeorder/billing-address/state-code
picklists are enabled on your org.order/billing-address/state-codemust match the state code of an entry inthe Salesforce state picklist.
This value is only set for person accounts.Usage depends on whether state and
BillingCountryorder/billing-address/country-code
country/territory picklists are enabled inSalesforce.
• Picklists not enabled- This value is settoorder/billing-address/country-code.It must be a standard 2-character ISOcountry/territory code.
• Picklists enabled- This value is set to thepicklist integration value correspondingto the country/territory code thatmatchesorder/billing-address/country-code.
145
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This value is only set for person accounts,and only when state and country/territory
BillingCountryCodeorder/billing-address/country-code
picklists are enabled on your org.order/billing-address/country-codemust match the country/territory code ofan entry in the Salesforce country/territorypicklist.
This value is set for both person accountsand regular accounts.
Phoneorder/billing-address/phone
AlternativePaymentMethod ObjectThe integration checks the payment_method value of each payment instrument in an order. If it matches the Gateway ProviderPayment Method Type of a GtwyProvPaymentMethodType record, then the integration creates a record according to theGtwyProvPaymentMethodType’s Payment Method Type value. If the Payment Method Type is AlternativePaymentMethod, then theintegration creates an AlternativePaymentMethod record using the associated RecordType.
Note: To use AlternativePaymentMethod, first create a RecordType and GtwyProvPaymentMethodType for your custom paymenttype as described in the Create Custom Payment Methods section.
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This value is set to the ID of the RecordTyperecord assigned to theGtwyProvPaymentMethodType.
RecordTypeIdN/A
GatewayTokenorder/payments/payment/credit-card/card-token
Emailorder/customer/customer-email
This picklist value is always set to Active.StatusN/A
CompanyNameorder/billing-address/company-name
This value is set toorder/billing-address/address1
PaymentMethodStreetorder/billing-address/address1,order/billing-address/address2, andorder/billing-address/address3 + " " +
order/billing-address/address2+ " " +order/billing-address/address3.
PaymentMethodCityorder/billing-address/city
Usage depends on whether state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled inSalesforce.
PaymentMethodStateorder/billing-address/state-code
• Picklists not enabled- This value is settoorder/billing-address/state-code.
146
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
It must be a standard 2-character ISOstate or province code.
• Picklists enabled- This value is set to thepicklist integration value correspondingto the state code that matchesorder/billing-address/state-code.
This value is only set when state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled on
PaymentMethodStateCodeorder/billing-address/state-code
your org.order/billing-address/state-codemust match the state code of an entry inthe Salesforce state picklist.
PaymentMethodPostalCodeorder/billing-address/postal-code
Usage depends on whether state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled inSalesforce.
PaymentMethodCountryorder/billing-address/country-code
• Picklists not enabled- This value is settoorder/billing-address/country-code.It must be a standard 2-character ISOcountry/territory code.
• Picklists enabled- This value is set to thepicklist integration value correspondingto the country/territory code thatmatchesorder/billing-address/country-code.
This value is only set when state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled on
PaymentMethodCountryCodeorder/billing-address/country-code
your org.order/billing-address/country-codemust match the country/territory code ofan entry in the Salesforce country/territorypicklist.
Phoneorder/billing-address/phone
IpAddressorderremoteHost
This value is set to the ID of the Account orPerson Account record associated with theshopper.
AccountIdN/A
This value is set to the ID of thePaymentGateway record associated with
PaymentGatewayIdN/A
the PaymentGatewayProvider record
147
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
assigned to theGtwyProvPaymentMethodType.
This value is always set to External. Itspecifies that an external payment providerhandles payment transactions.
ProcessingModeN/A
If the Salesforce AlternativePaymentMethodobject has a custom field matching a
custom_attribute_nameorder/payments/payment/custom_attributeor a custom attribute on the payment type
custom attribute on the storefront paymenttype or order payment transaction object,the value is copied to theAlternativePaymentMethod record. If acustom field is non-nillable, then order datamust include a value for the correspondingcustom attribute. If the value is missing, theintegration fails.
CardPaymentMethod ObjectThe integration checks the payment_method value of each payment instrument in an order against the following regex. If it matches,then the integration creates a DigitalWallet record for the instrument. If it doesn’t match, then the integration checks thepayment/credit-card/card-type value against the CardType picklist on the CardPaymentMethod object. If the picklistcontains a match, then the integration creates a CardPaymentMethod record for the instrument. Otherwise, to support the paymentmethod, you must set up a custom payment method for it.
paypal|visa_checkout|pay_by_check|.*(apple|google|android|amazon|ali).*(pay)*
Note: The regex isn’t case-sensitive.
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
The value must match a card type in theCardType picklist on the
CardTypeorder/payments/payment/credit-card/card-type
CardPaymentMethod object. To handle adifferent card type, create a custompayment method as described in the OrderManagement Implementation Guide.
InputCardNumberorder/payments/payment/credit-card/card-number
CardHolderNameorder/payments/payment/credit-card/card-holder
ExpiryYearorder/payments/payment/credit-card/expiration-year
ExpiryMonthorder/payments/payment/credit-card/expiration-month
This value can be CreditCard orDebitCard. The default value isCreditCard.
CardCategory[order payment method]
148
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This picklist value is always set to Active.StatusN/A
GatewayTokenorder/payments/payment/credit-card/card-token
This value is set toorder/billing-address/address1
PaymentMethodStreetorder/billing-address/address1,order/billing-address/address2, andorder/billing-address/address3 + " " +
order/billing-address/address2+ " " +order/billing-address/address3.
PaymentMethodCityorder/billing-address/city
Usage depends on whether state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled inSalesforce.
PaymentMethodStateorder/billing-address/state-code
• Picklists not enabled- This value is settoorder/billing-address/state-code.It must be a standard 2-character ISOstate or province code.
• Picklists enabled- This value is set to thepicklist integration value correspondingto the state code that matchesorder/billing-address/state-code.
This value is only set when state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled on
PaymentMethodStateCodeorder/billing-address/state-code
your org.order/billing-address/state-codemust match the state code of an entry inthe Salesforce state picklist.
PaymentMethodPostalCodeorder/billing-address/postal-code
Usage depends on whether state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled inSalesforce.
PaymentMethodCountryorder/billing-address/country-code
• Picklists not enabled- This value is settoorder/billing-address/country-code.It must be a standard 2-character ISOcountry/territory code.
• Picklists enabled- This value is set to thepicklist integration value correspondingto the country/territory code thatmatchesorder/billing-address/country-code.
149
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This value is only set when state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled on
PaymentMethodCountryCodeorder/billing-address/country-code
your org.order/billing-address/country-codemust match the country/territory code ofan entry in the Salesforce country/territorypicklist.
This value is set to the ID of the Account orPerson Account record associated with theCardPaymentMethod.
AccountIdN/A
This value is set to the ID of thePaymentGateway record whose
PaymentGatewayIdN/A
ExternalReference value matches theprocessor ID value of the order paymentinstrument.
This value is always set to External. Itspecifies that an external payment providerhandles payment transactions.
ProcessingModeN/A
If the Salesforce CardPaymentMethod objecthas a custom field matching a custom
custom_attribute_nameorder/payments/payment/custom_attributeor a custom attribute on the payment type
attribute on the storefront payment type ororder payment transaction object, the valueis copied to the CardPaymentMethodrecord. If a custom field is non-nillable, thenorder data must include a value for thecorresponding custom attribute. If the valueis missing, the integration fails.
Contact ObjectWhen using person accounts, access shopper contact data using person account records, not contact records. When using standardaccounts and contacts, the BillToContactId field on these objects points to the associated contact record:
• Credit Memo
• Fulfillment Order
• Invoice
• Order
• Order Summary
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This value is set to the ID of the Accountrecord that represents the shopper.
AccountIdN/A
150
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
Emailorder/customer/customer-email
FirstNameorder/billing-address/first-name
LastNameorder/billing-address/last-name
Phoneorder/billing-address/phone
DigitalWallet ObjectThe integration checks the payment_method value of each payment instrument in an order. If it matches the following regex, thenthe integration creates a DigitalWallet record for the instrument. If it doesn’t match, then the integration tries to create anAlternativePaymentMethod or a CardPaymentMethod record for the instrument.
paypal|visa_checkout|pay_by_check|.(apple|google|android|amazon|ali).(pay)*
Note: The regex isn’t case-sensitive.
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This picklist value is always set to Active.StatusN/A
Type[order payment method]
GatewayTokenorder/payments/payment/credit-card/card-token
This value is set toorder/billing-address/address1
PaymentMethodStreetorder/billing-address/address1,order/billing-address/address2, andorder/billing-address/address3 + " " +
order/billing-address/address2+ " " +order/billing-address/address3.
PaymentMethodCityorder/billing-address/city
Usage depends on whether state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled inSalesforce.
PaymentMethodStateorder/billing-address/state-code
• Picklists not enabled- This value is settoorder/billing-address/state-code.It must be a standard 2-character ISOstate or province code.
• Picklists enabled- This value is set to thepicklist integration value correspondingto the state code that matchesorder/billing-address/state-code.
This value is only set when state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled on
PaymentMethodStateCodeorder/billing-address/state-code
151
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
your org.order/billing-address/state-codemust match the state code of an entry inthe Salesforce state picklist.
PaymentMethodPostalCodeorder/billing-address/postal-code
Usage depends on whether state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled inSalesforce.
PaymentMethodCountryorder/billing-address/country-code
• Picklists not enabled- This value is settoorder/billing-address/country-code.It must be a standard 2-character ISOcountry/territory code.
• Picklists enabled- This value is set to thepicklist integration value correspondingto the country/territory code thatmatchesorder/billing-address/country-code.
This value is only set when state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled on
PaymentMethodCountryCodeorder/billing-address/country-code
your org.order/billing-address/country-codemust match the country/territory code ofan entry in the Salesforce country/territorypicklist.
This value is set to the ID of the Account orPerson Account record associated with theDigitalWallet.
AccountIdN/A
This value is set to the ID of thePaymentGateway record whose
PaymentGatewayIdN/A
ExternalReference value matches theprocessor ID value of the order paymentinstrument.
This value is always set to External. Itspecifies that an external payment providerhandles payment transactions.
ProcessingModeN/A
If the Salesforce DigitalWallet object has acustom field matching a custom attribute
custom_attribute_nameorder/payments/payment/custom_attributeor a custom attribute on the payment type
on the storefront payment type or orderpayment transaction object, the value iscopied to the DigitalWallet record. If acustom field is non-nillable, then order data
152
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
must include a value for the correspondingcustom attribute. If the value is missing, theintegration fails.
Order ObjectThe integration uses both the order/order-no and catalog/catalog-id values to check for duplicate orders. It looks foran existing order record with an OrderReferenceNumber matching the order-no and a SalesChannelId pointing to a SalesChannelthat matches the catalog-id. If it finds one, it doesn’t create a duplicate order.
Note: If the catalog ID for a sales channel changes, and an existing order is received with a different catalog ID, the integrationconsiders it a new order and creates a duplicate record.
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This value is set to the ID of the Pricebook2record for the standard price book.
Pricebook2IdN/A
Nameorder/customer/customer-name
When the Order record is created, this valueis set to Draft. The last step in the
StatusN/A
Composite API call that creates the recordsrelated to the order sets this value toActive.
This value is set to the current datetimewhen the record is created.
EffectiveDateN/A
OrderReferenceNumberorder/order-no
This value is set toorder/billing-address/address1
BillingStreetorder/billing-address/address1,order/billing-address/address2, andorder/billing-address/address3 + " " +
order/billing-address/address2+ " " +order/billing-address/address3.
BillingCityorder/billing-address/city
Usage depends on whether state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled inSalesforce.
BillingStateorder/billing-address/state-code
• Picklists not enabled- This value is settoorder/billing-address/state-code.It must be a standard 2-character ISOstate or province code.
153
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
• Picklists enabled- This value is set to thepicklist integration value correspondingto the state code that matchesorder/billing-address/state-code.
This value is only set when state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled on
BillingStateCodeorder/billing-address/state-code
your org.order/billing-address/state-codemust match the state code of an entry inthe Salesforce state picklist.
BillingPostalCodeorder/billing-address/postal-code
Usage depends on whether state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled inSalesforce.
BillingCountryorder/billing-address/country-code
• Picklists not enabled- This value is settoorder/billing-address/country-code.It must be a standard 2-character ISOcountry/territory code.
• Picklists enabled- This value is set to thepicklist integration value correspondingto the country/territory code thatmatchesorder/billing-address/country-code.
This value is only set when state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled on
BillingCountryCodeorder/billing-address/country-code
your org.order/billing-address/country-codemust match the country/territory code ofan entry in the Salesforce country/territorypicklist.
BillingPhoneNumberorder/billing-address/phone
OrderedDateorder/order-date
BillingEmailAddressorder/customer/customer-email
This value is set to the ID of the Contactrecord that represents the shopper. When
BillToContactIdN/A
using person accounts, this value isn’t set.In that case, access shopper contactinformation via the Account instead of theContact.
154
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This value is set to the ID of the Account orPerson Account record that represents theshopper.
AccountIdN/A
This value is set to the ID of theSalesChannel record whose
SalesChannelIdcatalog/catalog-id
SalesChannelName field matches thecatalog/catalog-id in the orderdata packet.
This value is set to Net or Gross basedon the value of order/taxation. If using Net
TaxLocaleTypeorder/taxation
taxation, this value is set to Net and theintegration creates OrderItemTaxLineItemrecords for the order. If using Gross taxation,this value is set to Gross and theintegration doesn’t createOrderItemTaxLineItem records for the order.If the value isn’t set, then the default valueis Net.
This value is only set if the Salesforce orghas Multicurrency enabled.
CurrencyIsoCodeorder/currency
If the Salesforce Order object has a customfield matching a custom attribute on the
custom_attribute_nameorder/custom_attribute
storefront order object, the value is copiedto the Order record. If the SalesforceOrderSummary object also has a matchingcustom field, it’s copied to both records. Ifa custom field is non-nillable, then orderdata must include a value for thecorresponding custom attribute. If the valueis missing, the integration fails.
OrderAdjustmentGroup ObjectThe integration creates one OrderAdjustmentGroup record for each promotion that applies to an entire order or to multiple items in anorder. For an order-level promotion, it assigns the OrderAdjustmentGroup to one OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem record for each OrderItemrecord in the order. It creates the OrderAdjustmentGroup even if the order only contains one OrderItem. For an item-level promotionthat applies to multiple OrderItems, it assigns the OrderAdjustmentGroup to one OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem record for each OrderItemrecord in the Order that the promotion applies to. If an item-level promotion only applies to one OrderItem, the integration doesn’tcreate an OrderAdjustmentGroup for it.
Note: Shipping adjustments that aren’t part of an order-level promotion are treated as item-level promotions. An example of anorder-level promotion is “20% off and free shipping.”
155
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
Nameorder/price-adjustments/price-adjustment/promotion-id
Descriptionorder/price-adjustments/price-adjustment/promotion-id
This picklist value depends on the level ofthe promotion:
TypeN/A
• Order-level- This value is set toHeader.
• Item-level- This value is set toSplitLine.
This value is set to the ID of the associatedoriginal Order record.
OrderIdN/A
This value is set to the ID of the associatedPromotion record.
AdjustmentCauseIdN/A
OrderDeliveryGroup ObjectThe integration creates an OrderDeliveryGroup record for each shipment (also called a LineItemGroup in B2C Commerce) in the orderdata.
For order changes such as returns and cancellations that include prorated delivery amounts, the proration considers theOrderDeliveryGroups containing OrderItems that are part of the change. For example, consider an order that has three OrderDeliveryGroups,each with multiple OrderItems. A return of two OrderItems, each from a different OrderDeliveryGroup, uses the total delivery chargesassociated with those two OrderDeliveryGroups. It prorates that amount across the OrderItems in those OrderDeliveryGroups by OrderItemprice. The shipping refund equals the prorated delivery amounts for the two returned OrderItems. The return doesn’t consider anydelivery charges associated with the third OrderDeliveryGroup.
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
EmailAddressorder/customer/customer-email
DeliverToCityorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/city
Usage depends on whether state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled inSalesforce.
DeliverToCountryorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/country-code
• Picklists not enabled- This value is settoorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/country-code.It must be a standard 2-character ISOcountry/territory code.
• Picklists enabled- This value is set to thepicklist integration value correspondingto the country/territory code thatmatchesorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/country-code.
156
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This value is only set when state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled on
DeliverToCountryCodeorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/country-code
your org.order/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/country-codemust match the country/territory code ofan entry in the Salesforce country/territorypicklist.
This value is set toorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/title
DeliveryGroupToNameorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/title,order/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/first-name,order/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/last-name, + " " +andorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/suffix
order/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/first-name+ " " +order/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/last-name+ " " +order/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/suffix.
DeliverToPostalCodeorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/postal-code
Usage depends on whether state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled inSalesforce.
DeliverToStateorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/state-code
• Picklists not enabled- This value is settoorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/state-code.It must be a standard 2-character ISOstate or province code.
• Picklists enabled- This value is set to thepicklist integration value correspondingto the state code that matchesorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/state-code.
This value is only set when state andcountry/territory picklists are enabled on
DeliverToStateCodeorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/state-code
your org.order/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/state-codemust match the state code of an entry inthe Salesforce country/territory picklist.
This value is set toorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/address1
DeliverToStreetorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/address1,order/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/address2,andorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/address3
+ " " +order/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/address2+ " " +order/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/address3.
PhoneNumberorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-address/phone
157
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This value is only populated iforder/shipments/shipment/gift=true.
IsGiftorder/shipments/shipment/gift
This value is only populated iforder/shipments/shipment/gift=true.
GiftMessageorder/shipments/shipment/gift-message
This value is set to the ID of theOrderDeliveryMethod record whose
OrderDeliveryMethodIdorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-method
ReferenceNumber field matches theorder/shipments/shipment/shipping-methodvalue in the order data.
This value is set to the ID of the associatedoriginal Order record.
OrderIdN/A
If the Salesforce OrderDeliveryGroup objecthas a custom field matching a custom
custom_attribute_nameorder/shipments/shipment/custom_attribute
attribute on the storefront shipment object,the value is copied to theOrderDeliveryGroup record. If the SalesforceOrderDeliveryGroupSummary object alsohas a matching custom field, it’s copied toboth records. If a custom field is non-nillable,then order data must include a value for thecorresponding custom attribute. If the valueis missing, the integration fails.
OrderItem ObjectIf an order has a TaxLocaleType of Net, then the integration also creates an OrderItemTaxLineItem record for each OrderItem record.
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
If the record represents a shipping charge,this value is set to Shipping. Otherwise,
Descriptionorder/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/lineitem-text
it’s set toorder/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/lineitem-text.
If the record represents a shipping charge,this picklist value is set to Delivery
TypeN/A
Charge. Otherwise, it’s set to OrderProduct.
Quantityorder/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/quantity
TotalLineAmountorder/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/net-price
Records that represent charges are assigneda value starting at 1000 so they appearafter all order products in lists.
LineNumberorder/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/position
158
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
The integration calculates this value to alimited number of decimal places and
UnitPriceorder/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/base-priceor
includes it for reference. Because theorder/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/net-pricecalculation can introduce small roundingand
order/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/quantity errors, Order Management doesn’t use thisvalue for any processing. The calculationformula depends on the tax locale type ofthe order:
• Net Taxation- base-price
• Gross Taxation- net-price /quantity
The integration calculates this value to alimited number of decimal places and
GrossUnitPriceorder/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/base-priceor
includes it for reference. Because theorder/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/gross-pricecalculation can introduce small roundingand
order/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/quantity errors, Order Management doesn’t use thisvalue for any processing. The calculationformula depends on the tax locale type ofthe order:
• Net Taxation- gross-price /quantity
• Gross Taxation- base-price
This value is only set if the Optional PriceBooks feature is enabled. It’s needed when
ListPriceorder/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/base-price
the OrderItem has no associatedPriceBookEntry.
This value is set to the ID of the associatedoriginal Order record.
OrderIdN/A
This value is set to the ID of the associatedOrderDeliveryGroup record.
OrderDeliveryGroupIdN/A
This value is set to the ID of the associatedPriceBookEntry record. If the Optional PriceBooks feature is enabled, this value isn’t set.
PricebookEntryIdN/A
This value is set to the ID of the associatedProduct2 record.
Product2IdN/A
If the Salesforce OrderItem object has acustom field matching a custom attribute
custom_attribute_nameorder/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/custom_attribute,order/giftcertificate-lineitems/giftcertificate-lineitem/custom_attribute,
on the storefront product-lineitem object,ororder/shipping-lineitems/shipping-lineitem/custom_attribute giftcertificate-lineitem object, or
shipping-lineitem object, the value is copiedto the OrderItem record. If the Salesforce
159
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
OrderItemSummary object also has amatching custom field, it’s copied to bothrecords. If a custom field is non-nillable, thenorder data must include a value for thecorresponding custom attribute. If the valueis missing, the integration fails.
OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem ObjectAn OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem record represents the application of a promotion to an OrderItem record. Thus, an OrderItem recordhas one associated OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem record for each promotion that applies to it.
If an order has a TaxLocaleType of Net, then the integration also creates an OrderItemTaxLineItem record for eachOrderItemAdjustmentLineItem record.
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This value is set toorder/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/product-id
Nameorder/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/product-idandorder/price-adjustments/price-adjustment/lineitem-text + "-" +
order/price-adjustments/price-adjustment/lineitem-text.
Amountprice-adjustments/price-adjustment/net-price
TotalTaxAmountprice-adjustments/price-adjustment/tax
PromotionTextorder/price-adjustments/price-adjustment/lineitem-text
This value is set to the ID of the OrderItemrecord that the adjustment applies to.
OrderItemIdN/A
For an order-level promotion, or anitem-level promotion that applies to
OrderAdjustmentGroupIdN/A
multiple OrderItems, this value is set to theID of the parent OrderAdjustmentGrouprecord. For an item-level promotion thatapplies to only one OrderItem, it isn’t set.
This value is set to the ID of the associatedPromotion record.
AdjustmentCauseIdN/A
OrderItemTaxLineItem ObjectIf an order has a TaxLocaleType of Net, then the integration creates an OrderItemTaxLineItem record for each OrderItem andOrderItemAdjustmentLineItem record in the order. If an order has a TaxLocaleType of Gross, then the integration doesn’t create anyOrderItemTaxLineItem records for it.
160
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This value is generated based on the Typeof the associated OrderItem or
NameSee notes
OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem record and,if applicable, the StockKeepingUnitof the associated Product2:
• OrderItem:
– Order Product-StockKeepingUnit + " -Tax"
– Delivery Charge- "DeliveryCharge - Tax"
• OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem:
– Product- StockKeepingUnit+ " - Adjustment Tax"
– Shipping- "Delivery Charge- Adjustment Tax"
This picklist value is always set toEstimated.
TypeN/A
Amountorder/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/tax
Rateorder/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/tax-rate
TaxEffectiveDateorder/order-date
If the tax applies to an OrderItem record,this value is set to the ID of that order item.
OrderItemIdN/A
If it applies to anOrderItemAdjustmentLineItem record, thisvalue is set to the ID of the order item thatthe adjustment applies to.
This value is only set for tax that applies toan OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem record.
OrderItemAdjustmentLineItemIdN/A
Payment ObjectIf an order/payments/payment/transaction-type value in the order data is sale or capture, then the integrationcreates a Payment record for that transaction. If the value starts with auth, then it creates a PaymentAuthorization record. These checksaren’t case-sensitive .
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This value is set to the ID of thePaymentGateway record whose
PaymentGatewayIdN/A
161
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
ExternalReference value matches theprocessor ID value of the order paymentinstrument associated with the orderpayment transaction.
This value is set to the ID of thePaymentGatewayLog record associated withthe payment.
PaymentGatewayLogIdN/A
Amountorder/payments/payment/amount
This picklist value is always set toExternal.
ProcessingModeN/A
This picklist value is always set toProcessed.
StatusN/A
This value isn’t required in the order data.The default value is null.
GatewayRefNumberorder/payments/payment/transaction-id
Emailorder/customer/customer-email
Dateorder/order-date
Typeorder/payments/payment/transaction-type
Phoneorder/billing-address/phone
This value is set to the ID of thePaymentGroup record associated with thepayment.
PaymentGroupIdN/A
This value is set to the ID of the Account orPerson Account record associated with theshopper.
AccountIdN/A
This value is set to the ID of theCardPaymentMethod or DigitalWallet recordassociated with the payment.
PaymentMethodIdN/A
This value is only set if the Salesforce orghas Multicurrency enabled.
CurrencyIsoCodeorder/currency
If the Salesforce Payment object has acustom field matching a custom attribute
custom_attribute_nameorder/payments/payment/custom_attributeor a custom attribute on the payment type
on the storefront payment type or orderpayment transaction object, the value iscopied to the Payment record. If a customfield is non-nillable, then order data mustinclude a value for the correspondingcustom attribute. If the value is missing, theintegration fails.
162
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
PaymentAuthorization ObjectIf an order/payments/payment/transaction-type value in the order data starts with auth, then the integration createsa PaymentAuthorization record for that transaction. If the value is sale or capture, then it creates a Payment record. These checksaren’t case-sensitive .
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This value is set to the ID of thePaymentGateway record whose
PaymentGatewayIdN/A
ExternalReference value matches theprocessor ID value of the order paymentinstrument associated with the orderpayment transaction.
This value is set to the ID of thePaymentGatewayLog record associated withthe payment authorization.
PaymentGatewayLogIdN/A
Amountorder/payments/payment/amount
This picklist value is always set toExternal.
ProcessingModeN/A
This picklist value is always set toProcessed.
StatusN/A
This value isn’t required in the order data.The default value is null.
GatewayRefNumberorder/payments/payment/transaction-id
The default Payment Transaction object inB2C Commerce doesn’t include an
GatewayAuthCode(custom attribute)order/payments/payment/authCode
authCode attribute. To use it, add it as acustom attribute and populate it beforesending the order data. If you name itauthCode, the integration automaticallycopies it to the GatewayAuthCode field.
This value is set to the ID of thePaymentGroup record associated with thepayment authorization.
PaymentGroupIdN/A
This value is set to the ID of the Account orPerson Account record associated with theshopper.
AccountIdN/A
This value is set to the ID of theCardPaymentMethod or DigitalWallet recordassociated with the payment authorization.
PaymentMethodIdN/A
This value is only set if the Salesforce orghas Multicurrency enabled.
CurrencyIsoCodeorder/currency
163
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
If the Salesforce PaymentAuthorizationobject has a custom field matching a
custom_attribute_nameorder/payments/payment/custom_attributeor a custom attribute on the payment type
custom attribute on the storefront paymenttype or order payment transaction object,the value is copied to thePaymentAuthorization record. If a customfield is non-nillable, then order data mustinclude a value for the correspondingcustom attribute. If the value is missing, theintegration fails.
PaymentGatewayLog Object
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This value is set to the ID of thePaymentGateway record whose
PaymentGatewayIdN/A
ExternalReference value matches theprocessor ID value of the order paymentinstrument associated with the orderpayment transaction.
This picklist value is always set toSuccess.
InteractionStatusN/A
The default value is Authorization.InteractionTypeorder/payments/payment/transaction-type
The default Payment Transaction object inB2C Commerce doesn’t include an
GatewayAuthCode(custom attribute)order/payments/payment/authCode
authCode attribute. To use it, add it as acustom attribute and populate it beforesending the order data. If you name itauthCode, the integration automaticallycopies it to the GatewayAuthCode field.
The default Payment Transaction object inB2C Commerce doesn’t include an
GatewayAvsCode(custom attribute)order/payments/payment/avsResultCode
avsResultCode attribute. To use it, addit as a custom attribute and populate itbefore sending the order data. If you nameit avsResultCode, the integrationautomatically copies it to theGatewayAvsCode field.
The default Payment Transaction object inB2C Commerce doesn’t include an
GatewayResultCode(custom attribute)order/payments/payment/approvalStatus
approvalStatus field. To use it, addit as a custom attribute and populate it
164
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
before sending the order data. If you nameit approvalStatus, the integrationautomatically copies it to theGatewayResultCode field.
PaymentGroup Object
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This value is set to the ID of the originalOrder record that the payments in the groupapply to.
SourceObjectIdN/A
This value is only set if the Salesforce orghas Multicurrency enabled.
CurrencyIsoCodeorder/currency
PricebookEntry ObjectSalesforce Order Management doesn’t use the PricebookEntry object. It creates a PriceBookEntry record for each Product2 because theOrderItem object requires a PricebookEntryId value.
Note: If you turn on the Optional Price Books feature, then Order Management doesn’t create price book entries for productrecords that it creates from order data. If you turn off the feature, then you must add price book entries manually.
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
This value is set to the ID of the Pricebook2record for the standard price book.
Pricebook2IdN/A
This value is set to the ID of the associatedProduct2 record.
Product2IdN/A
This value is only set when thePriceBookEntry record is created. It isn’t
UnitPriceorder/product-lineitems/product-lineitem/base-price
updated when an OrderItem associated withthe same Product2 is created. It isn’t usedfor any calculations in Order Management.
This value is only set if the Salesforce orghas Multicurrency enabled.
CurrencyIsoCodeorder/currency
Product2 ObjectThe integration identifies products by first searching for a Product2 with a StockKeepingUnit value that matches the product-idvalue in the order data. If it doesn’t find one, it looks for a Product2 with a ProductCode value that matches the product-id value.If it still doesn’t find one, then it creates a Product2 record.
165
Salesforce B2C Commerce Storefront Order Data MapOrder Management Standard Objects
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
Descriptionorder/product-lineitem/lineitem-text
Nameorder/product-lineitem/product-name
If the product is an electronic gift certificate,this value is set to eGiftCertificate.
StockKeepingUnitorder/product-lineitem/product-id
If the product is an electronic gift certificate,this value is set to eGiftCertificate.
ProductCodeorder/product-lineitem/product-id
The default value is true.IsActiveN/A
Promotion ObjectFor information on the Promotion object, see the Loyalty Management Developer Guide.
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
Nameorder/price-adjustments/price-adjustment/promotion-id
DisplayNameorder/price-adjustments/price-adjustment/lineitem-text
Descriptionorder/price-adjustments/price-adjustment/lineitem-text
The default value is the current date.StartDateN/A
The default value is true.IsCommercePromotionN/A
The default value is true.IsActiveN/A
SalesChannel ObjectThe integration associates B2C Commerce site IDs with Salesforce SalesChannels.
NotesSalesforce Object FieldB2C Commerce XSD Value
Descriptionsite/site-id
SalesChannelNamesite/site-id
TypeN/A
Importing Order Data
Salesforce Order Management handles order data imported from your storefront. You can bulk load historical order data from a legacysystem into a new Order Management org or implement a custom import process for new orders from your storefront.
166
Importing Order DataOrder Management Standard Objects
Importing Data into Order ManagementIn Order Management, each order is represented by an OrderSummary record and a set of supporting records, such as OrderItemSummariesand OrderDeliveryGroupSummaries. When you import order data, first create the Order record and supporting records, includingOrderItems and OrderDeliveryGroups. Then process the order with the Create Order Summary flow core action or API. That creates theOrderSummary and its supporting records.
Note: Always run the flow core action or call the API. Don’t directly create OrderSummary records.
To import large amounts of order data, use Bulk API 2.0. When importing small amounts of order data, you can make composite RESTAPI requests.
Note: A composite API call can only include 200 records. That limit applies to all objects, not only the orders. For example, anorder with five items and an order-level adjustment that applies to each of them would include at least 11 records: 1 order, 5 orderitems, and 5 order item adjustments.
Important: When making API calls to import data, keep in mind that they count toward your API limits. You can request atemporary increase for importing historical orders by opening a case with Salesforce Customer Support. Allow at least 2 weeks forSupport to arrange the increase.
For information on using Bulk API 2.0, see the Bulk API 2.0 Developer Guide.
For information on making composite API requests, see Composite Resources in the REST API Developer Guide.
Importing Historical Order Data from Order Management v1If you’re migrating from Order Management v1 (Mainstreet Order Management) to Salesforce Order Management, you can customizea sample code framework for importing historical orders. For information about this framework, contact Salesforce Support.
Managed Orders and Unmanaged OrdersThe OrderSummary field OrderLifecycleType specifies whether the order is managed with Order Management features. The default valueis Managed. You can configure the Create Order Summary action or API request to set the OrderLifecycleType field to Managed orUnmanaged when it creates a record, but you can’t change it later.
For information about the differences between managed and unmanaged order lifecycles, see Order Lifecycle Management in SalesforceHelp.
Note: Examples of orders that use the unmanaged lifecycle type include historical orders and orders managed by an externalsystem.
Data RequirementsWhen importing storefront data, the order in which you create records is important because of the relationships between objects. Forexample, an OrderItem record requires a Product2, a PriceBookEntry, and an Order. So you can’t create an OrderItem record until thosethree related records exist. For each imported order, create records in this order:
1. Shopper data
• Account
• Contact (not required if the account record type is Person Account)
2. SalesChannel
167
Importing Order DataOrder Management Standard Objects
3. Product2
4. PriceBookEntry (unless using Optional Price Books)
5. Payment data (depending on the type of payment)
• AlternativePaymentMethod
• CardPaymentMethod
• DigitalWallet
• GtwyProvPaymentMethodType
• PaymentGatewayProvider
• PaymentGateway
6. OrderDeliveryMethod (optional)
7. Order
Note: The records created before the Order record aren’t specific to one order. When creating them, check for duplicates. Forinformation on configuring automatic identification and handling of duplicate records, see Manage Duplicate Records inSalesforce Help.
8. OrderItem (at least one)
9. OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem (optional)
10. OrderItemTaxLineItem (optional)
11. OrderDeliveryGroup (at least one)
12. PaymentGroup (optional)
13. PaymentAuthorization (optional)
14. Payment (optional)
For some objects, in addition to the normally required fields, Order Management requires values for certain other fields. When creatinga record of an object in this table, always define values for the listed fields.
Required FieldsObject
Account • AccountNumber
• BillingCity
• BillingCountry
• BillingCountryCode
• BillingState
• BillingStreet
• FirstName (if a Person Account)
• IsPersonAccount
• LastName (if a Person Account)
• Name (if not a Person Account)
SalesChannel • SalesChannelName
Product2 • Description
168
Importing Order DataOrder Management Standard Objects
Required FieldsObject
• IsActive
• Name
• ProductCode
• StockKeepingUnit
CardPaymentMethod • AccountId
• CardCategory
• CardHolderName
• CardType
• ExpiryMonth
• ExpiryYear
• InputCardNumber
• ProcessingMode
• Status
Order • AccountId
• BillingCity
• BillingCountry
• BillingCountryCode
• BillingEmailAddress
• BillingState
• BillingStreet
• EffectiveDate
• Name
• OrderedDate
• OrderReferenceNumber
• SalesChannelId
• Status (always set this field to Draft for a new record, andchange it to Active before creating the OrderSummary)
OrderItem • Description
• GrossUnitPrice
• OrderDeliveryGroupId
• OrderId
• PricebookEntryId
• Product2id
• Quantity
• TotalLineAmount
• Type
169
Importing Order DataOrder Management Standard Objects
Required FieldsObject
• UnitPrice
OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem • Amount
• Description
• Name
• OrderItemId
OrderItemTaxLineItem • Amount
• Description
• Name
• OrderItemAdjustmentLineItemId (if applicable)
• OrderItemId
• Rate
• TaxEffectiveDate
• Type
OrderDeliveryGroup • DeliverToCity
• DeliverToCountry
• DeliverToName
• DeliverToPostalCode
• DeliverToState
• DeliverToStreet
• EmailAddress
• OrderDeliveryMethodId
• OrderId
PaymentGroup • SourceObjectId
PaymentAuthorization • AccountId
• Amount
• PaymentGatewayId
• PaymentGroupId
• PaymentMethodId
• ProcessingMode
• Status
Payment • AccountId
• Amount
• Date
170
Importing Order DataOrder Management Standard Objects
Required FieldsObject
• PaymentGatewayId
• PaymentGroupId
• PaymentMethodId
• Phone
• ProcessingMode
• Status
• Type
Creating Order SummariesYou can create order summaries for imported orders in a few different ways. This table explains the pros and cons of each.
Note: For details about each method, see the corresponding developer guides. To learn about using different types of flows, seethe Salesforce Flow Developer Center.
ConsProsMethod
Flow triggered by a Platform Event • No parallel execution; orders processedone at a time
• Simple to implement
• Asynchronous transaction separate fromorder creation improves performance • No control of timing
• Asynchronous execution requirescomplex error handling
Flow triggered by a record change (OrderStatus: Draft Activated)
• When the order and order summary arecreated in the same transaction, and theorder summary fails, the order also fails
• Simple to implement
• Allows a multithreaded approach forcreating order summaries in parallelwith orders • Large transactions
• •A Composite API call can create an orderand order summary in the same
Lowest performance method
transaction, allowing simpler errorhandling; for example:
1. Create the Order record and set itsStatus to Draft.
2. Create the supporting records suchas order items and order deliverygroups.
3. Change the order’s Status toActivated. That triggers the CreateOrder Summary flow to run on thatorder.
171
Importing Order DataOrder Management Standard Objects
ConsProsMethod
Apex triggered by a Platform Event • No control of timing• Asynchronous transaction separate fromorder creation improves performance • Asynchronous execution requires
complex error handling• Allows a multithreaded approach forcreating order summaries in parallelwith orders
• Best performance method
Scheduled Apex job • Subject to Apex limits on the numberof records processed
• Allows controlled batch execution
• Requires programmatic identificationof the orders to process
• Runs even when no orders needprocessing
Direct calls to API resources • Subject to API call limits• Allows external control
• •Some clients allow parallel processing Requires external app design,authentication, and so on
Custom Order DataTo import custom order data, add a custom field to Order, OrderItem, or OrderDeliveryGroup and a matching custom field to thecorresponding summary object. When you set the custom value on the base record, the Create Order Summary action or API copies itto the matching field on the corresponding summary record.
For example, consider storefront data that includes an order value called Shopper Category. You can add a custom field calledShopperCategory__c to both Order and OrderSummary. When you import an order, set the ShopperCategory__c valueon the Order record. Then, when you run the Create Order Summary action or call the API for that order, it copies that value to theShopperCategory__c field on the OrderSummary record.
Order summary creation supports custom fields for these data types:
• Boolean
• Currency
• Datetime (Date isn’t supported)
• Double
• Multipicklist
• Phone
• Picklist
• Reference
• String
• TextArea
• URL
172
Importing Order DataOrder Management Standard Objects
Importing Data When Using Salesforce B2C CommerceIf you import data that’s used by the B2C Commerce integration, such as product or shopper data, keep it synchronized with your B2CCommerce data. Otherwise, the integration can’t recognize it.
For example, when the integration creates an OrderItem record, it searches for a Product2 record whose StockKeepingUnit matches theproduct SKU in the order data. If you import catalog product data, and the StockKeepingUnit values don’t match the product SKU valuesin B2C Commerce, the integration can’t recognize those products. In that case, the integration adds the wrong products to orders orcreates duplicate Product2 records.
This table lists some of the data fields that the integration uses to look up records. If you import or create these objects, keep themsynchronized with your B2C Commerce data.
B2C Commerce DataOrder Management Object Field
Shipping Method IDOrderDeliveryMethod.ReferenceID
Product SKUProduct2.StockKeepingUnit
Payment Processor IDPaymentGateway.ReferenceID
Site ID or Domain IDSalesChannel.SalesChannelName
Customer Email Address• For a person account: Account.PersonEmail
• For other accounts: Contact.Email field
Account.Name • For an individual shopper not using a person account:Customer Billing Address First Name and Last Nameconcatenated
• For a business shopper: Customer Billing Address CompanyName
Fulfillment Orders
A FulfillmentOrder record has a set of supporting records, including FulfillmentOrderLineItems, FulfillmentOrderItemAdjustments, andFulfillmentOrderItemTaxes. When you call an Order Management API or the flow core action to create a fulfillment order, it also createsthe supporting records.
You can create a fulfillment order via Apex, Connect API, Flow, or externally using a platform API, such as sObject, Composite, or BulkAPI 2.0. However, when you create a fulfillment order for an unmanaged OrderSummary, you can’t use the Order Management APIs orflow core action.
When you create a fulfillment order in another way, you create the supporting records. In that case, when you create the fulfillmentorder, set its Status to Draft. After creating all of the supporting records, change its Status to Activated.
In addition to the normally required fields, Order Management requires values for certain fields for each FulfillmentOrder record andsupporting record. When creating a record of an object in this table, always define values for the listed fields.
Required FieldsObject
FulfillmentOrder • AccountId
173
Fulfillment OrdersOrder Management Standard Objects
Required FieldsObject
• DeliveryMethodId
• FulfilledFromLocationId
• FulfilledToCity
• FulfilledToCountry
• FulfilledToEmailAddress
• FulfilledToLatitude
• FulfilledToLongitude
• FulfilledToName
• FulfilledToPhone
• FulfilledToPostalCode
• FulfilledToState
• FulfilledToStreet
• OrderId
• OrderSummaryId
• Status
• Type
FulfillmentOrderLineItem • Description
• FulfillmentOrderId
• GrossUnitPrice
• OrderItemId
• OrderItemSummaryId
• OriginalQuantity
• Product2Id
• Quantity
• TotalLineAmount
• Type
• TypeCode
• UnitPrice
FulfillmentOrderItemAdjustment • Amount
• Description
• FulfillmentOrderId
• FulfillmentOrderLineItemId
• OrderItemAdjustLineSummaryId
FulfillmentOrderItemTax • Amount
• Description
• FulfillmentOrderId
174
Fulfillment OrdersOrder Management Standard Objects
Required FieldsObject
• FulfillmentOrderItemAdjustId (if applicable)
• FulfillmentOrderLineItemId
• OrderItemTaxLineItemSummaryId
• Rate
• TaxEffectiveDate
• Type
175
Fulfillment OrdersOrder Management Standard Objects
CHAPTER 3 Salesforce Order Management in Apex
Salesforce Order Management and Omnichannel Inventory include Apex classes in the ConnectApinamespace.
In this chapter ...
• Salesforce OrderManagement ApexClasses
• Salesforce OrderManagement ApexInputs
• Salesforce OrderManagement ApexOutputs
176
Salesforce Order Management Apex Classes
Salesforce Order Management includes Apex classes in the ConnectApi namespace.
FulfillmentOrder Class
Fulfill orders in Order Management.
OmnichannelInventoryService Class
Route orders to inventory locations in Order Management.
OrderPaymentSummary Class
Work with payments in Order Management.
OrderSummary Class
Work with orders in Order Management.
OrderSummaryCreation Class
Create Order Summaries in Order Management.
ReturnOrder Class
Process ReturnOrders in Order Management.
Routing Class
Route orders to inventory locations in Order Management.
FulfillmentOrder ClassFulfill orders in Order Management.
NamespaceConnectApi
FulfillmentOrder MethodsThe following are methods for FulfillmentOrder. All methods are static.
cancelFulfillmentOrderLineItems(fulfillmentOrderId, cancelFulfillmentOrderLineItemsInput)
Cancel FulfillmentOrderLineItems from a FulfillmentOrder. This action doesn’t cancel the associated OrderItemSummaries, so reallocatethe canceled quantities to a new FulfillmentOrder.
createFulfillmentOrders(fulfillmentOrderInput)
Create one or more FulfillmentOrders and FulfillmentOrderLineItems for an OrderDeliveryGroupSummary, which defines a deliverymethod and recipient for an OrderSummary. You specify the OrderItemSummaries to allocate, which can be fulfilled from differentlocations. Specifying multiple fulfillment groups creates one FulfillmentOrder for each location. For each OrderItemSummary, aFulfillmentOrderLineItem is created and assigned to the corresponding FulfillmentOrder.
createInvoice(fulfillmentOrderId, invoiceInput)
Create an invoice for a FulfillmentOrder that doesn’t have one.
createMultipleFulfillmentOrder(multipleFulfillmentOrderInput)
Create FulfillmentOrders for multiple OrderDeliveryGroups in a single request.
177
Salesforce Order Management Apex ClassesSalesforce Order Management in Apex
createMultipleInvoices(invoicesInput)
Create Invoices for multiple FulfillmentOrders.
cancelFulfillmentOrderLineItems(fulfillmentOrderId,cancelFulfillmentOrderLineItemsInput)
Cancel FulfillmentOrderLineItems from a FulfillmentOrder. This action doesn’t cancel the associated OrderItemSummaries, so reallocatethe canceled quantities to a new FulfillmentOrder.
API Version
48.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderCancelLineItemsOutputRepresentationcancelFulfillmentOrderLineItems(String fulfillmentOrderId,ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancelInputRepresentationcancelFulfillmentOrderLineItemsInput)
Parameters
fulfillmentOrderIdType: String
ID of the FulfilllmentOrder.
cancelFulfillmentOrderLineItemsInputType: ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancelInputRepresentation
List of FulfillmentOrderLineItems to cancel.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderCancelLineItemsOutputRepresentation
Example
String fulfillmentOrderId = '0a3xx0000000085AAA';List<ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemInputRepresentation> itemToCancelList = newList<ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemInputRepresentation>();
for(FulfillmentOrderLineItem fulfillmentOrderLineItem :fulfillmentOrder.FulfillmentOrderLineItems){ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemInputRepresentation itemToCancel = new
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemInputRepresentation();itemToCancel.fulfillmentOrderLineItemId = fulfillmentOrderLineItem.Id;itemToCancel.quantity = 1;
178
FulfillmentOrder ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
itemToCancelList.add(itemToCancel);}
ConnectAPI.FulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancelInputRepresentation input = newConnectAPI.FulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancelInputRepresentation();input.fulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancel = itemToCancelList;
ConnectAPI.FulfillmentOrderCancelLineItemsOutputRepresentation result =ConnectAPI.FulfillmentOrder.cancelFulfillmentOrderLineItems(fulfillmentOrderId, input);
createFulfillmentOrders(fulfillmentOrderInput)
Create one or more FulfillmentOrders and FulfillmentOrderLineItems for an OrderDeliveryGroupSummary, which defines a deliverymethod and recipient for an OrderSummary. You specify the OrderItemSummaries to allocate, which can be fulfilled from differentlocations. Specifying multiple fulfillment groups creates one FulfillmentOrder for each location. For each OrderItemSummary, aFulfillmentOrderLineItem is created and assigned to the corresponding FulfillmentOrder.
API Version
48.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderOutputRepresentationcreateFulfillmentOrders(ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInputRepresentationfulfillmentOrderInput)
Parameters
fulfillmentOrderInputType: ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInputRepresentation
OrderItemSummaries to allocate, with location and delivery information.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderOutputRepresentation
Example
String orderSummaryId = '1Osxx0000004CCG';String fulfillmentType = 'warehouse';
String warehouseFromLocationId = [SELECT Id from Location WHERE LocationType='Warehouse'LIMIT 1].Id;
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInputRepresentation fulfillmentOrderInput = newConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInputRepresentation();
179
FulfillmentOrder ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
fulfillmentOrderInput.orderSummaryId = orderSummaryId;
List<OrderDeliveryGroupSummary> orderDeliveryGroupSummaryList = [SELECT Id FROMOrderDeliveryGroupSummary WHERE OrderSummaryId =: orderSummaryId];
for (OrderDeliveryGroupSummary orderDeliveryGroupSummary: orderDeliveryGroupSummaryList){
fulfillmentOrderInput.orderDeliveryGroupSummaryId = orderDeliveryGroupSummary.Id;List<ConnectApi.FulfillmentGroupInputRepresentation> fulfillmentGroups = new
List<ConnectApi.FulfillmentGroupInputRepresentation>();ConnectApi.FulfillmentGroupInputRepresentation fulfillmentGroup = new
ConnectApi.FulfillmentGroupInputRepresentation();fulfillmentGroup.fulfilledFromLocationId = warehouseFromLocationId;fulfillmentGroup.fulfillmentType = fulfillmentType;
List<ConnectApi.OrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation> orderItemSummaries = newList<ConnectApi.OrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation>();
List<OrderItemSummary> orderItemSummaryList = [Select Id, quantity FROM OrderItemSummaryWHERE OrderSummaryId =: orderSummaryId AND OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryId =:orderDeliveryGroupSummary.Id];for(OrderItemSummary orderItemSummary : orderItemSummaryList){ConnectApi.OrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation oisInputRepresentation = new
ConnectApi.OrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation();oisInputRepresentation.orderItemSummaryId = orderItemSummary.Id;oisInputRepresentation.quantity = orderItemSummary.quantity;orderItemSummaries.add(oisInputRepresentation);
}
fulfillmentGroup.orderItemSummaries = orderItemSummaries;fulfillmentGroups.add(fulfillmentGroup);fulfillmentOrderInput.fulfillmentGroups = fulfillmentGroups;
}
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderOutputRepresentation result =ConnectAPI.FulfillmentOrder.createFulfillmentOrders(fulfillmentOrderInput);
createInvoice(fulfillmentOrderId, invoiceInput)
Create an invoice for a FulfillmentOrder that doesn’t have one.
API Version
48.0
Requires Chatter
No
180
FulfillmentOrder ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Signature
public static ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInvoiceOutputRepresentation createInvoice(StringfulfillmentOrderId, ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInvoiceInputRepresentation invoiceInput)
Parameters
fulfillmentOrderIdType: String
ID of the FulfillmentOrder.
invoiceInputType: ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInvoiceInputRepresentation
Required input with no data.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInvoiceOutputRepresentation
Example
String fulfillmentOrderId = '0a3xx0000000085AAA';
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInvoiceInputRepresentation input = newConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInvoiceInputRepresentation();ConnectAPI.FulfillmentOrderInvoiceOutputRepresentation result =ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrder.createInvoice(fulfillmentOrderId, input);
createMultipleFulfillmentOrder(multipleFulfillmentOrderInput)
Create FulfillmentOrders for multiple OrderDeliveryGroups in a single request.
API Version
50.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderOutputRepresentationcreateMultipleFulfillmentOrder(ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInputRepresentationmultipleFulfillmentOrderInput)
Parameters
multipleFulfillmentOrderInputType: ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInputRepresentation
Wraps a list of inputs for creating fulfillment orders.
181
FulfillmentOrder ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderOutputRepresentation
createMultipleInvoices(invoicesInput)
Create Invoices for multiple FulfillmentOrders.
API Version
52.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInvoicesOutputRepresentationcreateMultipleInvoices(ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInvoicesInputRepresentationinvoicesInput)
Parameters
invoicesInputType: ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInvoicesInputRepresentation
The FulfillmentOrders to create Invoices for.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInvoicesOutputRepresentation
OmnichannelInventoryService ClassRoute orders to inventory locations in Order Management.
NamespaceConnectApi
OmnichannelInventoryService MethodsThe following are methods for OmnichannelInventoryService. All methods are static.
createReservation(createReservationInputRepresentation)
Create an inventory reservation in Omnichannel Inventory.
fulfillReservation(fulfillReservationInputRepresentation)
Fulfill one or more inventory reservations.
182
OmnichannelInventoryService ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
getInventoryAvailability(inventoryAvailabilityInputRepresentation)
Retrieve inventory availability data for one or more products at one or more inventory locations or location groups.
getInventoryAvailabilityUploadStatus(uploadId)
Retrieve the status of an inventory availability upload job.
getPublishLocationStructureStatus(uploadId)
Retrieve the status of a publish location structure job.
publishLocationStructure()
Asynchronously publish information about your inventory locations and location groups to Omnichannel Inventory. The publishincludes records whose IsEnabled and ShouldSyncWithOci fields are both true. This method returns an ID that you can use toretrieve the status of the publish job.
releaseReservation(releaseReservationInputRepresentation)
Release one or more existing inventory reservations to free up that inventory.
submitInventoryAvailabilityUpload(fileUpload)
Upload an inventory availability data file to Omnichannel Inventory.
transferReservation(transferReservationInputRepresentation)
Transfer one or more inventory reservations between locations or location groups. This API doesn’t change physical quantities, butreduces the reserved quantity at the source and increases it at the destination.
createReservation(createReservationInputRepresentation)
Create an inventory reservation in Omnichannel Inventory.
API Version
51.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationOutputRepresentationcreateReservation(ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationInputRepresentationcreateReservationInputRepresentation)
Parameters
createReservationInputRepresentationType: ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationInputRepresentation
Data to reserve inventory at one or more Omnichannel Inventory locations or location groups.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationOutputRepresentation
183
OmnichannelInventoryService ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
fulfillReservation(fulfillReservationInputRepresentation)
Fulfill one or more inventory reservations.
API Version
51.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationOutputRepresentationfulfillReservation(ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationInputRepresentationfulfillReservationInputRepresentation)
Parameters
fulfillReservationInputRepresentationType: ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationInputRepresentation
Wraps a list of inventory reservations to fulfill.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationOutputRepresentation
getInventoryAvailability(inventoryAvailabilityInputRepresentation)
Retrieve inventory availability data for one or more products at one or more inventory locations or location groups.
API Version
51.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityOutputRepresentationgetInventoryAvailability(ConnectApi.OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityInputRepresentationinventoryAvailabilityInputRepresentation)
Parameters
inventoryAvailabilityInputRepresentationType: ConnectApi.OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityInputRepresentation
Details of a request to retrieve inventory availability.
184
OmnichannelInventoryService ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityOutputRepresentation
getInventoryAvailabilityUploadStatus(uploadId)
Retrieve the status of an inventory availability upload job.
API Version
51.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.OCIUploadInventoryAvailabilityStatusOutputRepresentationgetInventoryAvailabilityUploadStatus(String uploadId)
Parameters
uploadIdType: String
The upload ID of the upload job.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.OCIUploadInventoryAvailabilityStatusOutputRepresentation
getPublishLocationStructureStatus(uploadId)
Retrieve the status of a publish location structure job.
API Version
51.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.OCIPublishLocationStructureStatusOutputRepresentationgetPublishLocationStructureStatus(String uploadId)
185
OmnichannelInventoryService ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Parameters
uploadIdType: String
The upload ID of the publish job.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.OCIPublishLocationStructureStatusOutputRepresentation
publishLocationStructure()
Asynchronously publish information about your inventory locations and location groups to Omnichannel Inventory. The publish includesrecords whose IsEnabled and ShouldSyncWithOci fields are both true. This method returns an ID that you can use to retrieve the statusof the publish job.
API Version
51.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.OCIPublishLocationStructureOutputRepresentationpublishLocationStructure()
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.OCIPublishLocationStructureOutputRepresentation
releaseReservation(releaseReservationInputRepresentation)
Release one or more existing inventory reservations to free up that inventory.
API Version
51.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationOutputRepresentationreleaseReservation(ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationInputRepresentationreleaseReservationInputRepresentation)
186
OmnichannelInventoryService ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Parameters
releaseReservationInputRepresentationType: ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationInputRepresentation
Details of one or more inventory reservations to release.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationOutputRepresentation
submitInventoryAvailabilityUpload(fileUpload)
Upload an inventory availability data file to Omnichannel Inventory.
API Version
51.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.OCIUploadInventoryAvailabilityOutputRepresentationsubmitInventoryAvailabilityUpload(ConnectApi.BinaryInput fileUpload)
Parameters
fileUploadType: ConnectApi.BinaryInput
JSON file containing inventory availability data.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.OCIUploadInventoryAvailabilityOutputRepresentation
Usage
To create an inventory data file, format the data as a series of JSON entries representing locations and individual inventory records.
Inventory Import Data Considerations:
• Separate the top-level entries with line feeds, not commas. Each entry must be on a single line.
• When the system reads a location entry, it assigns the subsequent inventory entries to that location until it reads another locationentry.
• For each location entry, specify "mode":"UPDATE".
• Each inventory record entry requires a unique recordId. Best practice is to use a UUID. The record Id protects against importingduplicate data.
• Each inventory record entry requires an effectiveDate.
187
OmnichannelInventoryService ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
• Each futures entry requires a nonzero quantity and a future expectedDate.
• The system only creates or updates entries that are included in the data. It doesn’t delete entries that aren’t included. However, ifan included entry has an empty value, that value is deleted.
Note: The file size limit is 10 MB, and it must be in JSON format. For larger data sets, you can use the headless Commerce API orsplit the data into multiple files. The headless Commerce API accepts GZIP or JSON files up to 100 MB in size.
This example illustrates the data format:
Note: For readability, this example shows the first few entries on multiple lines. In the import file, each location and inventoryrecord entry must be on a single line.
{"location":"Warehouse-A", // location identifier"mode":"UPDATE" // must be UPDATE (other operations might be available in future releases)
}{"recordId":"0a87539d-f3dd-47bc-91c7-9c752e39dbe0", // unique identifier for the inventoryrecord"onHand":10,"sku":"12389156","effectiveDate":"2020-12-08T14:05:22.790896-07:00","futures":[ // list of future restocks{"quantity":1,"expectedDate":"2021-04-18T14:05:22.781-07:00"},{"quantity":5,"expectedDate":"2021-05-18T14:05:22.781-07:00"}
],"safetyStockCount":0
}{"recordId":"0a87539d-f3dd-47bc-91c7-9c752e312345","onHand":10,"sku":"9485728","effectiveDate":"2020-12-08T14:05:22.790896-07:00","futures":[{"quantity":10,"expectedDate":"2021-04-18T14:05:22.781-07:00"}
],"safetyStockCount":0
}{"location":"Warehouse-B","mode":"UPDATE"}{"recordId":"0a87539d-f3dd-47bc-91c7-9c75abc123de","onHand":10,"sku":"12389156","effectiveDate":"2020-12-08T14:05:22.790896-07:00","futures":[{"quantity":1,"expectedDate":"2021-04-18T14:05:22.781-07:00"}],"safetyStockCount":0}{"recordId":"0a87539d-f3dd-47bc-91c7-9c75abc98765","onHand":10,"sku":"93867201","effectiveDate":"2020-12-08T14:05:22.790896-07:00","futures":[{"quantity":5,"expectedDate":"2021-04-18T14:05:22.781-07:00"}],"safetyStockCount":0}
transferReservation(transferReservationInputRepresentation)
Transfer one or more inventory reservations between locations or location groups. This API doesn’t change physical quantities, butreduces the reserved quantity at the source and increases it at the destination.
188
OmnichannelInventoryService ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
API Version
51.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationOutputRepresentationtransferReservation(ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationInputRepresentationtransferReservationInputRepresentation)
Parameters
transferReservationInputRepresentationType: ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationInputRepresentation
Wraps a list of inventory reservation transfers and specifies whether a single failure cancels the entire list.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationOutputRepresentation
OrderPaymentSummary ClassWork with payments in Order Management.
NamespaceConnectApi
OrderPaymentSummary MethodsThe following are methods for OrderPaymentSummary. All methods are static.
createOrderPaymentSummary(orderPaymentSummaryInput)
Create an OrderPaymentSummary for an OrderSummary. Specify a payment authorization or payments that share the same paymentmethod. In an org with the multicurrency feature enabled, the OrderPaymentSummary inherits the CurrencyIsoCode value from theOrderSummary.
createOrderPaymentSummary(orderPaymentSummaryInput)
Create an OrderPaymentSummary for an OrderSummary. Specify a payment authorization or payments that share the same paymentmethod. In an org with the multicurrency feature enabled, the OrderPaymentSummary inherits the CurrencyIsoCode value from theOrderSummary.
189
OrderPaymentSummary ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
API Version
48.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.CreateOrderPaymentSummaryOutputRepresentationcreateOrderPaymentSummary(ConnectApi.CreateOrderPaymentSummaryInputRepresentationorderPaymentSummaryInput)
Parameters
orderPaymentSummaryInputType: ConnectApi.CreateOrderPaymentSummaryInputRepresentation
The OrderSummary and payment authorization or payments.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.CreateOrderPaymentSummaryOutputRepresentation
Example
String orderSummaryId = '1Osxx0000004CCG';String paymentId1 = '0a3xx0000000085AAA';String paymentId2 = '0a3xx0000000085BBB';
ConnectApi.CreateOrderPaymentSummaryInputRepresentation orderPaymentSummaryInput = newConnectApi.CreateOrderPaymentSummaryInputRepresentation();orderPaymentSummaryInput.orderSummaryId = orderSummaryId;List<String> paymentList = new List<String>();paymentList.add(paymentId1);paymentList.add(paymentId2);orderPaymentSummaryInput.paymentIds = paymentList;
ConnectApi.CreateOrderPaymentSummaryOutputRepresentation result =ConnectAPI.OrderPaymentSummary.createOrderPaymentSummary(orderPaymentSummaryInput);
OrderSummary ClassWork with orders in Order Management.
NamespaceConnectApi
190
OrderSummary ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
OrderSummary MethodsThe following are methods for OrderSummary. All methods are static.
adjustPreview(orderSummaryId, adjustInput)
Retrieve the expected results of adjusting the price of one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, without actuallyexecuting the adjustment. The response data contains the financial changes that would result from submitting the proposedadjustment.
adjustSubmit(orderSummaryId, adjustInput)
Adjust the price of one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, and create one or two corresponding change orders.
createCreditMemo(orderSummaryId, creditMemoInput)
Create a credit memo to represent the refund for one or more change orders associated with an OrderSummary.
ensureFundsAsync(orderSummaryId, ensureFundsInput)
Ensure funds for an invoice and apply them to it. If needed, capture authorized funds by sending a request to a payment provider.This method inserts a background operation into an asynchronous job queue and returns the ID of that operation so you can trackits status. Payment gateway responses appear in the payment gateway log and do not affect the background operation status.
ensureRefundsAsync(orderSummaryId, ensureRefundsInput)
Ensure refunds for a credit memo or excess funds by sending a request to a payment provider. This method inserts a backgroundoperation into an asynchronous job queue and returns the ID of that operation so you can track its status. Payment gateway responsesappear in the payment gateway log and do not affect the background operation status.
previewCancel(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
Retrieve the expected change order values for canceling one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, without actuallyexecuting the cancel.
previewReturn(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
Retrieve the expected change order values for returning one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, without actuallyexecuting the return.
submitCancel(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
Cancel one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, and create a corresponding change order.
submitReturn(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
Return one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, and create a corresponding change order.
adjustPreview(orderSummaryId, adjustInput)
Retrieve the expected results of adjusting the price of one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, without actuallyexecuting the adjustment. The response data contains the financial changes that would result from submitting the proposed adjustment.
API Version
49.0
Requires Chatter
No
191
OrderSummary ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Signature
public static ConnectApi.AdjustOrderSummaryOutputRepresentation adjustPreview(StringorderSummaryId, ConnectApi.AdjustOrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation adjustInput)
Parameters
orderSummaryIdType: String
ID of the OrderSummary.
adjustInputType: ConnectApi.AdjustOrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation
A list of price adjustments to OrderItemSummaries that make up a price adjustment to an order.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.AdjustOrderSummaryOutputRepresentation
SEE ALSO:
createCreditMemo(orderSummaryId, creditMemoInput)
ensureRefundsAsync(orderSummaryId, ensureRefundsInput)
adjustSubmit(orderSummaryId, adjustInput)
adjustSubmit(orderSummaryId, adjustInput)
Adjust the price of one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, and create one or two corresponding change orders.
API Version
49.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.AdjustOrderSummaryOutputRepresentation adjustSubmit(StringorderSummaryId, ConnectApi.AdjustOrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation adjustInput)
Parameters
orderSummaryIdType: String
ID of the OrderSummary.
adjustInputType: ConnectApi.AdjustOrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation
A list of price adjustments to OrderItemSummaries that make up a price adjustment to an order.
192
OrderSummary ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.AdjustOrderSummaryOutputRepresentation
Usage
After submitting a price adjustment, process refunds as appropriate:
• If the discount only applied to OrderItemSummaries for which payment has not been captured, it does not require a refund. Thissituation normally applies to OrderItemSummaries in the US that have not been fulfilled.
• If the discount applied to OrderItemSummaries that have not been fulfilled and for which payment has been captured, process arefund. In this case, pass the totalExcessFundsAmount from the output representation to the ensureRefundsAsync()method.
• If the discount applied to OrderItemSummaries that have been fulfilled, process a refund. Pass thepostFulfillmentChangeOrderId from the output representation to the createCreditMemo() method, then passthe CreditMemo to the ensureRefundsAsync() method.
• If the discount applied to both fulfilled and unfulfilled OrderItemSummaries for which payment has been captured, process bothrefunds. Pass the postFulfillmentChangeOrderId from the output representation to the createCreditMemo()method, then pass the credit memo and the totalExcessFundsAmount from the output representation to theensureRefundsAsync() method.
SEE ALSO:
ensureRefundsAsync(orderSummaryId, ensureRefundsInput)
createCreditMemo(orderSummaryId, creditMemoInput)
createCreditMemo(orderSummaryId, creditMemoInput)
ensureRefundsAsync(orderSummaryId, ensureRefundsInput)
adjustPreview(orderSummaryId, adjustInput)
createCreditMemo(orderSummaryId, creditMemoInput)
Create a credit memo to represent the refund for one or more change orders associated with an OrderSummary.
API Version
48.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.CreateCreditMemoOutputRepresentation createCreditMemo(StringorderSummaryId, ConnectApi.CreateCreditMemoInputRepresentation creditMemoInput)
Parameters
orderSummaryIdType: String
193
OrderSummary ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ID of the OrderSummary.
creditMemoInputType: ConnectApi.CreateCreditMemoInputRepresentation
The list of change order IDs.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.CreateCreditMemoOutputRepresentation
ensureFundsAsync(orderSummaryId, ensureFundsInput)
Ensure funds for an invoice and apply them to it. If needed, capture authorized funds by sending a request to a payment provider. Thismethod inserts a background operation into an asynchronous job queue and returns the ID of that operation so you can track its status.Payment gateway responses appear in the payment gateway log and do not affect the background operation status.
API Version
48.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.EnsureFundsAsyncOutputRepresentation ensureFundsAsync(StringorderSummaryId, ConnectApi.EnsureFundsAsyncInputRepresentation ensureFundsInput)
Parameters
orderSummaryIdType: String
ID of the OrderSummary.
ensureFundsInputType: ConnectApi.EnsureFundsAsyncInputRepresentation
The ID of the invoice.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.EnsureFundsAsyncOutputRepresentation
Usage
This method checks the OrderPaymentSummaries associated with the specified OrderSummary for funds to apply to the invoice balancefollowing this logic:
Note: If multiple OrderPaymentSummaries have equal amounts, their order of selection is random.
1. Verify that the invoice balance doesn’t exceed the total amount of all the OrderPaymentSummaries.
194
OrderSummary ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
2. Look for an OrderPaymentSummary with a captured amount equal to the invoice balance. If one exists, apply those funds.
3. If no exact match was found, identify all OrderPaymentSummaries with captured amounts greater than the invoice balance. If anyexist, select the smallest one and apply funds from it equal to the invoice balance.
4. If no captured amounts greater than the invoice balance were found, traverse the OrderPaymentSummaries in order of capturedamount, from largest to smallest. Apply each captured amount to the invoice until the invoice balance is zero or all captured fundsare applied.
5. If the invoice still has a balance, look for an OrderPaymentSummary with an authorized amount equal to the remaining invoicebalance. If one exists, capture and apply those funds.
6. If no exact match was found, identify all OrderPaymentSummaries with authorized amounts greater than the invoice balance. If anyexist, select the smallest one and apply funds from it equal to the invoice balance.
7. If no authorized amounts greater than the invoice balance were found, traverse the OrderPaymentSummaries in order of authorizedamount, from largest to smallest. Capture and apply funds until the invoice balance is zero.
ensureRefundsAsync(orderSummaryId, ensureRefundsInput)
Ensure refunds for a credit memo or excess funds by sending a request to a payment provider. This method inserts a backgroundoperation into an asynchronous job queue and returns the ID of that operation so you can track its status. Payment gateway responsesappear in the payment gateway log and do not affect the background operation status.
API Version
48.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.EnsureRefundsAsyncOutputRepresentation ensureRefundsAsync(StringorderSummaryId, ConnectApi.EnsureRefundsAsyncInputRepresentation ensureRefundsInput)
Parameters
orderSummaryIdType: String
ID of the OrderSummary.
ensureRefundsInputType: ConnectApi.EnsureRefundsAsyncInputRepresentation
Object that wraps the ID of the credit memo and the excess funds amount.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.EnsureRefundsAsyncOutputRepresentation
195
OrderSummary ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Usage
This method checks the OrderPaymentSummaries associated with the specified OrderSummary for amounts to refund following thislogic:
Note: If multiple OrderPaymentSummaries have equal amounts, their order of selection is random.
1. If a credit memo is specified, identify OrderPaymentSummaries with captured amounts that were applied to the correspondinginvoice.
a. Examine those OrderPaymentSummaries. If one has a captured amount matching the credit memo amount, apply the refundto that payment.
b. If no exact match was found, look for captured amounts greater than the credit memo amount. If any exist, apply the refund tothe smallest one.
c. If no greater amounts were found, traverse the OrderPaymentSummaries in order of captured amount, from largest to smallest.Apply the refund to them until it’s fully applied.
2. If an excess funds amount is specified, identify OrderPaymentSummaries with captured amounts that weren’t applied to any invoice.
a. Examine those OrderPaymentSummaries. If one has a captured amount matching the excess funds amount, apply the refundto that payment.
b. If no exact match was found, look for captured amounts greater than the excess funds amount. If any exist, apply the refund tothe smallest one.
c. If no greater amounts were found, traverse the OrderPaymentSummaries in order of captured amount, from largest to smallest.Apply the refund to them until it’s fully applied.
previewCancel(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
Retrieve the expected change order values for canceling one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, without actuallyexecuting the cancel.
API Version
48.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.PreviewCancelOutputRepresentation previewCancel(StringorderSummaryId, ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation changeInput)
Parameters
orderSummaryIdType: String
ID of the OrderSummary.
196
OrderSummary ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
changeInputType: ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation
A list of changes to OrderItemSummaries that make up an order change, such as a cancel or return.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.PreviewCancelOutputRepresentation
SEE ALSO:
createCreditMemo(orderSummaryId, creditMemoInput)
ensureRefundsAsync(orderSummaryId, ensureRefundsInput)
submitCancel(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
previewReturn(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
Retrieve the expected change order values for returning one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, without actuallyexecuting the return.
API Version
48.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.PreviewReturnOutputRepresentation previewReturn(StringorderSummaryId, ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation changeInput)
Parameters
orderSummaryIdType: String
ID of the OrderSummary.
changeInputType: ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation
A list of changes to OrderItemSummaries that make up an order change, such as a cancel or return.
197
OrderSummary ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.PreviewReturnOutputRepresentation
SEE ALSO:
createCreditMemo(orderSummaryId, creditMemoInput)
ensureRefundsAsync(orderSummaryId, ensureRefundsInput)
submitReturn(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
submitCancel(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
Cancel one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, and create a corresponding change order.
API Version
48.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.SubmitCancelOutputRepresentation submitCancel(StringorderSummaryId, ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation changeInput)
Parameters
orderSummaryIdType: String
ID of the OrderSummary.
changeInputType: ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation
A list of changes to OrderItemSummaries that make up an order change, such as a cancel or return.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.SubmitCancelOutputRepresentation
SEE ALSO:
ensureRefundsAsync(orderSummaryId, ensureRefundsInput)
createCreditMemo(orderSummaryId, creditMemoInput)
createCreditMemo(orderSummaryId, creditMemoInput)
ensureRefundsAsync(orderSummaryId, ensureRefundsInput)
previewCancel(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
198
OrderSummary ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
submitReturn(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
Return one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, and create a corresponding change order.
API Version
48.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.SubmitReturnOutputRepresentation submitReturn(StringorderSummaryId, ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation changeInput)
Parameters
orderSummaryIdType: String
ID of the OrderSummary.
changeInputType: ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation
A list of changes to OrderItemSummaries that make up an order change, such as a cancel or return.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.SubmitReturnOutputRepresentation
Usage
After submitting a return, process a refund. Pass the changeOrderId from the output representation to the createCreditMemo()method, then pass the credit memo to the ensureRefundsAsync() method.
SEE ALSO:
ensureRefundsAsync(orderSummaryId, ensureRefundsInput)
createCreditMemo(orderSummaryId, creditMemoInput)
createCreditMemo(orderSummaryId, creditMemoInput)
ensureRefundsAsync(orderSummaryId, ensureRefundsInput)
previewReturn(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
OrderSummaryCreation ClassCreate Order Summaries in Order Management.
199
OrderSummaryCreation ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
NamespaceConnectApi
OrderSummaryCreation MethodsThe following are methods for OrderSummaryCreation. All methods are static.
createOrderSummary(orderSummaryInput)
Create an OrderSummary based on an order. That order is considered the original order for the OrderSummary. Subsequent changeorders that apply to the OrderSummary are also represented as orders. You can specify whether the order is managed in SalesforceOrder Management or by an external system. Most Salesforce Order Management APIs can run only on orders that it manages.
createOrderSummary(orderSummaryInput)
Create an OrderSummary based on an order. That order is considered the original order for the OrderSummary. Subsequent changeorders that apply to the OrderSummary are also represented as orders. You can specify whether the order is managed in Salesforce OrderManagement or by an external system. Most Salesforce Order Management APIs can run only on orders that it manages.
API Version
48.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.OrderSummaryOutputRepresentationcreateOrderSummary(ConnectApi.OrderSummaryInputRepresentation orderSummaryInput)
Parameters
orderSummaryInputType: ConnectApi.OrderSummaryInputRepresentation
Input object that wraps the ID of the source order.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.OrderSummaryOutputRepresentation
ReturnOrder ClassProcess ReturnOrders in Order Management.
NamespaceConnectApi
200
ReturnOrder ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ReturnOrder MethodsThe following are methods for ReturnOrder. All methods are static.
createReturnOrder(returnOrderInput)
Create a ReturnOrder and ReturnOrderLineItems for items belonging to an OrderSummary.
returnItems(returnOrderId, returnItemsInput)
Process ReturnOrderLineItems belonging to a ReturnOrder. Processing a ReturnOrderLineItem generates a change Order and makesthat ReturnOrderLineItem read-only. If a processed ReturnOrderLineItem has any remaining expected quantity, then the API createsa separate ReturnOrderLineItem representing that quantity.
createReturnOrder(returnOrderInput)
Create a ReturnOrder and ReturnOrderLineItems for items belonging to an OrderSummary.
API Version
50.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.ReturnOrderOutputRepresentationcreateReturnOrder(ConnectApi.ReturnOrderInputRepresentation returnOrderInput)
Parameters
returnOrderInputType: ConnectApi.ReturnOrderInputRepresentation
Data for creating a ReturnOrder and ReturnOrderLineItems.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.ReturnOrderOutputRepresentation
returnItems(returnOrderId, returnItemsInput)
Process ReturnOrderLineItems belonging to a ReturnOrder. Processing a ReturnOrderLineItem generates a change Order and makesthat ReturnOrderLineItem read-only. If a processed ReturnOrderLineItem has any remaining expected quantity, then the API creates aseparate ReturnOrderLineItem representing that quantity.
API Version
52.0
201
ReturnOrder ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.ReturnItemsOutputRepresentation returnItems(StringreturnOrderId, ConnectApi.ReturnItemsInputRepresentation returnItemsInput)
Parameters
returnOrderIdType: String
ID of the ReturnOrder.
returnItemsInputType: ConnectApi.ReturnItemsInputRepresentation
Data about products and delivery charges to return.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.ReturnItemsOutputRepresentation
Routing ClassRoute orders to inventory locations in Order Management.
NamespaceConnectApi
Routing MethodsThe following are methods for Routing. All methods are static.
findRoutesWithFewestSplits(findRoutesWithFewestSplitsInputRepresentation)
Returns combinations of inventory locations that can fulfill an order within a specified limit of shipment splits.
rankAverageDistance(rankAverageDistanceInputRepresentation)
Calculates the average distance from sets of inventory locations to an order recipient, and ranks them. Use this method to comparethe average shipping distances for different sets of locations that can fulfill an order.
findRoutesWithFewestSplits(findRoutesWithFewestSplitsInputRepresentation)
Returns combinations of inventory locations that can fulfill an order within a specified limit of shipment splits.
API Version
51.0
202
Routing ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsOutputRepresentationfindRoutesWithFewestSplits(ConnectApi.FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsInputRepresentationfindRoutesWithFewestSplitsInputRepresentation)
Parameters
findRoutesWithFewestSplitsInputRepresentationType: ConnectApi.FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsInputRepresentation
The input includes the ordered item quantities, data about available inventory, and, optionally, a maximum allowable number ofshipment splits.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsOutputRepresentation
rankAverageDistance(rankAverageDistanceInputRepresentation)
Calculates the average distance from sets of inventory locations to an order recipient, and ranks them. Use this method to compare theaverage shipping distances for different sets of locations that can fulfill an order.
API Version
51.0
Requires Chatter
No
Signature
public static ConnectApi.RankAverageDistanceOutputRepresentationrankAverageDistance(ConnectApi.RankAverageDistanceInputRepresentationrankAverageDistanceInputRepresentation)
Parameters
rankAverageDistanceInputRepresentationType: ConnectApi.RankAverageDistanceInputRepresentation
An order recipient’s geographic location and information about sets of inventory locations that can fulfill the order.
Return Value
Type: ConnectApi.RankAverageDistanceOutputRepresentation
203
Routing ClassSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Salesforce Order Management Apex Inputs
Salesforce Order Management includes these Apex input classes.
ConnectApi.AdjustItemInputRepresentation
A price adjustment to an OrderItemSummary. It only supports discounts, not increases.
ConnectApi.AdjustOrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation
A list of price adjustments to OrderItemSummaries that make up a price adjustment to an order.
ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation
A list of changes to OrderItemSummaries that make up an order change, such as a cancel or return.
ConnectApi.ChangeItemInputRepresentation
Change to an OrderItemSummary, such as a return or cancel. You specify whether to prorate the associated shipping charge basedon the price change. The OrderItemSummary can’t be a shipping charge.
ConnectApi.CreateCreditMemoInputRepresentation
A list of change orders used to create a credit memo.
ConnectApi.CreateOrderPaymentSummaryInputRepresentation
An OrderSummary for which to create an OrderPaymentSummary, with the payment authorization or payments to include in it.
ConnectApi.EnsureFundsAsyncInputRepresentation
ID of an invoice to ensure funds for and apply them to.
ConnectApi.EnsureRefundsAsyncInputRepresentation
ID of a credit memo to ensure refunds for, an amount of excess funds to refund, or both. At least one is required.
ConnectApi.FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsInputRepresentation
Data used to calculate order fulfillment routes involving the fewest number of shipment splits.
ConnectApi.FulfillmentGroupInputRepresentation
A list of OrderItemSummaries to be fulfilled together, and the fulfillment location to handle them. The fulfillment type is one of thevalues defined for the Type field on the FulfillmentOrder object, such as “Warehouse” or “Retail Store.” The specified type is assignedto the FulfillmentOrder for this fulfillment group.
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInputRepresentation
An OrderDeliveryGroupSummary that defines a delivery method and recipient, and a list of fulfillment groups to assign toFulfillmentOrders. Each fulfillment group is a set of OrderItemSummaries that match the OrderDeliveryGroupSummary and sharethe same fulfillment location. The method creates a FulfillmentOrder for each fulfillment group and a FulfillmentOrderLineItem foreach OrderItemSummary.
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInvoiceInputRepresentation
Instantiate and include this object with no properties when creating an invoice.
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemInputRepresentation
A FulfillmentOrderLineItem and quantity to cancel. You can cancel less than the full quantity, in which case you reallocate thecanceled quantity to a different FulfillmentOrder.
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancelInputRepresentation
A list of FulfillmentOrderLineItems and quantities to cancel.
ConnectApi.LocationInputRepresentation
Inventory location data used to calculate shipping distance.
204
Salesforce Order Management Apex InputsSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ConnectApi.LocationAvailabilityInputRepresentation
The available quantity of a product at an inventory location.
ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInputRepresentation
List of inputs for creating fulfillment orders.
ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInvoicesInputRepresentation
The FulfillmentOrders to create Invoices for.
ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationInputRepresentation
Data to reserve inventory at one or more Omnichannel Inventory locations or location groups.
ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationSingleInputRepresentation
A quantity of a product and an Omnichannel Inventory location or location group at which to reserve it.
ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationInputRepresentation
A list of inventory reservations to fulfill.
ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationSingleInputRepresentation
An inventory reservation to fulfill.
ConnectApi.OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityInputRepresentation
Details of a request to retrieve inventory availability.
ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationInputRepresentation
Details of one or more inventory reservations to release.
ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationSingleInputRepresentation
A single inventory reservation to release.
ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationInputRepresentation
A list of inventory reservation transfers and specifies whether a single failure cancels the entire list.
ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationSingleInputRepresentation
An inventory reservation transfer.
ConnectApi.OrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation
An OrderItemSummary and quantity.
ConnectApi.OrderSummaryInputRepresentation
An order from which to create an OrderSummary, and whether it is managed in Salesforce Order Management. Optionally, you canspecify an OrderNumber or Status.
ConnectApi.QuantityWithSkuInputRepresentation
A quantity of a product.
ConnectApi.RankAverageDistanceInputRepresentation
An order recipient’s geographic location and information about sets of inventory locations that can fulfill the order.
ConnectApi.ReturnItemsInputRepresentation
Data about products and delivery charges to return.
ConnectApi.ReturnOrderInputRepresentation
Data for creating a ReturnOrder and ReturnOrderLineItems.
ConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemInputRepresentation
ID of a ReturnOrderLineItem and instructions for updating it. After the update, the ReturnOrderLineItem is read-only. Any remainingquantity to be returned is added to a new ReturnOrderLineItem.
205
Salesforce Order Management Apex InputsSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ConnectApi.ReturnOrderLineItemInputRepresentation
Data for creating a ReturnOrderLineItem.
ConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemDeliveryChargeInputRepresentation
ID of a ReturnOrderLineItem representing a delivery charge.
ConnectApi.TargetLocationInputRepresentation
A set of inventory locations that together can fulfill an order.
ConnectApi.AdjustItemInputRepresentationA price adjustment to an OrderItemSummary. It only supports discounts, not increases.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
49.0RequiredDescribes how the amount is calculated. Itcan have one of these values:
StringadjustmentType
• AmountWithTax—Value of amountis the adjustment, including tax.
• AmountWithoutTax—Value ofamount is the adjustment, not includingtax. Tax is calculated on the value andadded.
• Percentage—Value of amount is apercentage discount. It is divided by100, and then multiplied by theTotalPrice and TotalTaxAmount of theOrderItemSummary to determine theadjustment amount.
49.0RequiredValue used to calculate the adjustmentamount, as described by the
Doubleamount
adjustmentType. It must be a negativevalue.
49.0OptionalDescription of the adjustment.Stringdescription
49.0RequiredID of the OrderItemSummary.StringorderItemSummaryId
206
ConnectApi.AdjustItemInputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
49.0RequiredReason for the adjustment. The value mustmatch one of the picklist values on the
Stringreason
Reason field of theOrderItemSummaryChange object.
SEE ALSO:
ConnectApi.AdjustOrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation
adjustPreview(orderSummaryId, adjustInput)
adjustSubmit(orderSummaryId, adjustInput)
ConnectApi.AdjustOrderItemSummaryInputRepresentationA list of price adjustments to OrderItemSummaries that make up a price adjustment to an order.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
49.0RequiredList of price adjustments toOrderItemSummaries.
List<ConnectApi.AdjustItemInputRepresentation>
adjustItems
SEE ALSO:
adjustPreview(orderSummaryId, adjustInput)
adjustSubmit(orderSummaryId, adjustInput)
ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentationA list of changes to OrderItemSummaries that make up an order change, such as a cancel or return.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
48.0RequiredList of changes to OrderItemSummaries.List<ConnectApi.ChangeItemInputRepresentation>
changeItems
SEE ALSO:
previewCancel(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
previewReturn(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
submitCancel(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
submitReturn(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
207
ConnectApi.AdjustOrderItemSummaryInputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ConnectApi.ChangeItemInputRepresentationChange to an OrderItemSummary, such as a return or cancel. You specify whether to prorate the associated shipping charge based onthe price change. The OrderItemSummary can’t be a shipping charge.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
48.0RequiredID of the OrderItemSummary.StringorderItemSummaryId
48.0RequiredQuantity to change. Use a positive value.For example, a value of 2 means “cancel orreturn 2 units.”
Doublequantity
48.0RequiredReason for the change. The value mustmatch one of the picklist values on the
Stringreason
Reason field of theOrderItemSummaryChange object.
48.0RequiredSpecifies whether to prorate the shippingcharge.
BooleanshippingReductionFlag
SEE ALSO:
ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation
previewCancel(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
previewReturn(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
submitCancel(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
submitReturn(orderSummaryId, changeInput)
ConnectApi.CreateCreditMemoInputRepresentationA list of change orders used to create a credit memo.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
48.0RequiredList of IDs of the change orders.List<String>changeOrderIds
SEE ALSO:
createCreditMemo(orderSummaryId, creditMemoInput)
ConnectApi.CreateOrderPaymentSummaryInputRepresentationAn OrderSummary for which to create an OrderPaymentSummary, with the payment authorization or payments to include in it.
208
ConnectApi.ChangeItemInputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
48.0RequiredID of the OrderSummary.StringorderSummaryId
48.0Either a paymentauthorization or at
ID of the payment authorization.StringpaymentAuthorizationId
least one payment isrequired.
48.0Either a paymentauthorization or at
List of IDs of the payments.List<String>paymentIds
least one payment isrequired.
SEE ALSO:
createOrderPaymentSummary(orderPaymentSummaryInput)
ConnectApi.EnsureFundsAsyncInputRepresentationID of an invoice to ensure funds for and apply them to.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
48.0RequiredID of the invoice.StringinvoiceId
SEE ALSO:
ensureFundsAsync(orderSummaryId, ensureFundsInput)
ConnectApi.EnsureRefundsAsyncInputRepresentationID of a credit memo to ensure refunds for, an amount of excess funds to refund, or both. At least one is required.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
48.0Optional, but at leastone input property isrequired
ID of the credit memo that represents arefund amount.
StringcreditMemoId
49.0Optional, but at leastone input property isrequired
Amount of excess funds to refund.DoubleexcessFundsAmount
SEE ALSO:
ensureRefundsAsync(orderSummaryId, ensureRefundsInput)
209
ConnectApi.EnsureFundsAsyncInputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ConnectApi.FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsInputRepresentationData used to calculate order fulfillment routes involving the fewest number of shipment splits.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0At least one elementis required
Each list element represents the availablequantity of a product at an inventorylocation.
List<ConnectApi.LocationAvailabilityInputRepresentation>
locationAvailableInventory
51.0OptionalThe maximum allowable number ofshipment splits. Routing options that involve
IntegermaximumNumberOfSplits
more than this number of splits are notreturned.
Note: Each split represents anadditional shipment. Specifying amaximum of 0 returns only locationsthat can fulfill the entire order in asingle shipment. A maximum of 1returns combinations of locationsthat can fulfill the order in one or twoshipments, and so on.
51.0At least one elementis required
Each list element represents a quantity of aproduct to be routed for fulfillment.
List<ConnectApi.QuantityWithSkuInputRepresentation>
orderedQuantities
ConnectApi.FulfillmentGroupInputRepresentationA list of OrderItemSummaries to be fulfilled together, and the fulfillment location to handle them. The fulfillment type is one of the valuesdefined for the Type field on the FulfillmentOrder object, such as “Warehouse” or “Retail Store.” The specified type is assigned to theFulfillmentOrder for this fulfillment group.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
48.0RequiredID of the fulfillment location.StringfulfilledFromLocationId
48.0RequiredFulfillment type. One of the Type field valuesdefined for FulfillmentOrders.
StringfulfillmentType
48.0RequiredList of OrderItemSummaries.List<ConnectApi.OrderItem
orderItemSummaries
SummaryInputRepresentation>
210
ConnectApi.FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsInputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
50.0OptionalReference to this input for use introubleshooting failures. This value is only
StringreferenceId
used by the APIs for creating fulfillmentorders for multiple order delivery groupsummaries.
SEE ALSO:
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInputRepresentation
createFulfillmentOrders(fulfillmentOrderInput)
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInputRepresentationAn OrderDeliveryGroupSummary that defines a delivery method and recipient, and a list of fulfillment groups to assign to FulfillmentOrders.Each fulfillment group is a set of OrderItemSummaries that match the OrderDeliveryGroupSummary and share the same fulfillmentlocation. The method creates a FulfillmentOrder for each fulfillment group and a FulfillmentOrderLineItem for each OrderItemSummary.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
48.0RequiredList of fulfillment groups that specify theOrderItemSummaries and fulfillmentlocations.
List<ConnectApi.FulfillmentGroupInputRepresentation>
fulfillmentGroups
48.0RequiredID of the OrderDeliveryGroupSummary.StringorderDeliveryGroupSummaryId
48.0RequiredID of the OrderSummary.StringorderSummaryId
SEE ALSO:
createFulfillmentOrders(fulfillmentOrderInput)
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInvoiceInputRepresentationInstantiate and include this object with no properties when creating an invoice.
This input class has no properties.
SEE ALSO:
createInvoice(fulfillmentOrderId, invoiceInput)
211
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemInputRepresentationA FulfillmentOrderLineItem and quantity to cancel. You can cancel less than the full quantity, in which case you reallocate the canceledquantity to a different FulfillmentOrder.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
48.0RequiredID of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem.StringfulfillmentOrderLineItemId
48.0RequiredQuantity to cancel.Doublequantity
SEE ALSO:
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancelInputRepresentation
cancelFulfillmentOrderLineItems(fulfillmentOrderId, cancelFulfillmentOrderLineItemsInput)
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancelInputRepresentationA list of FulfillmentOrderLineItems and quantities to cancel.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
48.0RequiredList of FulfillmentOrderLineItems andquantities.
List<ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemInputRepresentation>
fulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancel
SEE ALSO:
cancelFulfillmentOrderLineItems(fulfillmentOrderId, cancelFulfillmentOrderLineItemsInput)
ConnectApi.LocationInputRepresentationInventory location data used to calculate shipping distance.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0RequiredThe country code of the location.StringcountryCode
51.0RequiredThe identifier of the location.StringlocationIdentifier
51.0RequiredThe postal code of the location.StringpostalCode
ConnectApi.LocationAvailabilityInputRepresentationThe available quantity of a product at an inventory location.
212
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemInputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0OptionalThe external reference ID of the inventorylocation.
StringexternalReferenceId
51.0RequiredThe available quantity of the product.Doublequantity
51.0RequiredThe Stock Keeping Unit of the product.StringstockKeepingUnit
ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInputRepresentationList of inputs for creating fulfillment orders.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
50.0RequiredEach element contains the data to createone fulfillment order.
List<ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInputRepresentation>
fulfillmentOrders
ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInvoicesInputRepresentationThe FulfillmentOrders to create Invoices for.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
52.0At least one ID isrequired.
List of IDs of FulfillmentOrders to createInvoices for.
List<String>fulfillmentOrderIds
ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationInputRepresentationData to reserve inventory at one or more Omnichannel Inventory locations or location groups.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0RequiredA UUID that identifies the request. Use theaction request IDs in response data toidentify which requests succeeded or failed.
StringactionRequestId
51.0When true, if the system can’t create theentire reservation, then it attempts to createa partial reservation.
BooleanallowPartialReservations
51.0At least one elementis required
A list of product quantities and locations orlocation groups.
List<ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationSingleInputRepresentation>
createRecords
213
ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0A length of time in seconds. If thereservation is not fulfilled within this amount
IntegerexpirationSeconds
of time after the reservationTime,then it expires.
51.0External reference ID.StringexternalRefId
51.0The time at which to record the reservation.Example: 2020-07-24T21:13:00Z
StringreservationTime
ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationSingleInputRepresentationA quantity of a product and an Omnichannel Inventory location or location group at which to reserve it.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0EitherlocationGroupIdentifier
Identifier of the location group at which toreserve inventory.
StringlocationGroupIdentifier
or locationIdentifieris required, but notboth
51.0EitherlocationGroupIdentifier
Identifier of the location at which to reserveinventory.
StringlocationIdentifier
or locationIdentifieris required, but notboth
51.0RequiredThe quantity of the product to reserve.Doublequantity
51.0RequiredThe SKU of the product to reserve.StringstockKeepingUnit
ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationInputRepresentationA list of inventory reservations to fulfill.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0At least one elementis required.
A list of inventory reservations.List<ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationSingleInputRepresentation>
fulfillmentRecords
ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationSingleInputRepresentationAn inventory reservation to fulfill.
214
ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationSingleInputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0RequiredA UUID that identifies the request. Use theaction request IDs in response data toidentify which requests succeeded or failed.
StringactionRequestId
51.0OptionalThe external reference ID of the locationthat’s fulfilling the reservation.
StringexternalRefId
51.0RequiredThe identifier of the location that’s fulfillingthe reservation.
StringlocationIdentifier
51.0RequiredThe quantity being fulfilled.Doublequantity
51.0RequiredThe SKU of the product being fulfilled.StringstockKeepingUnit
ConnectApi.OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityInputRepresentationDetails of a request to retrieve inventory availability.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0Optional; can’tcombine with
The identifier of a location group to retrieveinventory availability data for. Specifying this
StringlocationGroupIdentifier
locationGroupIdentifiersvalue retrieves inventory data for alllocations belonging to this group. or
locationIdentifiers
51.0Optional; can’tcombine with
A list of up to 100 identifiers of locationgroups to retrieve inventory availability datafor.
List<String>locationGroupIdentifiers
locationGroupIdentifierorlocationIdentifiers
51.0Optional; can’tcombine with
A list of up to 100 identifiers of locations toretrieve inventory availability data for.
List<String>locationIdentifiers
locationGroupIdentifierorlocationGroupIdentifiers
51.0Optional; can’tcombine withstockKeepingUnits
The SKU of a product to retrieve inventoryavailability data for. Specifying a SKU withno locations or location groups returnsavailability data for that SKU at all inventory
StringstockKeepingUnit
locations that are not assigned to locationgroups.
51.0Optional; can’tcombine withstockKeepingUnit
A list of up to 100 SKUs of products toretrieve inventory availability data for.
List<String>stockKeepingUnits
215
ConnectApi.OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityInputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0OptionalWhether to fetch the inventory data fromthe cache. Default value is true.
BooleanuseCache
ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationInputRepresentationDetails of one or more inventory reservations to release.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0At least one elementis required.
List of inventory reservations to release.List<ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationSingleInputRepresentation>
releaseRecords
ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationSingleInputRepresentationA single inventory reservation to release.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0RequiredA UUID that identifies the request. Use theaction request IDs in response data toidentify which requests succeeded or failed.
StringactionRequestId
51.0OptionalThe external reference ID of the location orlocation group that has the reservation.
StringexternalRefId
51.0The identifier for alocation or location
The identifier of the location group that hasthe reservation.
StringlocationGroupIdentifier
group, but not both,is required.
51.0The identifier for alocation or location
The identifier of the location that has thereservation.
StringlocationIdentifier
group, but not both,is required.
51.0RequiredThe quantity of reserved inventory torelease.
Doublequantity
51.0RequiredThe SKU of the product to release.StringstockKeepingUnit
ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationInputRepresentationA list of inventory reservation transfers and specifies whether a single failure cancels the entire list.
216
ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationInputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0OptionalControls whether a single failed transfercancels all other transfers in thetransferRecords list.
StringallOrNothingTransferId
• To allow some transfers in thetransferRecords list to succeedwhen others fail, don’t include thisproperty.
• To cancel all the transfers in thetransferRecords list when anyof them fail, set this property to a UUID.The ID must be unique, but isn’totherwise used in this version.
51.0At least one elementis required.
A list of inventory reservation transfers.List<ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationSingleInputRepresentation>
transferRecords
ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationSingleInputRepresentationAn inventory reservation transfer.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0RequiredA UUID that identifies the request. Use theaction request IDs in response data toidentify which requests succeeded or failed.
StringactionRequestId
51.0OptionalThe external reference ID of the locationreceiving the transfer.
StringexternalRefId
51.0The identifier for asending location or
The identifier of the location group sendingthe reservation.
StringfromLocationGroupIdentifier
location group, butnot both, is required
51.0The identifier for asending location or
The identifier of the location sending thereservation.
StringfromLocationIdentifier
location group, butnot both, is required
52.0OptionalIf true, force the transfer even if the receivinglocation doesn’t have sufficient availableinventory. The default value is false.
BooleanignoreAvailabilityCheck
51.0RequiredThe quantity of inventory being transferred.Doublequantity
51.0RequiredThe SKU of the product being transferred.StringstockKeepingUnit
217
ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationSingleInputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0The identifier for areceiving location or
The identifier of the location group receivingthe reservation.
StringtoLocationGroupIdentifier
location group, butnot both, is required
51.0The identifier for areceiving location or
The identifier of the location receiving thereservation.
StringtoLocationIdentifier
location group, butnot both, is required
ConnectApi.OrderItemSummaryInputRepresentationAn OrderItemSummary and quantity.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
48.0RequiredID of the OrderItemSummary.StringorderItemSummaryId
48.0RequiredQuantity to include.Doublequantity
SEE ALSO:
ConnectApi.FulfillmentGroupInputRepresentation
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInputRepresentation
createFulfillmentOrders(fulfillmentOrderInput)
ConnectApi.OrderSummaryInputRepresentationAn order from which to create an OrderSummary, and whether it is managed in Salesforce Order Management. Optionally, you canspecify an OrderNumber or Status.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
53.0OptionalThe order’s business model. It can have oneof these values:
StringbusinessModel
• B2B
• B2C
50.0OptionalSpecifies an OrderNumber to assign to theorder summary.
Stringname
48.0RequiredID of the original order.StringorderId
218
ConnectApi.OrderItemSummaryInputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
49.0OptionalSpecifies whether the order is managed inSalesforce Order Management or by an
StringorderLifeCycleType
external system. It can have one of thesevalues:
• MANAGED—Managed in SalesforceOrder Management.
• UNMANAGED—Managed by anexternal system.
If no value is specified, the default isMANAGED.
50.0OptionalSpecifies a status to assign to the ordersummary. The value must match one of the
Stringstatus
picklist values on the Status field of theOrderSummary object.
SEE ALSO:
createOrderSummary(orderSummaryInput)
ConnectApi.QuantityWithSkuInputRepresentationA quantity of a product.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0RequiredQuantity of the product.Doublequantity
51.0RequiredSKU of the product.StringstockKeepingUnit
ConnectApi.RankAverageDistanceInputRepresentationAn order recipient’s geographic location and information about sets of inventory locations that can fulfill the order.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0RequiredThe country code of the order recipient.StringdeliveryCountryCode
51.0RequiredThe postal code of the order recipient.StringdeliveryPostalCode
51.0Specify mi or km to return averagedistances in miles or kilometers, respectively.
StringdistanceUnit
219
ConnectApi.QuantityWithSkuInputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0Specify ASC or DESC to rank the resultsby average shipping distance in ascendingor descending order, respectively.
StringsortResult
51.0At least one elementis required
Each element is a set of inventory locationsthat can combine to fulfill the order.
List<ConnectApi.TargetLocationInputRepresentation>
targetLocations
ConnectApi.ReturnItemsInputRepresentationData about products and delivery charges to return.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
52.0OptionalList of ReturnOrderLineItems to return thatrepresent delivery charges.
List<ConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemDeliveryChargeInputRepresentation>
returnOrderItemDeliveryCharges
52.0RequiredList of ReturnOrderLineItems to process thatrepresent products, along with data abouthow to process them.
List<ConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemInputRepresentation>
returnOrderItems
ConnectApi.ReturnOrderInputRepresentationData for creating a ReturnOrder and ReturnOrderLineItems.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
50.0RequiredID of the OrderSummary containing theitems to be returned. The OrderSummary’sOrderLifeCycleType must be Managed.
StringorderSummaryId
51.0RequiredThe LifeCycleType of the ReturnOrder.Possible values are:
StringreturnOrderLifeCycleType
• Managed—Process the ReturnOrderusing the APIs and actions. It cangenerate change orders and affectsfinancial fields and rollup calculations.
• Unmanaged—The ReturnOrder is fortracking purposes only. It isn’t involvedin any financial calculations and doesn’tgenerate any change orders. The systemdoesn’t prevent the creation of
220
ConnectApi.ReturnItemsInputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
duplicate ReturnOrderLineItems in anunmanaged ReturnOrder for the sameOrderItem.
50.0At least one elementis required
List of data for creatingReturnOrderLineItems.
List<ConnectApi.ReturnOrderLineItemInputRepresentation>
returnOrderLineItems
51.0RequiredStatus to assign the ReturnOrder. This valuemust match an entry in the ReturnOrderobject’s Status picklist.
Stringstatus
ConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemInputRepresentationID of a ReturnOrderLineItem and instructions for updating it. After the update, the ReturnOrderLineItem is read-only. Any remainingquantity to be returned is added to a new ReturnOrderLineItem.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
52.0RequiredThe quantity of the ReturnOrderLineItemthat has been received. The value must be
DoublequantityReceived
zero or greater. This value isn’t used by anystandard features, but is provided for use incustomizations.
52.0RequiredThe quantity of the ReturnOrderLineItemthat has been rejected for return. The value
DoublequantityRejected
must be zero or greater. This value isn’t usedby any standard features, but is provided foruse in customizations.
52.0RequiredThe quantity of the ReturnOrderLineItemthat has been returned. The value must be
DoublequantityReturned
greater than zero. If this value plusquantityToCancel is less than the expectedreturn quantity, then the remaining quantityto be returned is added to a newReturnOrderLineItem.
52.0RequiredThe quantity of the ReturnOrderLineItem toremove because it’s not being returned. The
DoublequantityToCancel
value must be zero or greater. If this valueplus quantityReturned is less than theexpected return quantity, then theremaining quantity to be returned is addedto a new ReturnOrderLineItem.
221
ConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemInputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
52.0OptionalThe reason why the rejected quantity, if any,was rejected. This value isn’t used by any
StringreasonForRejection
standard features, but is provided for use incustomizations.
52.0RequiredThe ID of the ReturnOrderLineItem.StringreturnOrderLineItemId
ConnectApi.ReturnOrderLineItemInputRepresentationData for creating a ReturnOrderLineItem.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
50.0RequiredWhether the associated shipping chargecan be refunded.
BooleancanReduceShipping
50.0RequiredID of the associated OrderItemSummary.StringorderItemSummaryId
50.0RequiredQuantity expected to be returned.DoublequantityExpected
50.0OptionalQuantity already physically returned.DoublequantityReceived
50.0OptionalReason for the return. The value must matchan entry in the ReturnOrderLineItem object’sReasonForReturn picklist.
StringreasonForReturn
ConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemDeliveryChargeInputRepresentationID of a ReturnOrderLineItem representing a delivery charge.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
52.0RequiredID of a ReturnOrderLineItem to return.StringreturnOrderLineItemId
ConnectApi.TargetLocationInputRepresentationA set of inventory locations that together can fulfill an order.
Available VersionRequired orOptional
DescriptionTypeProperty
51.0RequiredA list of locations with information abouttheir country and postal codes.
List<ConnectApi.LocationInputRepresentation>
locations
222
ConnectApi.ReturnOrderLineItemInputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Salesforce Order Management Apex Outputs
Salesforce Order Management includes these Apex output classes.
ConnectApi.AdjustOrderSummaryOutputRepresentation
Output representation of the financial changes for an adjust items action. For a preview action, these values are the expected output.For a submit action, these values are the actual output.
ConnectApi.AvailableLocationOutputRepresentation
A set of inventory locations that can combine to fulfill an order.
ConnectApi.AverageDistanceResultOutputRepresentation
Wraps inventory location shipping distance calculation results.
ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation
Base Order Management output class.
ConnectApi.ChangeItemOutputRepresentation
The financial changes resulting from a change to one or more OrderItemSummaries. Most of the values represent the deltas of thevalues on the associated OrderSummary. The sign of each value is the opposite of the corresponding value on a change order record.For example, a discount is a positive value here and a negative value on a change order record.
ConnectApi.CreateCreditMemoOutputRepresentation
ID of a created Credit Memo.
ConnectApi.CreateOrderPaymentSummaryOutputRepresentation
ID of the created Order Payment Summary.
ConnectApi.DistanceCalculationOutputRepresentation
Shipping distance data for a set of inventory locations.
ConnectApi.EnsureFundsAsyncOutputRepresentation
ID of the asynchronous background operation. This output only includes the operation ID, regardless of whether a call is made toan external payment gateway. It doesn’t include any errors from the operation.
ConnectApi.EnsureRefundsAsyncOutputRepresentation
ID of the asynchronous background operation. This output only includes the operation ID, regardless of whether a call is made toan external payment gateway. It doesn’t include any errors from the operation.
ConnectApi.ErrorResponse
Base error response.
ConnectApi.FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsOutputRepresentation
A list of inventory location combinations that can fulfill an order without exceeding the maximum number of shipments.
ConnectApi.FulfillmentGroupOutputRepresentation
Information about one FulfillmentOrder from a request to create fulfillment orders from multiple OrderDeliveryGroupSummaries. Ifthe FulfillmentOrder was created, then its ID is returned. If it failed, then data from the input is returned so you can resubmit it.
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderCancelLineItemsOutputRepresentation
Wraps the base output.
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInvoiceOutputRepresentation
ID of the created invoice.
223
Salesforce Order Management Apex OutputsSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderOutputRepresentation
A list of IDs of the created FulfillmentOrders.
ConnectApi.LocationOutputRepresentation
An inventory location’s distance to an order recipient.
ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInvoicesOutputRepresentation
IDs of the created Invoices.
ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderOutputRepresentation
List of responses for the individual FulfillmentOrder creation attempts from a create multiple fulfillment orders request.
ConnectApi.OCIBaseOutputRepresentation
Base Omnichannel Inventory output class.
ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationErrorOutputRepresentation
Error returned from an attempt to create an Omnichannel Inventory reservation.
ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationOutputRepresentation
Result of an Omnichannel Inventory reservation creation request.
ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationSingleOutputRepresentation
Details of an inventory reservation for one product.
ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationErrorOutputRepresentation
Response to a request to fulfill one inventory reservation.
ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationOutputRepresentation
Response to a request to fulfill one or more inventory reservations.
ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationSingleOutputRepresentation
Details of a single fulfilled reservation.
ConnectApi.OCIFutureInventoryOutputRepresentation
An expected future inventory restock.
ConnectApi.OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityOutputRepresentation
Response to a request for inventory availability data.
ConnectApi.OCIInventoryRecordOutputRepresentation
Inventory availability data for a product.
ConnectApi.OCILocationAvailabilityOutputRepresentation
A set of inventory availability data for one inventory location.
ConnectApi.OCILocationGroupAvailabilityOutputRepresentation
A set of inventory availability data for one inventory location group.
ConnectApi.OCIPublishLocationStructureOutputRepresentation
Response to a publish location structure request.
ConnectApi.OCIPublishLocationStructureStatusOutputRepresentation
Detailed status of a publish location structure job.
ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationErrorOutputRepresentation
Response to a request to release one inventory reservation.
ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationOutputRepresentation
Response to a request to release one or more inventory reservations.
224
Salesforce Order Management Apex OutputsSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationSingleOutputRepresentation
Details of a single released reservation.
ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationErrorOutputRepresentation
Response to a request to fulfill one inventory reservation.
ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationOutputRepresentation
Response to a request to transfer one or more inventory reservations.
ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationSingleOutputRepresentation
Details of a single transferred reservation.
ConnectApi.OCIUploadInventoryAvailabilityOutputRepresentation
Response to an upload inventory availability job.
ConnectApi.OCIUploadInventoryAvailabilityStatusOutputRepresentation
Detailed status of an upload inventory availability job.
ConnectApi.OrderItemSummaryOutputRepresentation
Details of an OrderItemSummary from a failed FulfillmentOrder in a create multiple fulfillment orders request.
ConnectApi.OrderSummaryOutputRepresentation
ID of the created Order Summary.
ConnectApi.PreviewCancelOutputRepresentation
Expected financial values for a proposed cancel action.
ConnectApi.PreviewReturnOutputRepresentation
Expected financial values for a proposed return action.
ConnectApi.RankAverageDistanceOutputRepresentation
The results of calculating the average distances from sets of inventory locations to an order recipient.
ConnectApi.ReturnItemsOutputRepresentation
Output of Return Items. Includes the ID of the generated change order, plus information about any ReturnOrderLineItems that werecreated to represent remaining return quantities.
ConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemSplitLineOutputRepresentation
After a change order is created for a ReturnOrderLineItem, that ReturnOrderLineItem is read-only. If the Return Items API is used toreturn a partial quantity, it creates a new “split” ReturnOrderLineItem to hold the remaining quantity to be returned. In that case, itreturns this output property, which contains the IDs of the original and split ReturnOrderLineItems.
ConnectApi.ReturnOrderOutputRepresentation
ID of the created ReturnOrder.
ConnectApi.SubmitCancelOutputRepresentation
ID of the change order created for a cancel action, and a set of its financial values.
ConnectApi.SubmitReturnOutputRepresentation
ID of the change order created for a return action, and a set of its financial values.
ConnectApi.AdjustOrderSummaryOutputRepresentationOutput representation of the financial changes for an adjust items action. For a preview action, these values are the expected output.For a submit action, these values are the actual output.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
225
ConnectApi.AdjustOrderSummaryOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
49.0Expected (for preview) or actual (for submit) financialvalues for the price adjustment action. Most of the
ConnectApi.ChangeItemOutputRepresentation
changeBalances
values match the change order values. If two changeorders are returned, then these values combine them.The sign of a value in this output is the opposite ofthe corresponding value on a change order record.For example, a discount is a positive value inchangeBalances and a negative value on achange order record.
49.0ID of the OrderSummary.StringorderSummaryId
49.0ID of the change Order that holds the financialchanges applicable to order products that have been
StringpostFulfillmentChangeOrderId
fulfilled. For an adjustPreview call, this value is alwaysnull.
49.0ID of the change Order that holds the financialchanges applicable to order products that have not
StringpreFulfillmentChangeOrderId
been fulfilled. For an adjustPreview call, this value isalways null.
ConnectApi.AvailableLocationOutputRepresentationA set of inventory locations that can combine to fulfill an order.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0A list of inventory locations.List<String>locations
ConnectApi.AverageDistanceResultOutputRepresentationWraps inventory location shipping distance calculation results.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Results of the shipping distance calculations.ConnectApi.DistanceCalculationOutputRepresentation
distanceCalculation
ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentationBase Order Management output class.
This class is abstract.
Superclass of:
• ConnectApi.AdjustOrderSummaryOutputRepresentation
226
ConnectApi.AvailableLocationOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
• ConnectApi.CreateCreditMemoOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.CreateOrderPaymentSummaryOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.EnsureFundsAsyncOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.EnsureRefundsAsyncOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.FulfillmentGroupOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderCancelLineItemsOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInvoiceOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInvoicesOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.OrderSummaryOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.PreviewCancelOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.PreviewReturnOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.RankAverageDistanceOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.ReturnItemsOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemSplitLineOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.ReturnOrderOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.SubmitCancelOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.SubmitReturnOutputRepresentation
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Any errors that were returned.List<ConnectApi.ErrorResponse>
errors
48.0Indicates whether the transaction was successful.Booleansuccess
ConnectApi.ChangeItemOutputRepresentationThe financial changes resulting from a change to one or more OrderItemSummaries. Most of the values represent the deltas of the valueson the associated OrderSummary. The sign of each value is the opposite of the corresponding value on a change order record. Forexample, a discount is a positive value here and a negative value on a change order record.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Change to the GrandTotalAmount field.DoublegrandTotalAmount
49.0Change to the TotalAdjDeliveryAmtWithTax field.DoubletotalAdjDeliveryAmtWithTax
49.0Change to the TotalAdjDistAmountWithTax field.DoubletotalAdjDistAmountWithTax
49.0Change to the TotalAdjProductAmtWithTax field.DoubletotalAdjProductAmtWithTax
227
ConnectApi.ChangeItemOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Change to the TotalAdjustedDeliveryAmount field.DoubletotalAdjustedDeliveryAmount
48.0Change to the TotalAdjustedDeliveryTaxAmount field.DoubletotalAdjustedDeliveryTaxAmount
48.0Change to the TotalAdjustedProductAmount field.DoubletotalAdjustedProductAmount
48.0Change to the TotalAdjustedProductTaxAmount field.DoubletotalAdjustedProductTaxAmount
48.0Change to the TotalAdjustmentDistributedAmountfield.
DoubletotalAdjustmentDistributedAmount
48.0Change to theTotalAdjustmentDistributedTaxAmount field.
DoubletotalAdjustmentDistributedTaxAmount
48.0Change to the TotalAmount field.DoubletotalAmount
48.0Amount of excess funds available on theOrderPaymentSummaries related to the
DoubletotalExcessFundsAmount
OrderSummary. It is equal to the captured amountthat is owed as a refund but is not associated withan invoice or credit memo. Excess funds normallyoccur when order items are canceled beforefulfillment but after payment has been captured. Thissituation is not common in the US, where funds arenormally authorized but not captured until thefulfillment process begins. This value includes allcurrent excess funds related to the OrderSummary,not only the funds related to the current change.
48.0Total amount available to be refunded. It is the sumof the excess funds and any outstanding change
DoubletotalRefundableAmount
order grand total amounts that apply topost-fulfillment changes. This value includes allcurrent refundable amounts related to theOrderSummary, not only the amount related to thecurrent change.
48.0Change to the TotalTaxAmount field.DoubletotalTaxAmount
SEE ALSO:
ConnectApi.PreviewCancelOutputRepresentation
ConnectApi.PreviewReturnOutputRepresentation
ConnectApi.SubmitCancelOutputRepresentation
ConnectApi.SubmitReturnOutputRepresentation
ConnectApi.AdjustOrderSummaryOutputRepresentation
228
ConnectApi.ChangeItemOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ConnectApi.CreateCreditMemoOutputRepresentationID of a created Credit Memo.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0ID of the created Credit Memo.StringcreditMemoId
ConnectApi.CreateOrderPaymentSummaryOutputRepresentationID of the created Order Payment Summary.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0ID of the Order Payment Summary.StringorderPaymentSummaryId
ConnectApi.DistanceCalculationOutputRepresentationShipping distance data for a set of inventory locations.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0The average distance from the locations to the orderrecipient.
DoubleaverageDistance
51.0The list of locations and their distances to the orderrecipient.
List<ConnectApi.LocationOutputRepresentation>
locations
51.0This result’s rank among all results by averagedistance to the order recipient.
Integerrank
ConnectApi.EnsureFundsAsyncOutputRepresentationID of the asynchronous background operation. This output only includes the operation ID, regardless of whether a call is made to anexternal payment gateway. It doesn’t include any errors from the operation.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0ID of the background operation.StringbackgroundOperationId
229
ConnectApi.CreateCreditMemoOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ConnectApi.EnsureRefundsAsyncOutputRepresentationID of the asynchronous background operation. This output only includes the operation ID, regardless of whether a call is made to anexternal payment gateway. It doesn’t include any errors from the operation.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0ID of the background operation.StringbackgroundOperationId
ConnectApi.ErrorResponseBase error response.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Error code.StringerrorCode
48.0More error detail, if available.Stringmessage
SEE ALSO:
ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation
ConnectApi.FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsOutputRepresentationA list of inventory location combinations that can fulfill an order without exceeding the maximum number of shipments.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Each element of the list is a set of inventory locationsthat together can fulfill the order being routed.
List<ConnectApi.AvailableLocationOutputRepresentation>
targetLocations
ConnectApi.FulfillmentGroupOutputRepresentationInformation about one FulfillmentOrder from a request to create fulfillment orders from multiple OrderDeliveryGroupSummaries. If theFulfillmentOrder was created, then its ID is returned. If it failed, then data from the input is returned so you can resubmit it.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
50.0(Creation failed) The input FulfilledFromLocationId.StringfulfilledFromLocationId
50.0The FulfillmentOrderId from the successfully createdFulfillmentOrder.
StringfulfillmentOrderId
230
ConnectApi.EnsureRefundsAsyncOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
50.0(Creation failed) The input FulfillmentType.StringfulfillmentType
50.0(Creation failed) The inputOrderDeliveryGroupSummaryId.
StringorderDeliveryGroupSummaryId
50.0(Creation failed) The input list ofOrderItemSummaries.
List<ConnectApi.OrderItemSummaryOutputRepresentation>
orderItemSummaries
50.0(Creation failed) The input OrderSummaryId.StringorderSummaryId
50.0The referenceId from the FulfillmentGroup inputrepresentation. Use this value to troubleshoot afailure.
StringreferenceId
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderCancelLineItemsOutputRepresentationWraps the base output.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
No additional properties.
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInvoiceOutputRepresentationID of the created invoice.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0ID of the created invoice.StringinvoiceId
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderOutputRepresentationA list of IDs of the created FulfillmentOrders.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0A list of IDs of created Fulfillment Orders.List<String>fulfillmentOrderIds
ConnectApi.LocationOutputRepresentationAn inventory location’s distance to an order recipient.
231
ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderCancelLineItemsOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0The distance from the location to the order recipient.Doubledistance
51.0The location identifier.StringlocationIdentifier
ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInvoicesOutputRepresentationIDs of the created Invoices.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
52.0List of IDs of the created Invoices.List<String>invoiceIds
ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderOutputRepresentationList of responses for the individual FulfillmentOrder creation attempts from a create multiple fulfillment orders request.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
50.0A list of response data for created and failedFulfillmentOrders.
List<ConnectApi.FulfillmentGroupOutputRepresentation>
fulfillmentOrders
ConnectApi.OCIBaseOutputRepresentationBase Omnichannel Inventory output class.
This class is abstract.
Superclass of:
• ConnectApi.OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.OCIPublishLocationStructureOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.OCIPublishLocationStructureStatusOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.OCIUploadInventoryAvailabilityOutputRepresentation
• ConnectApi.OCIUploadInventoryAvailabilityStatusOutputRepresentation
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Any errors that were returned.List<ConnectApi.ErrorResponse>
errors
51.0Indicates whether the request was successful.Booleansuccess
232
ConnectApi.MultipleFulfillmentOrderInvoicesOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationErrorOutputRepresentationError returned from an attempt to create an Omnichannel Inventory reservation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0The error code.StringerrorCode
51.0Details of the error, if available.Stringmessage
ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationOutputRepresentationResult of an Omnichannel Inventory reservation creation request.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Details for each product in the reservation.List<ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationSingleOutputRepresentation>
details
51.0Any errors returned by the reservation request.List<ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationErrorOutputRepresentation>
errors
51.0The time at which the reservation would expire.StringexpirationTime
51.0The time when the reservation was recorded.StringreservationTime
51.0Indicates whether the reservation was successfullycreated.
Booleansuccess
ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationSingleOutputRepresentationDetails of an inventory reservation for one product.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0The error code, if any.StringerrorCode
51.0Identifier of the location group where the inventoryis reserved.
StringlocationGroupIdentifier
51.0Identifier of the location where the inventory isreserved.
StringlocationIdentifier
51.0The reserved quantity of the product.Doublequantity
51.0The SKU of the reserved product.StringstockKeepingUnit
ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationErrorOutputRepresentationResponse to a request to fulfill one inventory reservation.
233
ConnectApi.OCICreateReservationErrorOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Details of the fulfilled reservation, if successful.ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationSingleOutputRepresentation
details
51.0Error code, if any.StringerrorCode
51.0Details of the error, if available.Stringmessage
ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationOutputRepresentationResponse to a request to fulfill one or more inventory reservations.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Responses for the individual reservations in thefulfillment request.
List<ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationErrorOutputRepresentation>
errors
51.0Indicates whether the request was successful.Booleansuccess
ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationSingleOutputRepresentationDetails of a single fulfilled reservation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0The UUID that identifies the original fulfill reservationrequest.
StringactionRequestId
51.0The external reference ID of the location that fulfilledthe reservation.
StringexternalRefId
51.0The identifier of the location that fulfilled thereservation.
StringlocationIdentifier
51.0The fulfilled quantity.Doublequantity
51.0The SKU of the fulfilled product.StringstockKeepingUnit
ConnectApi.OCIFutureInventoryOutputRepresentationAn expected future inventory restock.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Date when the future inventory is expected.DatetimeexpectedDate
51.0Quantity of the future inventory.Doublequantity
234
ConnectApi.OCIFulfillReservationOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ConnectApi.OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityOutputRepresentationResponse to a request for inventory availability data.
Subclass of ConnectApi.OCIBaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0A list of inventory availability data for individuallocation groups.
List<ConnectApi.OCILocationGroupAvailabilityOutputRepresentation>
locationGroups
51.0A list of inventory availability data for individuallocations.
List<ConnectApi.OCILocationAvailabilityOutputRepresentation>
locations
ConnectApi.OCIInventoryRecordOutputRepresentationInventory availability data for a product.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0The Available To Fulfill quantity.DoubleavailableToFulfill
51.0The Available To Order quantity.DoubleavailableToOrder
51.0The effective date of the inventory.DatetimeeffectiveDate
51.0A list of any expected future inventory restocks.List<ConnectApi.OCIFutureInventoryOutputRepresentation>
futures
51.0The On Hand quantity.DoubleonHand
51.0The Reserved quantity.Doublereserved
51.0The Safety Stock Count.DoublesafetyStockCount
51.0The SKU of the product.StringstockKeepingUnit
ConnectApi.OCILocationAvailabilityOutputRepresentationA set of inventory availability data for one inventory location.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0A list of availability data for individual products at thislocation.
List<ConnectApi.OCIInventoryRecordOutputRepresentation>
inventoryRecords
51.0The identifier of the location.StringlocationIdentifier
235
ConnectApi.OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ConnectApi.OCILocationGroupAvailabilityOutputRepresentationA set of inventory availability data for one inventory location group.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0A list of availability data for individual products. Thedata combines the quantities for all locationsbelonging to this location group.
List<ConnectApi.OCIInventoryRecordOutputRepresentation>
inventoryRecords
51.0The identifier of the location group.StringlocationGroupIdentifier
ConnectApi.OCIPublishLocationStructureOutputRepresentationResponse to a publish location structure request.
Subclass of ConnectApi.OCIBaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Identifier of the publish job. Use this value to retrievethe status of the job.
StringuploadId
ConnectApi.OCIPublishLocationStructureStatusOutputRepresentationDetailed status of a publish location structure job.
Subclass of ConnectApi.OCIBaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0The UTC time when the job finished. (for example:"2020-07-06T22:54:08.012Z")
StringendTimeUTC
51.0The number of records processed by the job.IntegerrecordsProcessedCount
51.0The number of records read by the job.IntegerrecordsReadCount
51.0The number of records skipped by the job.IntegerrecordsSkippedCount
51.0The UTC time when the job started. (for example:"2020-07-06T22:53:06.788Z")
StringstartTimeUTC
51.0The status of the job. (e.g., "PENDING," "COMPLETED,"etc.).
Stringstatus
51.0Identifier of the job.StringuploadId
51.0List of any validation errors returned by the job.List<String>validationErrors
51.0The validation status of the job.StringvalidationStatus
236
ConnectApi.OCILocationGroupAvailabilityOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationErrorOutputRepresentationResponse to a request to release one inventory reservation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Details of the released reservation, if successful.ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationSingleOutputRepresentation
details
51.0Error code, if any.StringerrorCode
51.0Details of the error, if available.Stringmessage
ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationOutputRepresentationResponse to a request to release one or more inventory reservations.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Responses for the individual reservations in therelease request.
List<ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationErrorOutputRepresentation>
errors
51.0Indicates whether the request was successful.Booleansuccess
ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationSingleOutputRepresentationDetails of a single released reservation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0The UUID that identifies the original releasereservation request.
StringactionRequestId
51.0The external reference ID of the location that releasedthe reservation.
StringexternalRefId
51.0The identifier of the location group that released thereservation.
StringlocationGroupIdentifier
51.0The identifier of the location that released thereservation.
StringlocationIdentifier
51.0The released quantity.Doublequantity
51.0The SKU of the released product.StringstockKeepingUnit
ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationErrorOutputRepresentationResponse to a request to fulfill one inventory reservation.
237
ConnectApi.OCIReleaseReservationErrorOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Details of the transferred reservation, if successful.ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationSingleOutputRepresentation
details
51.0Error code, if any.StringerrorCode
51.0Details of the error, if available.Stringmessage
ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationOutputRepresentationResponse to a request to transfer one or more inventory reservations.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Responses for the individual reservations in thetransfer request.
List<ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationErrorOutputRepresentation>
errors
51.0Indicates whether the request was successful.Booleansuccess
ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationSingleOutputRepresentationDetails of a single transferred reservation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0The UUID that identifies the original transferreservation request.
StringactionRequestId
51.0The external reference ID of the location that receivedthe reservation.
StringexternalRefId
51.0The identifier of the location group that sent thereservation.
StringfromLocationGroupIdentifier
51.0The identifier of the location that sent the reservation.StringfromLocationIdentifier
52.0Whether this call ignored availability data at thelocation that received the reservation.
BooleanignoreAvailabilityCheck
51.0The quantity of transferred inventory.Doublequantity
51.0The SKU of the transferred product.StringstockKeepingUnit
51.0The identifier of the location group that received thereservation.
StringtoLocationGroupIdentifier
51.0The identifier of the location that received thereservation.
StringtoLocationIdentifier
238
ConnectApi.OCITransferReservationOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ConnectApi.OCIUploadInventoryAvailabilityOutputRepresentationResponse to an upload inventory availability job.
Subclass of ConnectApi.OCIBaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Identifier of the upload job. Use this value to retrievethe status of the job.
StringuploadId
ConnectApi.OCIUploadInventoryAvailabilityStatusOutputRepresentationDetailed status of an upload inventory availability job.
Subclass of ConnectApi.OCIBaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0The UTC time when the job finished. (for example:"2020-07-06T22:54:08.012Z")
StringendTimeUTC
51.0The number of records processed by the job.IntegerrecordsProcessedCount
51.0The number of records read by the job.IntegerrecordsReadCount
51.0The number of records skipped by the job.IntegerrecordsSkippedCount
51.0The UTC time when the job started. (for example:"2020-07-06T22:53:06.788Z")
StringstartTimeUTC
51.0The status of the job. (e.g., "PENDING," "COMPLETED,"etc.).
Stringstatus
51.0Identifier of the job.StringuploadId
51.0List of any validation errors returned by the job.List<String>validationErrors
51.0The validation status of the job.StringvalidationStatus
ConnectApi.OrderItemSummaryOutputRepresentationDetails of an OrderItemSummary from a failed FulfillmentOrder in a create multiple fulfillment orders request.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
50.0List of errors specific to the OrderItemSummary, ifany.
List<ConnectApi.ErrorResponse>
errors
50.0ID of the OrderItemSummary.StringorderItemSummaryId
50.0Quantity of the OrderItemSummary.Doublequantity
239
ConnectApi.OCIUploadInventoryAvailabilityOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ConnectApi.OrderSummaryOutputRepresentationID of the created Order Summary.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0ID of the Order Summary.StringorderSummaryId
ConnectApi.PreviewCancelOutputRepresentationExpected financial values for a proposed cancel action.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Expected financial values for the proposed cancelaction.
ConnectApi.ChangeItemOutputRepresentation
changeBalances
48.0ID of the OrderSummary.StringorderSummaryId
ConnectApi.PreviewReturnOutputRepresentationExpected financial values for a proposed return action.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Expected financial values for the proposed returnaction.
ConnectApi.ChangeItemOutputRepresentation
changeBalances
48.0ID of the OrderSummary.StringorderSummaryId
ConnectApi.RankAverageDistanceOutputRepresentationThe results of calculating the average distances from sets of inventory locations to an order recipient.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0The specified unit of distance (miles or kilometers).StringdistanceUnit
51.0The results of the shipping distance calculations.List<ConnectApi.AverageDistanceResultOutputRepresentation>
results
240
ConnectApi.OrderSummaryOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
ConnectApi.ReturnItemsOutputRepresentationOutput of Return Items. Includes the ID of the generated change order, plus information about any ReturnOrderLineItems that werecreated to represent remaining return quantities.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
52.0ID of the change order representing theReturnOrderLineItem processing performed by thiscall.
StringchangeOrderId
52.0A list of properties representing any remainingquantities from partial returns processed by this call.
List<ConnectApi.ReturnOrderItem
returnLineItemSplits
Each element of the list includes the ID of a splitSplitLineOutputRepresentation> ReturnOrderLineItem and the ID of the partially
processed ReturnOrderLineItem whose remainingquantity it holds.
ConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemSplitLineOutputRepresentationAfter a change order is created for a ReturnOrderLineItem, that ReturnOrderLineItem is read-only. If the Return Items API is used to returna partial quantity, it creates a new “split” ReturnOrderLineItem to hold the remaining quantity to be returned. In that case, it returns thisoutput property, which contains the IDs of the original and split ReturnOrderLineItems.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
52.0ID of the new ReturnOrderLineItem that holds theremaining return quantity.
StringnewReturnOrderItemId
52.0ID of the original ReturnOrderLineItem.StringoriginalReturnOrderItemId
ConnectApi.ReturnOrderOutputRepresentationID of the created ReturnOrder.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
50.0ID of the created ReturnOrder.StringreturnOrderId
ConnectApi.SubmitCancelOutputRepresentationID of the change order created for a cancel action, and a set of its financial values.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
241
ConnectApi.ReturnItemsOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Financial values resulting from the cancel.ConnectApi.ChangeItemOutputRepresentation
changeBalances
48.0ID of the created change order.StringchangeOrderId
ConnectApi.SubmitReturnOutputRepresentationID of the change order created for a return action, and a set of its financial values.
Subclass of ConnectApi.BaseOutputRepresentation.
Available VersionDescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Financial values resulting from the return.ConnectApi.ChangeItemOutputRepresentation
changeBalances
48.0ID of the created change order.StringchangeOrderId
242
ConnectApi.SubmitReturnOutputRepresentationSalesforce Order Management in Apex
CHAPTER 4 Salesforce Order Management in the ChatterConnect API
Salesforce Order Management and Omnichannel Inventory include resources in the Chatter ConnectAPI.
In this chapter ...
• SalesforceOmnichannelInventory Resources
• Salesforce OrderManagementResources
• Salesforce OrderManagementRequests
• Salesforce OrderManagementResponses
243
Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory Resources
Manage inventory across locations. Available in Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory.
Available resources are:
DescriptionResource
Retrieve inventory availability data for one or more products at oneor more inventory locations or location groups.
/commerce/oci/availability/availability-records/actions/get-availability
Upload an inventory availability data file to Omnichannel Inventory./commerce/oci/availability-records/uploads
Retrieve the status of an inventory availability upload job./commerce/oci/availability-records/uploads/uploadId
Asynchronously publish information about your inventory locationsand location groups to Omnichannel Inventory. The publish
/commerce/oci/location-graph/uploads
includes records whose IsEnabled and ShouldSyncWithOci fieldsare both true. This method returns an ID that you can use toretrieve the status of the publish job.
Retrieve the status of a publish location structure job./commerce/oci/location-graph/uploads/uploadId
Create an inventory reservation in Omnichannel Inventory./commerce/oci/reservation/actions/reservations
Fulfill one or more inventory reservations./commerce/oci/reservation/actions/fulfillments
Release one or more existing inventory reservations to free up thatinventory.
/commerce/oci/reservation/actions/releases
Transfer one or more inventory reservations between locations orlocation groups. This API doesn’t change physical quantities, but
/commerce/oci/reservation/actions/transfers
reduces the reserved quantity at the source and increases it at thedestination.
Availability Records, Get Availability
Retrieve inventory availability data for one or more products at one or more inventory locations or location groups.
Availability Records, Upload
Asynchronously upload inventory data to Omnichannel Inventory and check the status of upload jobs.
Location Graph, Upload
Asynchonously upload inventory location and location group data to Omnichannel Inventory and check the status of upload jobs.
Reservations, Create
Create an inventory reservation in Omnichannel Inventory.
Reservations, Fulfill
Fulfill one or more inventory reservations.
Reservations, Release
Release one or more existing inventory reservations to free up that inventory.
244
Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory ResourcesSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Reservations, Transfer
Transfer one or more inventory reservations between locations or location groups. This API doesn’t change physical quantities, butreduces the reserved quantity at the source and increases it at the destination.
Availability Records, Get AvailabilityRetrieve inventory availability data for one or more products at one or more inventory locations or location groups.
Resource
/commerce/oci/availability/availability-records/actions/get-availability
Available version51.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTOCI Get Inventory Availability Input
Root XML tag<ociGetInventoryInput>
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0Optional; can’tcombine with
The identifier of a location group toretrieve inventory availability data for.
StringlocationGroupIdentifier
locationGroupIdentifiersSpecifying this value retrieves inventorydata for all locations belonging to thisgroup.
orlocationIdentifiers
51.0Optional; can’tcombine with
A list of up to 100 identifiers of locationgroups to retrieve inventory availabilitydata for.
String[]locationGroupIdentifiers
locationGroupIdentifierorlocationIdentifiers
51.0Optional; can’tcombine with
A list of up to 100 identifiers of locationsto retrieve inventory availability data for.
String[]locationIdentifiers
locationGroupIdentifierorlocationGroupIdentifiers
245
Availability Records, Get AvailabilitySalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0Optional; can’tcombine withstockKeepingUnits
The SKU of a product to retrieve inventoryavailability data for. Specifying a SKU withno locations or location groups returnsavailability data for that SKU at all
StringstockKeepingUnit
inventory locations that are not assignedto location groups.
51.0Optional; can’tcombine withstockKeepingUnit
A list of up to 100 SKUs of products toretrieve inventory availability data for.
String[]stockKeepingUnits
51.0OptionalWhether to fetch the inventory data fromthe cache. Default value is true.
BooleanuseCache
Response body for POSTOCI Get Inventory Availability Output
Availability Records, UploadAsynchronously upload inventory data to Omnichannel Inventory and check the status of upload jobs.
Available resources are:
DescriptionResource
POST - Upload an inventory availability data file to OmnichannelInventory.
/commerce/oci/availability-records/uploads
GET - Retrieve the status of an inventory availability upload job./commerce/oci/availability-records/uploads/uploadId
Resource
/commerce/oci/availability-records/uploads
Available version51.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request parameters for POST
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeParameterName
51.0RequiredJSON file containing inventory availabilitydata.
BinaryfileUpload
246
Availability Records, UploadSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
To create an inventory data file, format the data as a series of JSON entries representing locations and individual inventory records.
Inventory Import Data Considerations:
• Separate the top-level entries with line feeds, not commas. Each entry must be on a single line.
• When the system reads a location entry, it assigns the subsequent inventory entries to that location until it reads another locationentry.
• For each location entry, specify "mode":"UPDATE".
• Each inventory record entry requires a unique recordId. Best practice is to use a UUID. The record Id protects against importingduplicate data.
• Each inventory record entry requires an effectiveDate.
• Each futures entry requires a nonzero quantity and a future expectedDate.
• The system only creates or updates entries that are included in the data. It doesn’t delete entries that aren’t included. However,if an included entry has an empty value, that value is deleted.
Note: The file size limit is 10 MB, and it must be in JSON format. For larger data sets, you can use the headless Commerce APIor split the data into multiple files. The headless Commerce API accepts GZIP or JSON files up to 100 MB in size.
This example illustrates the data format:
Note: For readability, this example shows the first few entries on multiple lines. In the import file, each location and inventoryrecord entry must be on a single line.
{"location":"Warehouse-A", // location identifier"mode":"UPDATE" // must be UPDATE (other operations might be available in future
releases)}{"recordId":"0a87539d-f3dd-47bc-91c7-9c752e39dbe0", // unique identifier for the
inventory record"onHand":10,"sku":"12389156","effectiveDate":"2020-12-08T14:05:22.790896-07:00","futures":[ // list of future restocks{"quantity":1,"expectedDate":"2021-04-18T14:05:22.781-07:00"},{"quantity":5,"expectedDate":"2021-05-18T14:05:22.781-07:00"}
],"safetyStockCount":0
}{"recordId":"0a87539d-f3dd-47bc-91c7-9c752e312345","onHand":10,"sku":"9485728","effectiveDate":"2020-12-08T14:05:22.790896-07:00","futures":[{"quantity":10,
247
Availability Records, UploadSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
"expectedDate":"2021-04-18T14:05:22.781-07:00"}
],"safetyStockCount":0
}{"location":"Warehouse-B","mode":"UPDATE"}{"recordId":"0a87539d-f3dd-47bc-91c7-9c75abc123de","onHand":10,"sku":"12389156","effectiveDate":"2020-12-08T14:05:22.790896-07:00","futures":[{"quantity":1,"expectedDate":"2021-04-18T14:05:22.781-07:00"}],"safetyStockCount":0}{"recordId":"0a87539d-f3dd-47bc-91c7-9c75abc98765","onHand":10,"sku":"93867201","effectiveDate":"2020-12-08T14:05:22.790896-07:00","futures":[{"quantity":5,"expectedDate":"2021-04-18T14:05:22.781-07:00"}],"safetyStockCount":0}
Response body for POSTOCI Upload Inventory Availability Output
Resource
/commerce/oci/availability-records/uploads/uploadId
Available version51.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsGET
Response body for GETOCI Upload Inventory Availability Status Output
Location Graph, UploadAsynchonously upload inventory location and location group data to Omnichannel Inventory and check the status of upload jobs.
Available resources are:
DescriptionResource
POST - Asynchronously publish information about your inventorylocations and location groups to Omnichannel Inventory. The
/commerce/oci/location-graph/uploads
publish includes records whose IsEnabled and ShouldSyncWithOcifields are both true. This method returns an ID that you can useto retrieve the status of the publish job.
GET - Retrieve the status of a publish location structure job./commerce/oci/location-graph/uploads/uploadId
Resource
/commerce/oci/location-graph/uploads
Available version51.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST (No request payload)
248
Location Graph, UploadSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Response body for POSTOCI Publish Location Structure Output
Resource
/commerce/oci/location-graph/uploads/uploadId
Available version51.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsGET
Response body for GETOCI Publish Location Structure Status Output
Reservations, CreateCreate an inventory reservation in Omnichannel Inventory.
Resource
/commerce/oci/reservation/actions/reservations
Available version51.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTOCI Create Reservation Input
Root XML tag<ociCreateReservationInput>
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0RequiredA UUID that identifies the request. Usethe action request IDs in response data
StringactionRequestId
to identify which requests succeeded orfailed.
51.0OptionalWhen true, if the system can’t create theentire reservation, then it attempts tocreate a partial reservation.
BooleanallowPartialReservations
249
Reservations, CreateSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0At least oneelement is required
A list of product quantities and locationsor location groups.
OCI CreateReservation SingleInput[]
createRecords
51.0OptionalA length of time in seconds. If thereservation is not fulfilled within this
IntegerexpirationSeconds
amount of time after thereservationTime, then it expires.
51.0OptionalExternal reference ID.StringexternalRefId
51.0OptionalThe time at which to record thereservation. Example:2020-07-24T21:13:00Z
StringreservationTime
Response body for POSTOCI Create Reservation Output
Reservations, FulfillFulfill one or more inventory reservations.
Resource
/commerce/oci/reservation/actions/fulfillments
Available version51.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTOCI Fulfill Reservation Input
Root XML tag<ociFulfillReservationInput>
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0At least oneelement is required.
A list of inventory reservations.OCI FulfillReservation SingleInput[]
fulfillmentRecords
250
Reservations, FulfillSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Response body for POSTOCI Fulfill Reservation Output
Reservations, ReleaseRelease one or more existing inventory reservations to free up that inventory.
Resource
/commerce/oci/reservation/actions/releases
Available version51.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTOCI Release Reservation Input
Root XML tag<ociReleaseReservationInput>
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0At least oneelement is required.
List of inventory reservations to release.OCI ReleaseReservation SingleInput[]
releaseRecords
Response body for POSTOCI Release Reservation Output
Reservations, TransferTransfer one or more inventory reservations between locations or location groups. This API doesn’t change physical quantities, butreduces the reserved quantity at the source and increases it at the destination.
Resource
/commerce/oci/reservation/actions/transfers
Available version51.0
Requires ChatterNo
251
Reservations, ReleaseSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTOCI Transfer Reservation Input
Root XML tag<ociTransferReservationInput>
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0OptionalControls whether a single failed transfercancels all other transfers in thetransferRecords list.
StringallOrNothingTransferId
• To allow some transfers in thetransferRecords list tosucceed when others fail, don’tinclude this property.
• To cancel all the transfers in thetransferRecords list whenany of them fail, set this property toa UUID. The ID must be unique, butisn’t otherwise used in this version.
51.0At least oneelement is required.
A list of inventory reservation transfers.OCI TransferReservation SingleInput[]
transferRecords
Response body for POSTOCI Transfer Reservation Output
Salesforce Order Management Resources
Manage orders and the order fulfillment process. Available in Salesforce Order Management orgs.
Available resources are:
DescriptionResource
Create one or more FulfillmentOrders andFulfillmentOrderLineItems for an OrderDeliveryGroupSummary,
/commerce/fulfillment/fulfillment-orders
which defines a delivery method and recipient for anOrderSummary. You specify the OrderItemSummaries to allocate,which can be fulfilled from different locations. Specifying multiplefulfillment groups creates one FulfillmentOrder for each location.
252
Salesforce Order Management ResourcesSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
DescriptionResource
For each OrderItemSummary, a FulfillmentOrderLineItem is createdand assigned to the corresponding FulfillmentOrder.
Cancel FulfillmentOrderLineItems from a FulfillmentOrder. Thisaction doesn’t cancel the associated OrderItemSummaries, soreallocate the canceled quantities to a new FulfillmentOrder.
/commerce/fulfillment/fulfillment-orders/fulfillmentOrderId/actions/cancel-item
Create an invoice for a FulfillmentOrder that doesn’t have one./commerce/fulfillment/fulfillment-orders/fulfillmentOrderId/actions/create-invoice
Create FulfillmentOrders for multiple OrderDeliveryGroups in asingle request.
/commerce/fulfillment/actions/create-multiple
Create an OrderPaymentSummary for an OrderSummary. Specifya payment authorization or payments that share the same payment
/commerce/order-management/order-payment-summaries
method. In an org with the multicurrency feature enabled, theOrderPaymentSummary inherits the CurrencyIsoCode value fromthe OrderSummary.
Create an OrderSummary based on an order. That order isconsidered the original order for the OrderSummary. Subsequent
/commerce/order-management/order-summaries
change orders that apply to the OrderSummary are alsorepresented as orders. You can specify whether the order ismanaged in Salesforce Order Management or by an externalsystem. Most Salesforce Order Management APIs can run only onorders that it manages.
Create a credit memo to represent the refund for one or morechange orders associated with an OrderSummary.
/commerce/order-management/order-summaries/orderSummaryId/actions/create-credit-memo
Ensure funds for an invoice and apply them to it. If needed, captureauthorized funds by sending a request to a payment provider. This
/commerce/order-management/order-summariesorderSummaryId/async-actions/ensure-funds-async method inserts a background operation into an asynchronous job
queue and returns the ID of that operation so you can track itsstatus. Payment gateway responses appear in the payment gatewaylog and do not affect the background operation status.
Ensure refunds for a credit memo or excess funds by sending arequest to a payment provider. This method inserts a background
/commerce/order-management/order-summaries/orderSummaryId/async-actions/ensure-refunds-async operation into an asynchronous job queue and returns the ID of
that operation so you can track its status. Payment gatewayresponses appear in the payment gateway log and do not affectthe background operation status.
Retrieve the expected change order values for canceling one ormore OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, withoutactually executing the cancel.
/commerce/order-management/order-summaries/orderSummaryId/actions/preview-cancel
Retrieve the expected change order values for returning one ormore OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, withoutactually executing the return.
/commerce/order-management/order-summaries/orderSummaryId/actions/preview-return
253
Salesforce Order Management ResourcesSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
DescriptionResource
Cancel one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary,and create a corresponding change order.
/commerce/order-management/order-summaries/orderSummaryId/actions/submit-cancel
Return one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary,and create a corresponding change order.
/commerce/order-management/order-summaries/orderSummaryId/actions/submit-return
Create a ReturnOrder and ReturnOrderLineItems for itemsbelonging to an OrderSummary.
/commerce/returns/return-orders/
Process ReturnOrderLineItems belonging to a ReturnOrder.Processing a ReturnOrderLineItem generates a change Order and
/commerce/returns/return-orders/returnOrderId/actions/return-items
makes that ReturnOrderLineItem read-only. If a processedReturnOrderLineItem has any remaining expected quantity, thenthe API creates a separate ReturnOrderLineItem representing thatquantity.
Returns combinations of inventory locations that can fulfill an orderwithin a specified limit of shipment splits.
/commerce/order-management/routing/actions/find-routes-with-fewest-splits
Calculates the average distance from sets of inventory locationsto an order recipient, and ranks them. Use this method to compare
/commerce/order-management/routing/actions/rank-byaverage-distance
the average shipping distances for different sets of locations thatcan fulfill an order.
Fulfillment Orders
Create one or more FulfillmentOrders and FulfillmentOrderLineItems for an OrderDeliveryGroupSummary, which defines a deliverymethod and recipient for an OrderSummary. You specify the OrderItemSummaries to allocate, which can be fulfilled from differentlocations. Specifying multiple fulfillment groups creates one FulfillmentOrder for each location. For each OrderItemSummary, aFulfillmentOrderLineItem is created and assigned to the corresponding FulfillmentOrder.
Fulfillment Orders, Cancel Item
Cancel FulfillmentOrderLineItems from a FulfillmentOrder. This action doesn’t cancel the associated OrderItemSummaries, so reallocatethe canceled quantities to a new FulfillmentOrder.
Fulfillment Orders, Create Invoice
Create an invoice for a FulfillmentOrder that doesn’t have one.
Fulfillment Orders, Create Multiple
Create FulfillmentOrders for multiple OrderDeliveryGroups in a single request.
Order Payment Summaries
Create an OrderPaymentSummary for an OrderSummary. Specify a payment authorization or payments that share the same paymentmethod. In an org with the multicurrency feature enabled, the OrderPaymentSummary inherits the CurrencyIsoCode value from theOrderSummary.
Order Summaries
Create an OrderSummary based on an order. That order is considered the original order for the OrderSummary. Subsequent changeorders that apply to the OrderSummary are also represented as orders. You can specify whether the order is managed in SalesforceOrder Management or by an external system. Most Salesforce Order Management APIs can run only on orders that it manages.
Order Summaries, Create Credit Memo
Create a credit memo to represent the refund for one or more change orders associated with an OrderSummary.
254
Salesforce Order Management ResourcesSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Order Summaries, Ensure Funds Async
Ensure funds for an invoice and apply them to it. If needed, capture authorized funds by sending a request to a payment provider.This method inserts a background operation into an asynchronous job queue and returns the ID of that operation so you can trackits status. Payment gateway responses appear in the payment gateway log and do not affect the background operation status.
Order Summaries, Ensure Refunds Async
Ensure refunds for a credit memo or excess funds by sending a request to a payment provider. This method inserts a backgroundoperation into an asynchronous job queue and returns the ID of that operation so you can track its status. Payment gateway responsesappear in the payment gateway log and do not affect the background operation status.
Order Summaries, Preview Adjust
Retrieve the expected results of adjusting the price of one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, without actuallyexecuting the adjustment. The response data contains the financial changes that would result from submitting the proposedadjustment.
Order Summaries, Preview Cancel
Retrieve the expected change order values for canceling one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, without actuallyexecuting the cancel.
Order Summaries, Preview Return
Retrieve the expected change order values for returning one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, without actuallyexecuting the return.
Order Summaries, Submit Adjust
Adjust the price of one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, and create one or two corresponding change orders.
Order Summaries, Submit Cancel
Cancel one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, and create a corresponding change order.
Order Summaries, Submit Return
Return one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, and create a corresponding change order.
Return Orders
Create a ReturnOrder and ReturnOrderLineItems for items belonging to an OrderSummary.
Return Orders, Return Items
Process ReturnOrderLineItems belonging to a ReturnOrder. Processing a ReturnOrderLineItem generates a change Order and makesthat ReturnOrderLineItem read-only. If a processed ReturnOrderLineItem has any remaining expected quantity, then the API createsa separate ReturnOrderLineItem representing that quantity.
Routing, Find Routes with Fewest Splits
Returns combinations of inventory locations that can fulfill an order within a specified limit of shipment splits.
Routing, Rank By Average Distance
Calculates the average distance from sets of inventory locations to an order recipient, and ranks them. Use this method to comparethe average shipping distances for different sets of locations that can fulfill an order.
Fulfillment OrdersCreate one or more FulfillmentOrders and FulfillmentOrderLineItems for an OrderDeliveryGroupSummary, which defines a deliverymethod and recipient for an OrderSummary. You specify the OrderItemSummaries to allocate, which can be fulfilled from differentlocations. Specifying multiple fulfillment groups creates one FulfillmentOrder for each location. For each OrderItemSummary, aFulfillmentOrderLineItem is created and assigned to the corresponding FulfillmentOrder.
255
Fulfillment OrdersSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Resource
/commerce/fulfillment/fulfillment-orders
Available version48.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTFulfillment Order Input
Root XML tag<fulfillmentOrderInput>
JSON example
{"orderSummaryId":"1Osxx0000000000001","orderDeliveryGroupSummaryId":"2Dgxx00000000W0001","fulfillmentGroups":[{"fulfilledFromLocationId":"131xx00000000W0001","fulfillmentType":"warehouse","orderItemSummaries":[{"orderItemSummaryId":"10uxx00000000W0001","quantity":3
},{"orderItemSummaryId":"10uxx00000000W0002","quantity":1
}]
}]
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredList of fulfillment groups that specify theOrderItemSummaries and fulfillmentlocations.
Fulfillment GroupInput[]
fulfillmentGroups
48.0RequiredID of the OrderDeliveryGroupSummary.StringorderDeliveryGroupSummaryId
48.0RequiredID of the OrderSummary.StringorderSummaryId
256
Fulfillment OrdersSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Response body for POST
• When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Fulfillment Order Output. The response body can stillindicate processing errors.
• When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. Theoutput property is a Fulfillment Order Output, and the value of the enhancedErrorType property can be ignored.
Fulfillment Orders, Cancel ItemCancel FulfillmentOrderLineItems from a FulfillmentOrder. This action doesn’t cancel the associated OrderItemSummaries, so reallocatethe canceled quantities to a new FulfillmentOrder.
Resource
/commerce/fulfillment/fulfillment-orders/fulfillmentOrderId/actions/cancel-item
Available version48.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTFulfillment Order Line Items To Cancel Input
Root XML tag<fulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancelInput>
JSON example
{"fulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancel" : [{"fulfillmentOrderLineItemId" : "0a4xx00000000W0001","quantity":1
},{"fulfillmentOrderLineItemId" : "0a4xx00000000W0002","quantity":2
}]}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredList of FulfillmentOrderLineItems andquantities.
Fulfillment OrderLine Item Input[]
fulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancel
257
Fulfillment Orders, Cancel ItemSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Response body for POST
• When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Fulfillment Order Cancel Line Items Output. The responsebody can still indicate processing errors.
• When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. Theoutput property is a Fulfillment Order Cancel Line Items Output, and the value of the enhancedErrorType propertycan be ignored.
Fulfillment Orders, Create InvoiceCreate an invoice for a FulfillmentOrder that doesn’t have one.
Resource
/commerce/fulfillment/fulfillment-orders/fulfillmentOrderId/actions/create-invoice
Available version48.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTFulfillment Order Invoice Input
Root XML tag<fulfillmentOrderInvoiceInput>
JSON example
{}
PropertiesNone.
Response body for POST
• When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Fulfillment Order Invoice Output. The response body canstill indicate processing errors.
• When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. Theoutput property is a Fulfillment Order Invoice Output, and the value of the enhancedErrorType property can beignored.
Fulfillment Orders, Create MultipleCreate FulfillmentOrders for multiple OrderDeliveryGroups in a single request.
Resource
/commerce/fulfillment/actions/create-multiple
Available version50.0
258
Fulfillment Orders, Create InvoiceSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTMultiple Fulfillment Order Input
Root XML tag<multipleFulfillmentOrderInput>
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
50.0RequiredEach element contains the data to createone fulfillment order.
Fulfillment OrderInput[]
fulfillmentOrders
Response body for POST
• When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Multiple Fulfillment Order Output. The response body canstill indicate processing errors.
• When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. Theoutput property is a Multiple Fulfillment Order Output, and the value of the enhancedErrorType property can beignored.
Order Payment SummariesCreate an OrderPaymentSummary for an OrderSummary. Specify a payment authorization or payments that share the same paymentmethod. In an org with the multicurrency feature enabled, the OrderPaymentSummary inherits the CurrencyIsoCode value from theOrderSummary.
Resource
/commerce/order-management/order-payment-summaries
Available version48.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTCreate Order Payment Summary Input
Root XML tag<orderPaymentSummaryInput>
259
Order Payment SummariesSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
JSON examples
{"orderSummaryId":"1Osxx0000000000001","paymentAuthorizationId":"2Dgxx00000000W0001"
}
{"orderSummaryId":"1Osxx0000000000001","paymentIds":["0a3xx0000000085AAA","0a3xx0000000085BBB"
]}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredID of the OrderSummary.StringorderSummaryId
48.0Either a paymentauthorization or at
ID of the payment authorization.StringpaymentAuthorizationId
least one paymentis required.
48.0Either a paymentauthorization or at
List of IDs of the payments.String[]paymentIds
least one paymentis required.
Response body for POST
• When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Create Order Payment Summary Output. The responsebody can still indicate processing errors.
• When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. Theoutput property is a Create Order Payment Summary Output, and the value of the enhancedErrorType property canbe ignored.
Order SummariesCreate an OrderSummary based on an order. That order is considered the original order for the OrderSummary. Subsequent changeorders that apply to the OrderSummary are also represented as orders. You can specify whether the order is managed in Salesforce OrderManagement or by an external system. Most Salesforce Order Management APIs can run only on orders that it manages.
Resource
/commerce/order-management/order-summaries
Available version48.0
260
Order SummariesSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTOrder Summary Input
Root XML tag<orderSummaryInput>
JSON example
{"orderId": "801xx000003GbTgAAK"
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
53.0OptionalThe order’s business model. It can haveone of these values:
StringbusinessModel
• B2B
• B2C
50.0OptionalSpecifies an OrderNumber to assign tothe order summary.
Stringname
48.0RequiredID of the original order.StringorderId
49.0OptionalSpecifies whether the order is managedin Salesforce Order Management or by
StringorderLifeCycleType
an external system. It can have one ofthese values:
• MANAGED—Managed in SalesforceOrder Management.
• UNMANAGED—Managed by anexternal system.
If no value is specified, the default isMANAGED.
50.0OptionalSpecifies a status to assign to the ordersummary. The value must match one of
Stringstatus
the picklist values on the Status field ofthe OrderSummary object.
Response body for POST
• When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is an Order Summary Output. The response body can stillindicate processing errors.
261
Order SummariesSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
• When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. Theoutput property is an Order Summary Output, and the value of the enhancedErrorType property can be ignored.
Order Summaries, Create Credit MemoCreate a credit memo to represent the refund for one or more change orders associated with an OrderSummary.
Resource
/commerce/order-management/order-summaries/orderSummaryId/actions/create-credit-memo
Available version48.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTCreate Credit Memo Input
Root XML tag<createCreditMemoInput>
JSON example
{"changeOrderIds": ["801R0000000EAAkIAO"
]}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredList of IDs of the change orders.String[]changeOrderIds
Response body for POST
• When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Create Credit Memo Output. The response body can stillindicate processing errors.
• When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. Theoutput property is a Create Credit Memo Output, and the value of the enhancedErrorType property can be ignored.
Order Summaries, Ensure Funds AsyncEnsure funds for an invoice and apply them to it. If needed, capture authorized funds by sending a request to a payment provider. Thismethod inserts a background operation into an asynchronous job queue and returns the ID of that operation so you can track its status.Payment gateway responses appear in the payment gateway log and do not affect the background operation status.
262
Order Summaries, Create Credit MemoSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Resource
/commerce/order-management/order-summaries/orderSummaryId/async-actions/ensure-funds-async
Available version48.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTEnsure Funds Async Input
Root XML tag<ensureFundsAsyncInput>
JSON example
{"invoiceId": "50gR000000000JNIAY"
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredID of the invoice.StringinvoiceId
Response body for POST
• When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is an Ensure Funds Async Output. The response body can stillindicate processing errors.
• When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. Theoutput property is an Ensure Funds Async Output, and the value of the enhancedErrorType property can be ignored.
Usage
This method checks the OrderPaymentSummaries associated with the specified OrderSummary for funds to apply to the invoicebalance following this logic:
Note: If multiple OrderPaymentSummaries have equal amounts, their order of selection is random.
1. Verify that the invoice balance doesn’t exceed the total amount of all the OrderPaymentSummaries.
2. Look for an OrderPaymentSummary with a captured amount equal to the invoice balance. If one exists, apply those funds.
3. If no exact match was found, identify all OrderPaymentSummaries with captured amounts greater than the invoice balance. Ifany exist, select the smallest one and apply funds from it equal to the invoice balance.
4. If no captured amounts greater than the invoice balance were found, traverse the OrderPaymentSummaries in order of capturedamount, from largest to smallest. Apply each captured amount to the invoice until the invoice balance is zero or all capturedfunds are applied.
5. If the invoice still has a balance, look for an OrderPaymentSummary with an authorized amount equal to the remaining invoicebalance. If one exists, capture and apply those funds.
263
Order Summaries, Ensure Funds AsyncSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
6. If no exact match was found, identify all OrderPaymentSummaries with authorized amounts greater than the invoice balance.If any exist, select the smallest one and apply funds from it equal to the invoice balance.
7. If no authorized amounts greater than the invoice balance were found, traverse the OrderPaymentSummaries in order ofauthorized amount, from largest to smallest. Capture and apply funds until the invoice balance is zero.
Order Summaries, Ensure Refunds AsyncEnsure refunds for a credit memo or excess funds by sending a request to a payment provider. This method inserts a backgroundoperation into an asynchronous job queue and returns the ID of that operation so you can track its status. Payment gateway responsesappear in the payment gateway log and do not affect the background operation status.
Resource
/commerce/order-management/order-summaries/orderSummaryId/async-actions/ensure-refunds-async
Available version48.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTEnsure Refunds Async Input
Root XML tag<ensureRefundsAsyncInput>
JSON example
{"creditMemoId": "50gR000000000JNIAY"
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0Optional, but atleast one inputproperty is required
ID of the credit memo that represents arefund amount.
StringcreditMemoId
49.0Optional, but atleast one inputproperty is required
Amount of excess funds to refund.DoubleexcessFundsAmount
Response body for POST
• When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is an Ensure Refunds Async Output. The response body canstill indicate processing errors.
• When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. Theoutput property is an Ensure Refunds Async Output, and the value of the enhancedErrorType property can be ignored.
264
Order Summaries, Ensure Refunds AsyncSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Usage
This method checks the OrderPaymentSummaries associated with the specified OrderSummary for amounts to refund followingthis logic:
Note: If multiple OrderPaymentSummaries have equal amounts, their order of selection is random.
1. If a credit memo is specified, identify OrderPaymentSummaries with captured amounts that were applied to the correspondinginvoice.
a. Examine those OrderPaymentSummaries. If one has a captured amount matching the credit memo amount, apply the refundto that payment.
b. If no exact match was found, look for captured amounts greater than the credit memo amount. If any exist, apply the refundto the smallest one.
c. If no greater amounts were found, traverse the OrderPaymentSummaries in order of captured amount, from largest tosmallest. Apply the refund to them until it’s fully applied.
2. If an excess funds amount is specified, identify OrderPaymentSummaries with captured amounts that weren’t applied to anyinvoice.
a. Examine those OrderPaymentSummaries. If one has a captured amount matching the excess funds amount, apply the refundto that payment.
b. If no exact match was found, look for captured amounts greater than the excess funds amount. If any exist, apply the refundto the smallest one.
c. If no greater amounts were found, traverse the OrderPaymentSummaries in order of captured amount, from largest tosmallest. Apply the refund to them until it’s fully applied.
Order Summaries, Preview AdjustRetrieve the expected results of adjusting the price of one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, without actuallyexecuting the adjustment. The response data contains the financial changes that would result from submitting the proposed adjustment.
Resource
/commerce/order-management/order-summaries/orderSummaryId/actions/adjust-item-preview
Available version49.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTAdjust Order Item Summary Input
Root XML tag<adjustOrderItemSummaryInput>
JSON example
{"adjustItems": [{
265
Order Summaries, Preview AdjustSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
"reason": "Unknown","amount": 45,"appeasementType": "AmountWithoutTax","orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004EXLAA2","description": "foobar"
}]}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
49.0RequiredList of price adjustments toOrderItemSummaries.
Adjust Item Input[]adjustItems
Response body for POST
• When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is an Adjust Order Summary Output. The response body canstill indicate processing errors.
• When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. Theoutput property is an Adjust Order Summary Output, and the value of the enhancedErrorType property can be ignored.
Order Summaries, Preview CancelRetrieve the expected change order values for canceling one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, without actuallyexecuting the cancel.
Resource
/commerce/order-management/order-summaries/orderSummaryId/actions/preview-cancel
Available version48.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTChange Input
Root XML tag<changeInput>
JSON example
{"changeItems": [{"orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004FYDAA2","quantity": 1.0,"reason": "Wrong Item",
266
Order Summaries, Preview CancelSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
"shippingReductionFlag": true}
]}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredList of changes to OrderItemSummaries.Change ItemInput[]
changeItems
Response body for POST
• When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Preview Cancel Output. The response body can still indicateprocessing errors.
• When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. Theoutput property is a Preview Cancel Output, and the value of the enhancedErrorType property can be ignored.
Order Summaries, Preview ReturnRetrieve the expected change order values for returning one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, without actuallyexecuting the return.
Resource
/commerce/order-management/order-summaries/orderSummaryId/actions/preview-return
Available version48.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTChange Input
Root XML tag<changeInput>
JSON example
{"changeItems": [{"orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004FYDAA2","quantity": 1.0,"reason": "Wrong Item","shippingReductionFlag": true
}
267
Order Summaries, Preview ReturnSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
]}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredList of changes to OrderItemSummaries.Change ItemInput[]
changeItems
Response body for POST
• When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Preview Return Output. The response body can still indicateprocessing errors.
• When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. Theoutput property is a Preview Return Output, and the value of the enhancedErrorType property can be ignored.
Order Summaries, Submit AdjustAdjust the price of one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, and create one or two corresponding change orders.
Resource
/commerce/order-management/order-summaries/orderSummaryId/actions/adjust-item-submit
Available version49.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTAdjust Order Item Summary Input
Root XML tag<adjustOrderItemSummaryInput>
JSON example
{"adjustItems": [{"reason": "Unknown","amount": 45,"appeasementType": "AmountWithoutTax","orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004EXLAA2","description": "foobar"
}]}
268
Order Summaries, Submit AdjustSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
49.0RequiredList of price adjustments toOrderItemSummaries.
Adjust Item Input[]adjustItems
Response body for POST
• When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is an Adjust Order Summary Output. The response body canstill indicate processing errors.
• When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. Theoutput property is an Adjust Order Summary Output, and the value of the enhancedErrorType property can be ignored.
UsageAfter submitting a price adjustment, process refunds as appropriate:
• If the discount only applied to OrderItemSummaries for which payment has not been captured, it does not require a refund.This situation normally applies to OrderItemSummaries in the US that have not been fulfilled.
• If the discount applied to OrderItemSummaries that have not been fulfilled and for which payment has been captured, processa refund. In this case, pass the totalExcessFundsAmount from the response body to the Order Summaries, EnsureRefunds Async resource.
• If the discount applied to OrderItemSummaries that have been fulfilled, process a refund. Pass thepostFulfillmentChangeOrderId from the response body to the Order Summaries, Create Credit Memo resource,then pass the CreditMemo to the Order Summaries, Ensure Refunds Async resource.
• If the discount applied to both fulfilled and unfulfilled OrderItemSummaries for which payment has been captured, process bothrefunds. Pass the postFulfillmentChangeOrderId from the response body to the Order Summaries, Create CreditMemo resource, then pass the credit memo and the totalExcessFundsAmount from the response body to the OrderSummaries, Ensure Refunds Async resource.
Order Summaries, Submit CancelCancel one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, and create a corresponding change order.
Resource
/commerce/order-management/order-summaries/orderSummaryId/actions/submit-cancel
Available version48.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTChange Input
Root XML tag<changeInput>
269
Order Summaries, Submit CancelSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
JSON example
{"changeItems": [{"orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004FYDAA2","quantity": 1.0,"reason": "Wrong Item","shippingReductionFlag": true
}]
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredList of changes to OrderItemSummaries.Change ItemInput[]
changeItems
Response body for POST
• When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Submit Cancel Output. The response body can still indicateprocessing errors.
• When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. Theoutput property is a Submit Cancel Output, and the value of the enhancedErrorType property can be ignored.
Order Summaries, Submit ReturnReturn one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, and create a corresponding change order.
Resource
/commerce/order-management/order-summaries/orderSummaryId/actions/submit-return
Available version48.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTChange Input
Root XML tag<changeInput>
JSON example
{"changeItems": [
270
Order Summaries, Submit ReturnSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
{"orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004FYDAA2","quantity": 1.0,"reason": "Wrong Item","shippingReductionFlag": true
}]
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredList of changes to OrderItemSummaries.Change ItemInput[]
changeItems
Response body for POST
• When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Submit Return Output. The response body can still indicateprocessing errors.
• When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. Theoutput property is a Submit Return Output, and the value of the enhancedErrorType property can be ignored.
UsageAfter submitting a return, process a refund. Pass the changeOrderId from the response body to the Order Summaries, CreateCredit Memo resource, then pass the CreditMemo to the Order Summaries, Ensure Refunds Async resource.
Return OrdersCreate a ReturnOrder and ReturnOrderLineItems for items belonging to an OrderSummary.
Resource
/commerce/returns/return-orders
Available version50.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTReturn Order Input
Root XML tag<returnOrderInput>
JSON example
{"orderSummaryId": "1Osxx0000004EAqCAM","status" : "Submitted",
271
Return OrdersSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
"returnOrderLifeCycleType" : "Unmanaged","returnOrderLineItems": [{"quantityExpected": "1","reasonForReturn": "Not Satisfied","canReduceShipping": false,"orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004GKbAAM","quantityReceived": "0"
}]
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
50.0RequiredID of the OrderSummary containing theitems to be returned. The
StringorderSummaryId
OrderSummary’s OrderLifeCycleTypemust be Managed.
51.0RequiredThe LifeCycleType of the ReturnOrder.Possible values are:
StringreturnOrderLifeCycleType
• Managed—Process the ReturnOrderusing the APIs and actions. It cangenerate change orders and affectsfinancial fields and rollup calculations.
• Unmanaged—The ReturnOrder is fortracking purposes only. It isn’tinvolved in any financial calculationsand doesn’t generate any changeorders. The system doesn’t preventthe creation of duplicateReturnOrderLineItems in anunmanaged ReturnOrder for thesame OrderItem.
50.0At least oneelement is required
List of data for creatingReturnOrderLineItems.
Return Order LineItem Input[]
returnOrderLineItems
50.0RequiredStatus to assign the ReturnOrder. Thisvalue must match an entry in theReturnOrder object’s Status picklist.
Stringstatus
Response body for POSTReturn Order Output
272
Return OrdersSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Return Orders, Return ItemsProcess ReturnOrderLineItems belonging to a ReturnOrder. Processing a ReturnOrderLineItem generates a change Order and makesthat ReturnOrderLineItem read-only. If a processed ReturnOrderLineItem has any remaining expected quantity, then the API creates aseparate ReturnOrderLineItem representing that quantity.
Resource
/commerce/returns/return-orders/returnOrderId/actions/return-items
Available version52.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTReturn Items Input
Root XML tag<returnItemsInput>
JSON example
{"returnOrderItems": [{"returnOrderLineItemId": "10uxx0000004GKbAAM","quantityReturned": "1","quantityToCancel": "0","quantityReceived": "1","quantityRejected": "0","reasonForRejection": "N/A"
}],"returnOrderItemDeliveryCharges": [{"returnOrderLineItemId": "10uxx0000004GKbAAP"
}]
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
52.0OptionalList of ReturnOrderLineItems to returnthat represent delivery charges.
Return Order ItemDelivery ChargeInput[]
returnOrderItemDeliveryCharges
52.0RequiredList of ReturnOrderLineItems to processthat represent products, along with dataabout how to process them.
Return Order ItemInput[]
returnOrderItems
273
Return Orders, Return ItemsSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Response body for POSTReturn Items Output
Routing, Find Routes with Fewest SplitsReturns combinations of inventory locations that can fulfill an order within a specified limit of shipment splits.
Resource
/commerce/order-management/routing/actions/find-routes-with-fewest-splits
Available version51.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTFind Routes With Fewest Splits Input
Root XML tag<findRoutesWithFewestSplits>
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0At least oneelement is required
Each list element represents the availablequantity of a product at an inventorylocation.
LocationAvailability Input[]
locationAvailableInventory
51.0OptionalThe maximum allowable number ofshipment splits. Routing options that
IntegermaximumNumberOfSplits
involve more than this number of splitsare not returned.
Note: Each split represents anadditional shipment. Specifying amaximum of 0 returns onlylocations that can fulfill the entireorder in a single shipment. Amaximum of 1 returnscombinations of locations that canfulfill the order in one or twoshipments, and so on.
51.0At least oneelement is required
Each list element represents a quantityof a product to be routed for fulfillment.
Quantity With SkuInput[]
orderedQuantities
274
Routing, Find Routes with Fewest SplitsSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Response body for POST
• When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Find Routes With Fewest Splits Output. The response bodycan still indicate processing errors.
• When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. Theoutput property is a Find Routes With Fewest Splits Output, and the value of the enhancedErrorType property canbe ignored.
Routing, Rank By Average DistanceCalculates the average distance from sets of inventory locations to an order recipient, and ranks them. Use this method to compare theaverage shipping distances for different sets of locations that can fulfill an order.
Resource
/commerce/order-management/routing/actions/rank-byaverage-distance
Available version51.0
Requires ChatterNo
HTTP methodsPOST
Request body for POSTRank Average Distance Input
Root XML tag<rankAverageDistanceInput>
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0RequiredThe country code of the order recipient.StringdeliveryCountryCode
51.0RequiredThe postal code of the order recipient.StringdeliveryPostalCode
51.0Specify mi or km to return averagedistances in miles or kilometers,respectively.
StringdistanceUnit
51.0Specify ASC or DESC to rank the resultsby average shipping distance in
StringsortResult
ascending or descending order,respectively.
51.0At least oneelement is required
Each element is a set of inventorylocations that can combine to fulfill theorder.
Target LocationInput[]
targetLocations
275
Routing, Rank By Average DistanceSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Response body for POST
• When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Rank Average Distance Output. The response body canstill indicate processing errors.
• When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. Theoutput property is a Rank Average Distance Output, and the value of the enhancedErrorType property can be ignored.
Salesforce Order Management Requests
Salesforce Order Management includes these Chatter Connect API requests.
Adjust Item Input
A price adjustment to an OrderItemSummary. It only supports discounts, not increases.
Adjust Order Item Summary Input
A list of price adjustments to OrderItemSummaries that make up a price adjustment to an order.
Change Input
A list of changes to OrderItemSummaries that make up an order change, such as a cancel or return.
Change Item Input
Change to an OrderItemSummary, such as a return or cancel. You specify whether to prorate the associated shipping charge basedon the price change. The OrderItemSummary can’t be a shipping charge.
Create Credit Memo Input
A list of change orders used to create a credit memo.
Create Order Payment Summary Input
An OrderSummary for which to create an OrderPaymentSummary, with the payment authorization or payments to include in it.
Ensure Funds Async Input
ID of an invoice to ensure funds for and apply them to.
Ensure Refunds Async Input
ID of a credit memo to ensure refunds for, an amount of excess funds to refund, or both. At least one is required.
Find Routes With Fewest Splits Input
Data used to calculate order fulfillment routes involving the fewest number of shipment splits.
Fulfillment Group Input
A list of OrderItemSummaries to be fulfilled together, and the fulfillment location to handle them. The fulfillment type is one of thevalues defined for the Type field on the FulfillmentOrder object, such as “Warehouse” or “Retail Store.” The specified type is assignedto the FulfillmentOrder for this fulfillment group.
Fulfillment Order Input
An OrderDeliveryGroupSummary that defines a delivery method and recipient, and a list of fulfillment groups to assign toFulfillmentOrders. Each fulfillment group is a set of OrderItemSummaries that match the OrderDeliveryGroupSummary and sharethe same fulfillment location. The method creates a FulfillmentOrder for each fulfillment group and a FulfillmentOrderLineItem foreach OrderItemSummary.
Fulfillment Order Invoice Input
Use an empty request body for this input.
276
Salesforce Order Management RequestsSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Fulfillment Order Line Item Input
A FulfillmentOrderLineItem and quantity to cancel. You can cancel less than the full quantity, in which case you reallocate thecanceled quantity to a different FulfillmentOrder.
Fulfillment Order Line Items To Cancel Input
A list of FulfillmentOrderLineItems and quantities to cancel.
Location Availability Input
The available quantity of a product at an inventory location.
Location Input
Inventory location data used to calculate shipping distance.
Multiple Fulfillment Order Input
List of inputs for creating fulfillment orders.
OCI Create Reservation Input
Data to reserve inventory at one or more Omnichannel Inventory locations or location groups.
OCI Create Reservation Single Input
A quantity of a product and an Omnichannel Inventory location or location group at which to reserve it.
OCI Fulfill Reservation Input
A list of inventory reservations to fulfill.
OCI Fulfill Reservation Single Input
An inventory reservation to fulfill.
OCI Get Inventory Availability Input
Details of a request to retrieve inventory availability.
OCI Release Reservation Input
Details of one or more inventory reservations to release.
OCI Release Reservation Single Input
A single inventory reservation to release.
OCI Transfer Reservation Input
A list of inventory reservation transfers and specifies whether a single failure cancels the entire list.
OCI Transfer Reservation Single Input
An inventory reservation transfer.
Order Item Summary Input
An OrderItemSummary and quantity.
Order Summary Input
An order from which to create an OrderSummary, and whether it is managed in Salesforce Order Management. Optionally, you canspecify an OrderNumber or Status.
Quantity With Sku Input
A quantity of a product.
Rank Average Distance Input
An order recipient’s geographic location and information about sets of inventory locations that can fulfill the order.
Return Items Input
Data about products and delivery charges to return.
277
Salesforce Order Management RequestsSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Return Order Input
Data for creating a ReturnOrder and ReturnOrderLineItems.
Return Order Item Delivery Charge Input
ID of a ReturnOrderLineItem representing a delivery charge.
Return Order Item Input
ID of a ReturnOrderLineItem and instructions for updating it. After the update, the ReturnOrderLineItem is read-only. Any remainingquantity to be returned is added to a new ReturnOrderLineItem.
Return Order Line Item Input
Data for creating a ReturnOrderLineItem.
Target Location Input
A set of inventory locations that together can fulfill an order.
Adjust Item InputA price adjustment to an OrderItemSummary. It only supports discounts, not increases.
Root XML tag<adjustItem>
JSON example
{"reason": "Unknown","amount": 45,"appeasementType": "AmountWithoutTax","orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004EXLAA2","description": "foobar"
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
49.0RequiredDescribes how the amount is calculated.It can have one of these values:
StringadjustmentType
• AmountWithTax—Value ofamount is the adjustment, includingtax.
• AmountWithoutTax—Value ofamount is the adjustment, notincluding tax. Tax is calculated on thevalue and added.
• Percentage—Value of amount isa percentage discount. It is divided by100, and then multiplied by theTotalPrice and TotalTaxAmount of theOrderItemSummary to determine theadjustment amount.
278
Adjust Item InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
49.0RequiredValue used to calculate the adjustmentamount, as described by the
Doubleamount
adjustmentType. It must be a negativevalue.
49.0OptionalDescription of the adjustment.Stringdescription
49.0RequiredID of the OrderItemSummary.StringorderItemSummaryId
49.0RequiredReason for the adjustment. The value mustmatch one of the picklist values on the
Stringreason
Reason field of theOrderItemSummaryChange object.
SEE ALSO:
Order Summaries, Preview Adjust
Order Summaries, Submit Adjust
Adjust Order Item Summary InputA list of price adjustments to OrderItemSummaries that make up a price adjustment to an order.
Root XML tag<adjustOrderItemSummaryInput>
JSON example
{"adjustItems": [{"reason": "Unknown","amount": 45,"appeasementType": "AmountWithoutTax","orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004EXLAA2","description": "foobar"
}]}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
49.0RequiredList of price adjustments toOrderItemSummaries.
Adjust Item Input[]adjustItems
SEE ALSO:
Order Summaries, Preview Adjust
Order Summaries, Submit Adjust
279
Adjust Order Item Summary InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Change InputA list of changes to OrderItemSummaries that make up an order change, such as a cancel or return.
Root XML tag<changeInput>
JSON example
{"changeItems": [{"orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004FYDAA2","quantity": 1.0,"reason": "Wrong Item","shippingReductionFlag": true
}]
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredList of changes to OrderItemSummaries.Change Item Input[]changeItems
SEE ALSO:
Order Summaries, Preview Cancel
Order Summaries, Preview Return
Order Summaries, Submit Cancel
Order Summaries, Submit Return
Change Item InputChange to an OrderItemSummary, such as a return or cancel. You specify whether to prorate the associated shipping charge based onthe price change. The OrderItemSummary can’t be a shipping charge.
Root XML tag<changeItem>
JSON example
{"orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004FYDAA2","quantity": 1.0,"reason": "Wrong Item","shippingReductionFlag": true
}
280
Change InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredID of the OrderItemSummary.StringorderItemSummaryId
48.0RequiredQuantity to change. Use a positive value.For example, a value of 2 means “cancelor return 2 units.”
Doublequantity
48.0RequiredReason for the change. The value mustmatch one of the picklist values on the
Stringreason
Reason field of theOrderItemSummaryChange object.
48.0RequiredSpecifies whether to prorate the shippingcharge.
BooleanshippingReductionFlag
SEE ALSO:
Order Summaries, Preview Cancel
Order Summaries, Preview Return
Order Summaries, Submit Cancel
Order Summaries, Submit Return
Change Input
Create Credit Memo InputA list of change orders used to create a credit memo.
Root XML tag<createCreditMemoInput>
JSON example
{"changeOrderIds": ["801R0000000EAAkIAO"
]}
281
Create Credit Memo InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredList of IDs of the change orders.String[]changeOrderIds
SEE ALSO:
Order Summaries, Create Credit Memo
Create Order Payment Summary InputAn OrderSummary for which to create an OrderPaymentSummary, with the payment authorization or payments to include in it.
Root XML tag<orderPaymentSummaryInput>
JSON examples
{"orderSummaryId":"1Osxx0000000000001","paymentAuthorizationId":"2Dgxx00000000W0001"
}
{"orderSummaryId":"1Osxx0000000000001","paymentIds":["0a3xx0000000085AAA","0a3xx0000000085BBB"
]}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredID of the OrderSummary.StringorderSummaryId
48.0Either a paymentauthorization or at
ID of the payment authorization.StringpaymentAuthorizationId
least one paymentis required.
48.0Either a paymentauthorization or at
List of IDs of the payments.String[]paymentIds
least one paymentis required.
SEE ALSO:
Order Payment Summaries
282
Create Order Payment Summary InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Ensure Funds Async InputID of an invoice to ensure funds for and apply them to.
Root XML tag<ensureFundsAsyncInput>
JSON example
{"invoiceId": "50gR000000000JNIAY"
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredID of the invoice.StringinvoiceId
SEE ALSO:
Order Summaries, Ensure Funds Async
Ensure Refunds Async InputID of a credit memo to ensure refunds for, an amount of excess funds to refund, or both. At least one is required.
Root XML tag<ensureRefundsAsyncInput>
JSON example
{"creditMemoId": "50gR000000000JNIAY"
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0Optional, but atleast one inputproperty is required
ID of the credit memo that represents arefund amount.
StringcreditMemoId
49.0Optional, but atleast one inputproperty is required
Amount of excess funds to refund.DoubleexcessFundsAmount
SEE ALSO:
Order Summaries, Ensure Refunds Async
283
Ensure Funds Async InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Find Routes With Fewest Splits InputData used to calculate order fulfillment routes involving the fewest number of shipment splits.
Root XML tag<findRoutesWithFewestSplits>
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0At least oneelement is required
Each list element represents the availablequantity of a product at an inventorylocation.
Location AvailabilityInput[]
locationAvailableInventory
51.0OptionalThe maximum allowable number ofshipment splits. Routing options that
IntegermaximumNumberOfSplits
involve more than this number of splits arenot returned.
Note: Each split represents anadditional shipment. Specifying amaximum of 0 returns onlylocations that can fulfill the entireorder in a single shipment. Amaximum of 1 returnscombinations of locations that canfulfill the order in one or twoshipments, and so on.
51.0At least oneelement is required
Each list element represents a quantity ofa product to be routed for fulfillment.
Quantity With SkuInput[]
orderedQuantities
Fulfillment Group InputA list of OrderItemSummaries to be fulfilled together, and the fulfillment location to handle them. The fulfillment type is one of the valuesdefined for the Type field on the FulfillmentOrder object, such as “Warehouse” or “Retail Store.” The specified type is assigned to theFulfillmentOrder for this fulfillment group.
Root XML tag<fulfillmentGroup>
JSON example
{"fulfilledFromLocationId":"131xx00000000W0001","fulfillmentType":"warehouse","orderItemSummaries":[{"orderItemSummaryId":"10uxx00000000W0001","quantity":3
},
284
Find Routes With Fewest Splits InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
{"orderItemSummaryId":"10uxx00000000W0002","quantity":1
}]
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredID of the fulfillment location.StringfulfilledFromLocationId
48.0RequiredFulfillment type. One of the Type fieldvalues defined for FulfillmentOrders.
StringfulfillmentType
48.0RequiredList of OrderItemSummaries.Order ItemSummary Input[]
orderItemSummaries
50.0OptionalReference to this input for use introubleshooting failures. This value is only
StringreferenceId
used by the APIs for creating fulfillmentorders for multiple order delivery groupsummaries.
SEE ALSO:
Fulfillment Orders
Fulfillment Order Input
Fulfillment Order InputAn OrderDeliveryGroupSummary that defines a delivery method and recipient, and a list of fulfillment groups to assign to FulfillmentOrders.Each fulfillment group is a set of OrderItemSummaries that match the OrderDeliveryGroupSummary and share the same fulfillmentlocation. The method creates a FulfillmentOrder for each fulfillment group and a FulfillmentOrderLineItem for each OrderItemSummary.
Root XML tag<fulfillmentOrderInput>
JSON example
{"orderSummaryId":"1Osxx0000000000001","orderDeliveryGroupSummaryId":"2Dgxx00000000W0001","fulfillmentGroups":[{"fulfilledFromLocationId":"131xx00000000W0001","fulfillmentType":"warehouse","orderItemSummaries":[{"orderItemSummaryId":"10uxx00000000W0001","quantity":3
285
Fulfillment Order InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
},{"orderItemSummaryId":"10uxx00000000W0002","quantity":1
}]
}]
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredList of fulfillment groups that specify theOrderItemSummaries and fulfillmentlocations.
Fulfillment GroupInput[]
fulfillmentGroups
48.0RequiredID of the OrderDeliveryGroupSummary.StringorderDeliveryGroupSummaryId
48.0RequiredID of the OrderSummary.StringorderSummaryId
SEE ALSO:
Fulfillment Orders
Fulfillment Order Invoice InputUse an empty request body for this input.
Root XML tag<fulfillmentOrderInvoiceInput>
JSON example
{}
PropertiesNone.
SEE ALSO:
Fulfillment Orders, Create Invoice
Fulfillment Order Line Item InputA FulfillmentOrderLineItem and quantity to cancel. You can cancel less than the full quantity, in which case you reallocate the canceledquantity to a different FulfillmentOrder.
Root XML tag<fulfillmentOrderLineItem>
286
Fulfillment Order Invoice InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
JSON example
{"fulfillmentOrderLineItemId" : "0a4xx00000000W0001","quantity":1
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredID of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem.StringfulfillmentOrderLineItemId
48.0RequiredQuantity to cancel.Doublequantity
SEE ALSO:
Fulfillment Orders, Cancel Item
Fulfillment Order Line Items To Cancel Input
Fulfillment Order Line Items To Cancel InputA list of FulfillmentOrderLineItems and quantities to cancel.
Root XML tag<fulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancelInput>
JSON example
{"fulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancel" : [{"fulfillmentOrderLineItemId" : "0a4xx00000000W0001","quantity":1
},{"fulfillmentOrderLineItemId" : "0a4xx00000000W0002","quantity":2
}]}
287
Fulfillment Order Line Items To Cancel InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredList of FulfillmentOrderLineItems andquantities.
Fulfillment OrderLine Item Input[]
fulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancel
SEE ALSO:
Fulfillment Orders, Cancel Item
Location Availability InputThe available quantity of a product at an inventory location.
Root XML tag<locationAvailabilityInput>
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0OptionalThe external reference ID of the inventorylocation.
StringexternalReferenceId
51.0RequiredThe available quantity of the product.Doublequantity
51.0RequiredThe Stock Keeping Unit of the product.StringstockKeepingUnit
Location InputInventory location data used to calculate shipping distance.
Root XML tag<locationInput>
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0RequiredThe country code of the location.StringcountryCode
51.0RequiredThe identifier of the location.StringlocationIdentifier
51.0RequiredThe postal code of the location.StringpostalCode
288
Location Availability InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Multiple Fulfillment Order InputList of inputs for creating fulfillment orders.
Root XML tag<multipleFulfillmentOrderInput>
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
50.0RequiredEach element contains the data to createone fulfillment order.
Fulfillment OrderInput[]
fulfillmentOrders
OCI Create Reservation InputData to reserve inventory at one or more Omnichannel Inventory locations or location groups.
Root XML tag<ociCreateReservationInput>
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0RequiredA UUID that identifies the request. Use theaction request IDs in response data to
StringactionRequestId
identify which requests succeeded orfailed.
51.0OptionalWhen true, if the system can’t create theentire reservation, then it attempts tocreate a partial reservation.
BooleanallowPartialReservations
51.0At least oneelement is required
A list of product quantities and locationsor location groups.
OCI CreateReservation SingleInput[]
createRecords
51.0OptionalA length of time in seconds. If thereservation is not fulfilled within this
IntegerexpirationSeconds
amount of time after thereservationTime, then it expires.
51.0OptionalExternal reference ID.StringexternalRefId
51.0OptionalThe time at which to record thereservation. Example:2020-07-24T21:13:00Z
StringreservationTime
289
Multiple Fulfillment Order InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
OCI Create Reservation Single InputA quantity of a product and an Omnichannel Inventory location or location group at which to reserve it.
Root XML tag<ociCreateReservationSingle>
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0EitherlocationGroupIdentifier
Identifier of the location group at whichto reserve inventory.
StringlocationGroupIdentifier
or locationIdentifieris required, but notboth
51.0EitherlocationGroupIdentifier
Identifier of the location at which toreserve inventory.
StringlocationIdentifier
or locationIdentifieris required, but notboth
51.0RequiredThe quantity of the product to reserve.Doublequantity
51.0RequiredThe SKU of the product to reserve.StringstockKeepingUnit
OCI Fulfill Reservation InputA list of inventory reservations to fulfill.
Root XML tag<ociFulfillReservationInput>
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0At least oneelement is required.
A list of inventory reservations.OCI FulfillReservation SingleInput[]
fulfillmentRecords
OCI Fulfill Reservation Single InputAn inventory reservation to fulfill.
290
OCI Create Reservation Single InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Root XML tag<ociFulfillReservationSingle>
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0RequiredA UUID that identifies the request. Use theaction request IDs in response data to
StringactionRequestId
identify which requests succeeded orfailed.
51.0OptionalThe external reference ID of the locationthat’s fulfilling the reservation.
StringexternalRefId
51.0RequiredThe identifier of the location that’s fulfillingthe reservation.
StringlocationIdentifier
51.0RequiredThe quantity being fulfilled.Doublequantity
51.0RequiredThe SKU of the product being fulfilled.StringstockKeepingUnit
OCI Get Inventory Availability InputDetails of a request to retrieve inventory availability.
Root XML tag<ociGetInventoryInput>
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0Optional; can’tcombine with
The identifier of a location group toretrieve inventory availability data for.
StringlocationGroupIdentifier
locationGroupIdentifiersSpecifying this value retrieves inventorydata for all locations belonging to thisgroup.
orlocationIdentifiers
51.0Optional; can’tcombine with
A list of up to 100 identifiers of locationgroups to retrieve inventory availabilitydata for.
String[]locationGroupIdentifiers
locationGroupIdentifierorlocationIdentifiers
51.0Optional; can’tcombine with
A list of up to 100 identifiers of locationsto retrieve inventory availability data for.
String[]locationIdentifiers
291
OCI Get Inventory Availability InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
locationGroupIdentifierorlocationGroupIdentifiers
51.0Optional; can’tcombine withstockKeepingUnits
The SKU of a product to retrieve inventoryavailability data for. Specifying a SKU withno locations or location groups returnsavailability data for that SKU at all inventory
StringstockKeepingUnit
locations that are not assigned to locationgroups.
51.0Optional; can’tcombine withstockKeepingUnit
A list of up to 100 SKUs of products toretrieve inventory availability data for.
String[]stockKeepingUnits
51.0OptionalWhether to fetch the inventory data fromthe cache. Default value is true.
BooleanuseCache
OCI Release Reservation InputDetails of one or more inventory reservations to release.
Root XML tag<ociReleaseReservationInput>
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0At least oneelement is required.
List of inventory reservations to release.OCI ReleaseReservation SingleInput[]
releaseRecords
OCI Release Reservation Single InputA single inventory reservation to release.
Root XML tag<ociReleaseReservationSingle>
292
OCI Release Reservation InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0RequiredA UUID that identifies the request. Use theaction request IDs in response data to
StringactionRequestId
identify which requests succeeded orfailed.
51.0OptionalThe external reference ID of the locationor location group that has the reservation.
StringexternalRefId
51.0The identifier for alocation or location
The identifier of the location group thathas the reservation.
StringlocationGroupIdentifier
group, but not both,is required.
51.0The identifier for alocation or location
The identifier of the location that has thereservation.
StringlocationIdentifier
group, but not both,is required.
51.0RequiredThe quantity of reserved inventory torelease.
Doublequantity
51.0RequiredThe SKU of the product to release.StringstockKeepingUnit
OCI Transfer Reservation InputA list of inventory reservation transfers and specifies whether a single failure cancels the entire list.
Root XML tag<ociTransferReservationInput>
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0OptionalControls whether a single failed transfercancels all other transfers in thetransferRecords list.
StringallOrNothingTransferId
• To allow some transfers in thetransferRecords list to succeedwhen others fail, don’t include thisproperty.
293
OCI Transfer Reservation InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
• To cancel all the transfers in thetransferRecords list when anyof them fail, set this property to aUUID. The ID must be unique, but isn’totherwise used in this version.
51.0At least oneelement is required.
A list of inventory reservation transfers.OCI TransferReservation SingleInput[]
transferRecords
OCI Transfer Reservation Single InputAn inventory reservation transfer.
Root XML tag<ociTransferReservationSingle>
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0RequiredA UUID that identifies the request. Use theaction request IDs in response data to
StringactionRequestId
identify which requests succeeded orfailed.
51.0OptionalThe external reference ID of the locationreceiving the transfer.
StringexternalRefId
51.0The identifier for asending location or
The identifier of the location groupsending the reservation.
StringfromLocationGroupIdentifier
location group, butnot both, is required
51.0The identifier for asending location or
The identifier of the location sending thereservation.
StringfromLocationIdentifier
location group, butnot both, is required
52.0OptionalIf true, force the transfer even if thereceiving location doesn’t have sufficient
BooleanignoreAvailabilityCheck
available inventory. The default value isfalse.
51.0RequiredThe quantity of inventory beingtransferred.
Doublequantity
51.0RequiredThe SKU of the product being transferred.StringstockKeepingUnit
294
OCI Transfer Reservation Single InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0The identifier for areceiving location or
The identifier of the location groupreceiving the reservation.
StringtoLocationGroupIdentifier
location group, butnot both, is required
51.0The identifier for areceiving location or
The identifier of the location receiving thereservation.
StringtoLocationIdentifier
location group, butnot both, is required
Order Item Summary InputAn OrderItemSummary and quantity.
Root XML tag<orderItemSummary>
JSON example
{"orderItemSummaryId":"10uxx00000000W0001","quantity":3
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
48.0RequiredID of the OrderItemSummary.StringorderItemSummaryId
48.0RequiredQuantity to include.Doublequantity
SEE ALSO:
Fulfillment Orders
Fulfillment Order Input
Fulfillment Group Input
Order Summary InputAn order from which to create an OrderSummary, and whether it is managed in Salesforce Order Management. Optionally, you canspecify an OrderNumber or Status.
Root XML tag<orderSummaryInput>
295
Order Item Summary InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
JSON example
{"orderId": "801xx000003GbTgAAK"
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
53.0OptionalThe order’s business model. It can haveone of these values:
StringbusinessModel
• B2B
• B2C
50.0OptionalSpecifies an OrderNumber to assign to theorder summary.
Stringname
48.0RequiredID of the original order.StringorderId
49.0OptionalSpecifies whether the order is managed inSalesforce Order Management or by an
StringorderLifeCycleType
external system. It can have one of thesevalues:
• MANAGED—Managed in SalesforceOrder Management.
• UNMANAGED—Managed by anexternal system.
If no value is specified, the default isMANAGED.
50.0OptionalSpecifies a status to assign to the ordersummary. The value must match one of
Stringstatus
the picklist values on the Status field of theOrderSummary object.
SEE ALSO:
Order Summaries
Quantity With Sku InputA quantity of a product.
Root XML tag<quantityWithSkuInput>
296
Quantity With Sku InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0RequiredQuantity of the product.Doublequantity
51.0RequiredSKU of the product.StringstockKeepingUnit
Rank Average Distance InputAn order recipient’s geographic location and information about sets of inventory locations that can fulfill the order.
Root XML tag<rankAverageDistanceInput>
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0RequiredThe country code of the order recipient.StringdeliveryCountryCode
51.0RequiredThe postal code of the order recipient.StringdeliveryPostalCode
51.0Specify mi or km to return averagedistances in miles or kilometers,respectively.
StringdistanceUnit
51.0Specify ASC or DESC to rank the resultsby average shipping distance in ascendingor descending order, respectively.
StringsortResult
51.0At least oneelement is required
Each element is a set of inventory locationsthat can combine to fulfill the order.
Target LocationInput[]
targetLocations
Return Items InputData about products and delivery charges to return.
Root XML tag<returnItemsInput>
JSON example
{"returnOrderItems": [{"returnOrderLineItemId": "10uxx0000004GKbAAM",
297
Rank Average Distance InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
"quantityReturned": "1","quantityToCancel": "0","quantityReceived": "1","quantityRejected": "0","reasonForRejection": "N/A"
}],"returnOrderItemDeliveryCharges": [{"returnOrderLineItemId": "10uxx0000004GKbAAP"
}]
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
52.0OptionalList of ReturnOrderLineItems to return thatrepresent delivery charges.
Return Order ItemDelivery ChargeInput[]
returnOrderItemDeliveryCharges
52.0RequiredList of ReturnOrderLineItems to processthat represent products, along with dataabout how to process them.
Return Order ItemInput[]
returnOrderItems
Return Order InputData for creating a ReturnOrder and ReturnOrderLineItems.
Root XML tag<returnOrderInput>
JSON example
{"orderSummaryId": "1Osxx0000004EAqCAM","status" : "Submitted","returnOrderLifeCycleType" : "Unmanaged","returnOrderLineItems": [{"quantityExpected": "1","reasonForReturn": "Not Satisfied","canReduceShipping": false,"orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004GKbAAM","quantityReceived": "0"
}]
}
298
Return Order InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
50.0RequiredID of the OrderSummary containing theitems to be returned. The OrderSummary’sOrderLifeCycleType must be Managed.
StringorderSummaryId
51.0RequiredThe LifeCycleType of the ReturnOrder.Possible values are:
StringreturnOrderLifeCycleType
• Managed—Process the ReturnOrderusing the APIs and actions. It cangenerate change orders and affectsfinancial fields and rollup calculations.
• Unmanaged—The ReturnOrder is fortracking purposes only. It isn’t involvedin any financial calculations anddoesn’t generate any change orders.The system doesn’t prevent thecreation of duplicateReturnOrderLineItems in anunmanaged ReturnOrder for the sameOrderItem.
50.0At least oneelement is required
List of data for creatingReturnOrderLineItems.
Return Order LineItem Input[]
returnOrderLineItems
50.0RequiredStatus to assign the ReturnOrder. This valuemust match an entry in the ReturnOrderobject’s Status picklist.
Stringstatus
Return Order Item Delivery Charge InputID of a ReturnOrderLineItem representing a delivery charge.
Root XML tag<returnOrderItemDeliveryCharge>
JSON example
{"returnOrderLineItemId": "10uxx0000004GKbAAP"
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
52.0RequiredID of a ReturnOrderLineItem to return.StringreturnOrderLineItemId
299
Return Order Item Delivery Charge InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Return Order Item InputID of a ReturnOrderLineItem and instructions for updating it. After the update, the ReturnOrderLineItem is read-only. Any remainingquantity to be returned is added to a new ReturnOrderLineItem.
Root XML tag<returnOrderItem>
JSON example
{"returnOrderLineItemId": "10uxx0000004GKbAAM","quantityReturned": "1","quantityToCancel": "0","quantityReceived": "1","quantityRejected": "0","reasonForRejection": "N/A"
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
52.0RequiredThe quantity of the ReturnOrderLineItemthat has been received. The value must be
DoublequantityReceived
zero or greater. This value isn’t used by anystandard features, but is provided for usein customizations.
52.0RequiredThe quantity of the ReturnOrderLineItemthat has been rejected for return. The value
DoublequantityRejected
must be zero or greater. This value isn’tused by any standard features, but isprovided for use in customizations.
52.0RequiredThe quantity of the ReturnOrderLineItemthat has been returned. The value must be
DoublequantityReturned
greater than zero. If this value plusquantityToCancel is less than the expectedreturn quantity, then the remainingquantity to be returned is added to a newReturnOrderLineItem.
52.0RequiredThe quantity of the ReturnOrderLineItemto remove because it’s not being returned.
DoublequantityToCancel
The value must be zero or greater. If thisvalue plus quantityReturned is less thanthe expected return quantity, then theremaining quantity to be returned is addedto a new ReturnOrderLineItem.
300
Return Order Item InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
52.0OptionalThe reason why the rejected quantity, ifany, was rejected. This value isn’t used by
StringreasonForRejection
any standard features, but is provided foruse in customizations.
52.0RequiredThe ID of the ReturnOrderLineItem.StringreturnOrderLineItemId
Return Order Line Item InputData for creating a ReturnOrderLineItem.
Root XML tag<returnOrderLineItem>
JSON example
{"quantityExpected": "1","reasonForReturn": "Not Satisfied","canReduceShipping": false,"orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004GKbAAM","quantityReceived": "0"
}
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
50.0RequiredWhether the associated shipping chargecan be refunded.
BooleancanReduceShipping
50.0RequiredID of the associated OrderItemSummary.StringorderItemSummaryId
50.0RequiredQuantity expected to be returned.DoublequantityExpected
50.0OptionalQuantity already physically returned.DoublequantityReceived
50.0OptionalReason for the return. The value mustmatch an entry in the ReturnOrderLineItemobject’s ReasonForReturn picklist.
StringreasonForReturn
Target Location InputA set of inventory locations that together can fulfill an order.
Root XML tag<targetLocationInput>
301
Return Order Line Item InputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
JSON example
Properties
AvailableVersion
Required orOptional
DescriptionTypeName
51.0RequiredA list of locations with information abouttheir country and postal codes.
Location Input[]locations
Salesforce Order Management Responses
Salesforce Order Management includes these Chatter Connect API responses.
Adjust Order Summary Output
Output representation of the financial changes for an adjust items action. For a preview action, these values are the expected output.For a submit action, these values are the actual output.
Available Location Output
A set of inventory locations that can combine to fulfill an order.
Average Distance Result Output
Wraps inventory location shipping distance calculation results.
Change Item Output
The financial changes resulting from a change to one or more OrderItemSummaries. Most of the values represent the deltas of thevalues on the associated OrderSummary. The sign of each value is the opposite of the corresponding value on a change order record.For example, a discount is a positive value here and a negative value on a change order record.
Create Credit Memo Output
ID of a created Credit Memo.
Create Order Payment Summary Output
ID of the created Order Payment Summary.
Distance Calculation Output
Shipping distance data for a set of inventory locations.
Ensure Funds Async Output
ID of the asynchronous background operation. This output only includes the operation ID, regardless of whether a call is made toan external payment gateway. It doesn’t include any errors from the operation.
Ensure Refunds Async Output
ID of the asynchronous background operation. This output only includes the operation ID, regardless of whether a call is made toan external payment gateway. It doesn’t include any errors from the operation.
Error Response Output
Error response representation
Error with Output
Contains extra information about errors. In rare cases, an error message isn't enough to describe the reason for a failure. For example,when a conflicting precondition exists, the error result can include the information about the cause of the conflict.
302
Salesforce Order Management ResponsesSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Find Routes With Fewest Splits Output
A list of inventory location combinations that can fulfill an order without exceeding the maximum number of shipments.
Fulfillment Group Output
Information about one FulfillmentOrder from a request to create fulfillment orders from multiple OrderDeliveryGroupSummaries. Ifthe FulfillmentOrder was created, then its ID is returned. If it failed, then data from the input is returned so you can resubmit it.
Fulfillment Order Cancel Line Items Output
Wraps the base output.
Fulfillment Order Invoice Output
ID of the created invoice.
Fulfillment Order Output
A list of IDs of the created FulfillmentOrders.
Location Output
An inventory location’s distance to an order recipient.
Multiple Fulfillment Order Output
List of responses for the individual FulfillmentOrder creation attempts from a create multiple fulfillment orders request.
OCI Create Reservation Error Output
Error returned from an attempt to create an Omnichannel Inventory reservation.
OCI Create Reservation Output
Result of an Omnichannel Inventory reservation creation request.
OCI Create Reservation Single Output
Details of an inventory reservation for one product.
OCI Fulfill Reservation Error Output
Response to a request to fulfill one inventory reservation.
OCI Fulfill Reservation Output
Response to a request to fulfill one or more inventory reservations.
OCI Fulfill Reservation Single Output
Details of a single fulfilled reservation.
OCI Future Inventory Output
An expected future inventory restock.
OCI Get Inventory Availability Output
Response to a request for inventory availability data.
OCI Inventory Record Output
Inventory availability data for a product.
OCI Location Availability Output
Output representation of one location’s inventory availability
OCI Location Group Availability Output
A set of inventory availability data for one inventory location group.
OCI Publish Location Structure Output
Response to a publish location structure request.
OCI Publish Location Structure Status Output
Detailed status of a publish location structure job.
303
Salesforce Order Management ResponsesSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
OCI Release Reservation Error Output
Response to a request to release one inventory reservation.
OCI Release Reservation Output
Response to a request to release one or more inventory reservations.
OCI Release Reservation Single Output
Details of a single released reservation.
OCI Transfer Reservation Error Output
Response to a request to fulfill one inventory reservation.
OCI Transfer Reservation Output
Response to a request to transfer one or more inventory reservations.
OCI Transfer Reservation Single Output
Details of a single transferred reservation.
OCI Upload Inventory Availability Output
Response to an upload inventory availability job.
OCI Upload Inventory Availability Status Output
Detailed status of an upload inventory availability job.
Order Item Summary Output
Details of an OrderItemSummary from a failed FulfillmentOrder in a create multiple fulfillment orders request.
Order Summary Output
ID of the created Order Summary.
Preview Cancel Output
Expected financial values for a proposed cancel action.
Preview Return Output
Expected financial values for a proposed return action.
Rank Average Distance Output
The results of calculating the average distances from sets of inventory locations to an order recipient.
Return Items Output
Output of Return Items. Includes the ID of the generated change order, plus information about any ReturnOrderLineItems that werecreated to represent remaining return quantities.
Return Order Item Split Line Output
After a change order is created for a ReturnOrderLineItem, that ReturnOrderLineItem is read-only. If the Return Items API is used toreturn a partial quantity, it creates a new “split” ReturnOrderLineItem to hold the remaining quantity to be returned. In that case, itreturns this output property, which contains the IDs of the original and split ReturnOrderLineItems.
Return Order Output
Output representation of the created Return Order.
Submit Cancel Output
ID of the change order created for a cancel action, and a set of its financial values.
Submit Return Output
ID of the change order created for a return action, and a set of its financial values.
304
Salesforce Order Management ResponsesSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Adjust Order Summary OutputOutput representation of the financial changes for an adjust items action. For a preview action, these values are the expected output.For a submit action, these values are the actual output.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
49.0Big, 49.0Expected (for preview) or actual (for submit)financial values for the price adjustment
Change Item OutputchangeBalances
action. Most of the values match the changeorder values. If two change orders arereturned, then these values combine them.The sign of a value in this output is theopposite of the corresponding value on achange order record. For example, adiscount is a positive value inchangeBalances and a negative valueon a change order record.
49.0Big, 49.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
49.0Big, 49.0ID of the OrderSummary.StringorderSummaryId
49.0Big, 49.0ID of the change Order that holds thefinancial changes applicable to order
StringpostFulfillmentChangeOrderId
products that have been fulfilled. For anadjustPreview call, this value is always null.
49.0Big, 49.0ID of the change Order that holds thefinancial changes applicable to order
StringpreFulfillmentChangeOrderId
products that have not been fulfilled. For anadjustPreview call, this value is always null.
49.0Big, 49.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
SEE ALSO:
Order Summaries, Preview Adjust
Order Summaries, Submit Adjust
Available Location OutputA set of inventory locations that can combine to fulfill an order.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0A list of inventory locations.String[]locations
305
Adjust Order Summary OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Average Distance Result OutputWraps inventory location shipping distance calculation results.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0Results of the shipping distance calculations.Distance CalculationOutput
distanceCalculation
Change Item OutputThe financial changes resulting from a change to one or more OrderItemSummaries. Most of the values represent the deltas of the valueson the associated OrderSummary. The sign of each value is the opposite of the corresponding value on a change order record. Forexample, a discount is a positive value here and a negative value on a change order record.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Big, 48.0Change to the GrandTotalAmount field.DoublegrandTotalAmount
49.0Change to the TotalAdjDeliveryAmtWithTaxfield.
DoubletotalAdjDeliveryAmtWithTax
49.0Change to the TotalAdjDistAmountWithTaxfield.
DoubletotalAdjDistAmountWithTax
49.0Change to the TotalAdjProductAmtWithTaxfield.
DoubletotalAdjProductAmtWithTax
48.0Big, 48.0Change to theTotalAdjustedDeliveryAmount field.
DoubletotalAdjustedDeliveryAmount
48.0Big, 48.0Change to theTotalAdjustedDeliveryTaxAmount field.
DoubletotalAdjustedDeliveryTaxAmount
48.0Big, 48.0Change to theTotalAdjustedProductAmount field.
DoubletotalAdjustedProductAmount
48.0Big, 48.0Change to theTotalAdjustedProductTaxAmount field.
DoubletotalAdjustedProductTaxAmount
48.0Big, 48.0Change to theTotalAdjustmentDistributedAmount field.
DoubletotalAdjustmentDistributedAmount
48.0Big, 48.0Change to theTotalAdjustmentDistributedTaxAmountfield.
DoubletotalAdjustmentDistributedTaxAmount
48.0Big, 48.0Change to the TotalAmount field.DoubletotalAmount
306
Average Distance Result OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Big, 48.0Amount of excess funds available on theOrderPaymentSummaries related to the
DoubletotalExcessFundsAmount
OrderSummary. It is equal to the capturedamount that is owed as a refund but is notassociated with an invoice or credit memo.Excess funds normally occur when orderitems are canceled before fulfillment butafter payment has been captured. Thissituation is not common in the US, wherefunds are normally authorized but notcaptured until the fulfillment process begins.This value includes all current excess fundsrelated to the OrderSummary, not only thefunds related to the current change.
48.0Big, 48.0Total amount available to be refunded. It isthe sum of the excess funds and any
DoubletotalRefundableAmount
outstanding change order grand totalamounts that apply to post-fulfillmentchanges. This value includes all currentrefundable amounts related to theOrderSummary, not only the amount relatedto the current change.
48.0Big, 48.0Change to the TotalTaxAmount field.DoubletotalTaxAmount
SEE ALSO:
Preview Cancel Output
Preview Return Output
Submit Cancel Output
Submit Return Output
Adjust Order Summary Output
Create Credit Memo OutputID of a created Credit Memo.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Big, 48.0ID of the created Credit Memo.StringcreditMemoId
48.0Big, 48.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
307
Create Credit Memo OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Big, 48.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
Create Order Payment Summary OutputID of the created Order Payment Summary.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Big, 48.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
48.0Big, 48.0ID of the Order Payment Summary.StringorderPaymentSummaryId
48.0Big, 48.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
Distance Calculation OutputShipping distance data for a set of inventory locations.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0The average distance from the locations tothe order recipient.
DoubleaverageDistance
51.0Big, 51.0The list of locations and their distances tothe order recipient.
Location Output[]locations
51.0Big, 51.0This result’s rank among all results byaverage distance to the order recipient.
Integerrank
Ensure Funds Async OutputID of the asynchronous background operation. This output only includes the operation ID, regardless of whether a call is made to anexternal payment gateway. It doesn’t include any errors from the operation.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Big, 48.0ID of the background operation.StringbackgroundOperationId
308
Create Order Payment Summary OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Big, 48.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
48.0Big, 48.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
Ensure Refunds Async OutputID of the asynchronous background operation. This output only includes the operation ID, regardless of whether a call is made to anexternal payment gateway. It doesn’t include any errors from the operation.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
47.0Big, 47.0ID of the background operation.StringbackgroundOperationId
48.0Big, 48.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
48.0Big, 48.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
Error Response OutputError response representation
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Small, 48.0Error code.StringerrorCode
48.0Small, 48.0Message stating the reason for error, if any.Stringmessage
Error with OutputContains extra information about errors. In rare cases, an error message isn't enough to describe the reason for a failure. For example,when a conflicting precondition exists, the error result can include the information about the cause of the conflict.
AvailableVersion
Filter Groupand Version
DescriptionTypeProperty
39.0Small, 39.0Indicates the type of the output property. This valueis either null or:
StringenhancedErrorType
• GroupMembershipRequestError–Anested Group Membership Request.
309
Ensure Refunds Async OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
AvailableVersion
Filter Groupand Version
DescriptionTypeProperty
27.0Small, 29.0Description of the errorStringmessage
27.0Small, 29.0The response body returned by the requested resource.For example, if a successful request returns a Like
Any response bodyoutput
response body but an error triggers the Error withOutput response body, the value of the outputproperty is a Like response body.
Find Routes With Fewest Splits OutputA list of inventory location combinations that can fulfill an order without exceeding the maximum number of shipments.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
51.0Big, 51.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
51.0Big, 51.0Each element of the list is a set of inventorylocations that together can fulfill the orderbeing routed.
Available LocationOutput[]
targetLocations
Fulfillment Group OutputInformation about one FulfillmentOrder from a request to create fulfillment orders from multiple OrderDeliveryGroupSummaries. If theFulfillmentOrder was created, then its ID is returned. If it failed, then data from the input is returned so you can resubmit it.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
50.0Big, 50.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
50.0Big, 50.0(Creation failed) The inputFulfilledFromLocationId.
StringfulfilledFromLocationId
50.0Big, 50.0The FulfillmentOrderId from the successfullycreated FulfillmentOrder.
StringfulfillmentOrderId
50.0Big, 50.0(Creation failed) The input FulfillmentType.StringfulfillmentType
50.0Big, 50.0(Creation failed) The inputOrderDeliveryGroupSummaryId.
StringorderDeliveryGroupSummaryId
50.0Big, 50.0(Creation failed) The input list ofOrderItemSummaries.
Order Item SummaryOutput[]
orderItemSummaries
310
Find Routes With Fewest Splits OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
50.0Big, 50.0(Creation failed) The input OrderSummaryId.StringorderSummaryId
50.0Big, 50.0The referenceId from the FulfillmentGroupinput representation. Use this value totroubleshoot a failure.
StringreferenceId
50.0Big, 50.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
Fulfillment Order Cancel Line Items OutputWraps the base output.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Big, 48.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
48.0Big, 48.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
Fulfillment Order Invoice OutputID of the created invoice.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Big, 48.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
48.0Big, 48.0ID of the created invoice.StringinvoiceId
48.0Big, 48.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
Fulfillment Order OutputA list of IDs of the created FulfillmentOrders.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Big, 48.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
311
Fulfillment Order Cancel Line Items OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Big, 48.0A list of IDs of created Fulfillment Orders.String[]fulfillmentOrderIds
48.0Big, 48.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
Location OutputAn inventory location’s distance to an order recipient.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0The distance from the location to the orderrecipient.
Doubledistance
51.0Big, 51.0The location identifier.StringlocationIdentifier
Multiple Fulfillment Order OutputList of responses for the individual FulfillmentOrder creation attempts from a create multiple fulfillment orders request.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
50.0Big, 50.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
50.0Big, 50.0A list of response data for created and failedFulfillmentOrders.
Fulfillment GroupOutput[]
fulfillmentOrders
50.0Big, 50.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
OCI Create Reservation Error OutputError returned from an attempt to create an Omnichannel Inventory reservation.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Small, 51.0The error code.StringerrorCode
51.0Small, 51.0Details of the error, if available.Stringmessage
312
Location OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
OCI Create Reservation OutputResult of an Omnichannel Inventory reservation creation request.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Small, 51.0Details for each product in the reservation.OCI CreateReservation SingleOutput[]
details
51.0Big, 51.0Any errors returned by the reservationrequest.
OCI CreateReservation ErrorOutput[]
errors
51.0Small, 51.0The time at which the reservation wouldexpire.
StringexpirationTime
51.0Small, 51.0The time when the reservation wasrecorded.
StringreservationTime
51.0Big, 51.0Indicates whether the reservation wassuccessfully created.
Booleansuccess
OCI Create Reservation Single OutputDetails of an inventory reservation for one product.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Small, 51.0The error code, if any.StringerrorCode
51.0Small, 51.0Identifier of the location group where theinventory is reserved.
StringlocationGroupIdentifier
51.0Small, 51.0Identifier of the location where theinventory is reserved.
StringlocationIdentifier
51.0Small, 51.0The reserved quantity of the product.Doublequantity
51.0Small, 51.0The SKU of the reserved product.StringstockKeepingUnit
OCI Fulfill Reservation Error OutputResponse to a request to fulfill one inventory reservation.
313
OCI Create Reservation OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Small, 51.0Details of the fulfilled reservation, ifsuccessful.
OCI FulfillReservation SingleOutput
details
51.0Small, 51.0Error code, if any.StringerrorCode
51.0Small, 51.0Details of the error, if available.Stringmessage
OCI Fulfill Reservation OutputResponse to a request to fulfill one or more inventory reservations.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0Responses for the individual reservations inthe fulfillment request.
OCI FulfillReservation ErrorOutput[]
errors
51.0Big, 51.0Indicates whether the request wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
OCI Fulfill Reservation Single OutputDetails of a single fulfilled reservation.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Small, 51.0The UUID that identifies the original fulfillreservation request.
StringactionRequestId
51.0Small, 51.0The external reference ID of the location thatfulfilled the reservation.
StringexternalRefId
51.0Small, 51.0The identifier of the location that fulfilledthe reservation.
StringlocationIdentifier
51.0Small, 51.0The fulfilled quantity.Doublequantity
51.0Small, 51.0The SKU of the fulfilled product.StringstockKeepingUnit
OCI Future Inventory OutputAn expected future inventory restock.
314
OCI Fulfill Reservation OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0Date when the future inventory is expected.StringexpectedDate
51.0Big, 51.0Quantity of the future inventory.Doublequantity
OCI Get Inventory Availability OutputResponse to a request for inventory availability data.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0A list of inventory availability data forindividual location groups.
OCI Location GroupAvailability Output[]
locationGroups
51.0Big, 51.0A list of inventory availability data forindividual locations.
OCI LocationAvailability Output[]
locations
OCI Inventory Record OutputInventory availability data for a product.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0The Available To Fulfill quantity.DoubleavailableToFulfill
51.0Big, 51.0The Available To Order quantity.DoubleavailableToOrder
51.0Big, 51.0The effective date of the inventory.StringeffectiveDate
51.0Big, 51.0A list of any expected future inventoryrestocks.
OCI Future InventoryOutput[]
futures
51.0Big, 51.0The On Hand quantity.DoubleonHand
51.0Big, 51.0The Reserved quantity.Doublereserved
51.0Big, 51.0The Safety Stock Count.DoublesafetyStockCount
51.0Big, 51.0The SKU of the product.StringstockKeepingUnit
OCI Location Availability OutputOutput representation of one location’s inventory availability
315
OCI Get Inventory Availability OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0The Inventory RecordsOCI Inventory RecordOutput[]
inventoryRecords
51.0Big, 51.0The Location IdentifierStringlocationIdentifier
OCI Location Group Availability OutputA set of inventory availability data for one inventory location group.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0A list of availability data for individualproducts. The data combines the quantities
OCI Inventory RecordOutput[]
inventoryRecords
for all locations belonging to this locationgroup.
51.0Big, 51.0The identifier of the location group.StringlocationGroupIdentifier
OCI Publish Location Structure OutputResponse to a publish location structure request.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0Identifier of the publish job. Use this valueto retrieve the status of the job.
StringuploadId
OCI Publish Location Structure Status OutputDetailed status of a publish location structure job.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0The UTC time when the job finished. (forexample: "2020-07-06T22:54:08.012Z")
StringendTimeUTC
51.0Big, 51.0The number of records processed by thejob.
IntegerrecordsProcessedCount
51.0Big, 51.0The number of records read by the job.IntegerrecordsReadCount
51.0Big, 51.0The number of records skipped by the job.IntegerrecordsSkippedCount
316
OCI Location Group Availability OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0The UTC time when the job started. (forexample: "2020-07-06T22:53:06.788Z")
StringstartTimeUTC
51.0Big, 51.0The status of the job. (e.g., "PENDING,""COMPLETED," etc.).
Stringstatus
51.0Big, 51.0Identifier of the job.StringuploadId
51.0Big, 51.0List of any validation errors returned by thejob.
String[]validationErrors
51.0Big, 51.0The validation status of the job.StringvalidationStatus
OCI Release Reservation Error OutputResponse to a request to release one inventory reservation.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Small, 51.0Details of the released reservation, ifsuccessful.
OCI ReleaseReservation SingleOutput
details
51.0Small, 51.0Error code, if any.StringerrorCode
51.0Small, 51.0Details of the error, if available.Stringmessage
OCI Release Reservation OutputResponse to a request to release one or more inventory reservations.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0Responses for the individual reservations inthe release request.
OCI ReleaseReservation ErrorOutput[]
errors
51.0Big, 51.0Indicates whether the request wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
OCI Release Reservation Single OutputDetails of a single released reservation.
317
OCI Release Reservation Error OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Small, 51.0The UUID that identifies the original releasereservation request.
StringactionRequestId
51.0Small, 51.0The external reference ID of the location thatreleased the reservation.
StringexternalRefId
51.0Small, 51.0The identifier of the location group thatreleased the reservation.
StringlocationGroupIdentifier
51.0Small, 51.0The identifier of the location that releasedthe reservation.
StringlocationIdentifier
51.0Small, 51.0The released quantity.Doublequantity
51.0Small, 51.0The SKU of the released product.StringstockKeepingUnit
OCI Transfer Reservation Error OutputResponse to a request to fulfill one inventory reservation.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Small, 51.0Details of the transferred reservation, ifsuccessful.
OCI TransferReservation SingleOutput
details
51.0Small, 51.0Error code, if any.StringerrorCode
51.0Small, 51.0Details of the error, if available.Stringmessage
OCI Transfer Reservation OutputResponse to a request to transfer one or more inventory reservations.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0Responses for the individual reservations inthe transfer request.
OCI TransferReservation ErrorOutput[]
errors
51.0Big, 51.0Indicates whether the request wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
OCI Transfer Reservation Single OutputDetails of a single transferred reservation.
318
OCI Transfer Reservation Error OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Small, 51.0The UUID that identifies the original transferreservation request.
StringactionRequestId
51.0Small, 51.0The external reference ID of the location thatreceived the reservation.
StringexternalRefId
51.0Small, 51.0The identifier of the location group that sentthe reservation.
StringfromLocationGroupIdentifier
51.0Small, 51.0The identifier of the location that sent thereservation.
StringfromLocationIdentifier
52.0Small, 52.0Whether this call ignored availability dataat the location that received the reservation.
BooleanignoreAvailabilityCheck
51.0Small, 51.0The quantity of transferred inventory.Doublequantity
51.0Small, 51.0The SKU of the transferred product.StringstockKeepingUnit
51.0Small, 51.0The identifier of the location group thatreceived the reservation.
StringtoLocationGroupIdentifier
51.0Small, 51.0The identifier of the location that receivedthe reservation.
StringtoLocationIdentifier
OCI Upload Inventory Availability OutputResponse to an upload inventory availability job.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0Identifier of the upload job. Use this valueto retrieve the status of the job.
StringuploadId
OCI Upload Inventory Availability Status OutputDetailed status of an upload inventory availability job.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0The UTC time when the job finished. (forexample: "2020-07-06T22:54:08.012Z")
StringendTimeUTC
51.0Big, 51.0The number of records processed by thejob.
IntegerrecordsProcessedCount
51.0Big, 51.0The number of records read by the job.IntegerrecordsReadCount
319
OCI Upload Inventory Availability OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0The number of records skipped by the job.IntegerrecordsSkippedCount
51.0Big, 51.0StringstartTimeUTC
51.0Big, 51.0The status of the job. (e.g., "PENDING,""COMPLETED," etc.).
Stringstatus
51.0Big, 51.0Identifier of the job.StringuploadId
51.0Big, 51.0List of any validation errors returned by thejob.
String[]validationErrors
51.0Big, 51.0The validation status of the job.StringvalidationStatus
Order Item Summary OutputDetails of an OrderItemSummary from a failed FulfillmentOrder in a create multiple fulfillment orders request.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
50.0Big, 50.0List of errors specific to theOrderItemSummary, if any.
Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
50.0Big, 50.0ID of the OrderItemSummary.StringorderItemSummaryId
50.0Big, 50.0Quantity of the OrderItemSummary.Doublequantity
Order Summary OutputID of the created Order Summary.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Big, 48.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
48.0Big, 48.0ID of the Order Summary.StringorderSummaryId
48.0Big, 48.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
Preview Cancel OutputExpected financial values for a proposed cancel action.
320
Order Item Summary OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Big, 48.0Expected financial values for the proposedcancel action.
Change Item OutputchangeBalances
48.0Big, 48.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
48.0Big, 48.0ID of the OrderSummary.StringorderSummaryId
48.0Big, 48.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
Preview Return OutputExpected financial values for a proposed return action.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Big, 48.0Expected financial values for the proposedreturn action.
Change Item OutputchangeBalances
48.0Big, 48.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
48.0Big, 48.0ID of the OrderSummary.StringorderSummaryId
48.0Big, 48.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
Rank Average Distance OutputThe results of calculating the average distances from sets of inventory locations to an order recipient.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
51.0Big, 51.0The specified unit of distance (miles orkilometers).
StringdistanceUnit
51.0Big, 51.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
51.0Big, 51.0The results of the shipping distancecalculations.
ConnectApi.ResultOutputRepresentation[]results
51.0Big, 51.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
321
Preview Return OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Return Items OutputOutput of Return Items. Includes the ID of the generated change order, plus information about any ReturnOrderLineItems that werecreated to represent remaining return quantities.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
52.0Big, 52.0ID of the change order representing theReturnOrderLineItem processing performedby this call.
StringchangeOrderId
52.0Big, 52.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
52.0Big, 52.0A list of properties representing anyremaining quantities from partial returns
Return Order ItemSplit Line Output[]
returnLineItemSplits
processed by this call. Each element of thelist includes the ID of a splitReturnOrderLineItem and the ID of thepartially processed ReturnOrderLineItemwhose remaining quantity it holds.
52.0Big, 52.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
Return Order Item Split Line OutputAfter a change order is created for a ReturnOrderLineItem, that ReturnOrderLineItem is read-only. If the Return Items API is used to returna partial quantity, it creates a new “split” ReturnOrderLineItem to hold the remaining quantity to be returned. In that case, it returns thisoutput property, which contains the IDs of the original and split ReturnOrderLineItems.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
52.0Big, 52.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
52.0Big, 52.0ID of the new ReturnOrderLineItem thatholds the remaining return quantity.
StringnewReturnOrderItemId
52.0Big, 52.0ID of the original ReturnOrderLineItem.StringoriginalReturnOrderItemId
52.0Big, 52.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
Return Order OutputOutput representation of the created Return Order.
322
Return Items OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
50.0Big, 52.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
50.0Big, 50.0A newly created Return Order IDStringreturnOrderId
50.0Big, 52.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
Submit Cancel OutputID of the change order created for a cancel action, and a set of its financial values.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Big, 48.0Financial values resulting from the cancel.Change Item OutputchangeBalances
48.0Big, 48.0ID of the created change order.StringchangeOrderId
48.0Big, 48.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
48.0Big, 48.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
Submit Return OutputID of the change order created for a return action, and a set of its financial values.
Available VersionFilter Group andVersion
DescriptionTypeProperty Name
48.0Big, 48.0Financial values resulting from the return.Change Item OutputchangeBalances
48.0Big, 48.0ID of the created change order.StringchangeOrderId
48.0Big, 48.0Any errors that were returned.Error ResponseOutput[]
errors
48.0Big, 48.0Indicates whether the transaction wassuccessful.
Booleansuccess
323
Submit Cancel OutputSalesforce Order Management in the Chatter Connect API
CHAPTER 5 Order Management Invocable Actions
Salesforce Order Management provides standard invocable actions to support order managementfunctionality.
In this chapter ...
• Salesforce OrderManagementActions
• Flow Core Action forOrder Management:Adjust Order ItemSummaries Preview
• Flow Core Action forOrder Management:Adjust Order ItemSummaries Submit
• Flow Core Action forOrder Management:Cancel FulfillmentOrder Item
• Flow Core Action forOrder Management:Cancel Order ItemSummaries Preview
• Flow Core Action forOrder Management:Cancel Order ItemSummaries Submit
• Flow Core Action forOrder Management:Create Credit Memo
• Flow Core Action forOrder Management:Create FulfillmentOrder
• Flow Core Action forOrder Management:Create an Invoicefrom FulfillmentOrder
• Flow Core Action forOrder Management:
324
Create OrderPayment Summary
• Flow Core Action forOrder Management:Create OrderSummary
• Flow Core Action forOrder Management:Create Return Order
• Flow Core Action forOrder Management:Ensure Funds Async
• Flow Core Action forOrder Management:Ensure RefundsAsync
• Flow Core Action forOrder Management:Return Order ItemSummaries Preview
• Flow Core Action forOrder Management:Return Order ItemSummaries Submit
• Flow Core Action forOrder Management:Return Return OrderItems
325
Order Management Invocable Actions
Salesforce Order Management Actions
Manage, fulfill, and service orders in flows with Salesforce Order Management.
For more information about using Order Management actions in flows, see Salesforce Order Management Flow Core Actions in SalesforceHelp.
These actions are available in API version 48.0 and later.
Your org must have a Salesforce Order Management license.
Supported REST HTTP MethodsURI
Get a specific Order Management action:
/services/data/vXX.X/actions/standard/om_action_name
FormatsJSON, XML
HTTP MethodsGET
AuthenticationAuthorization: Bearer token
NotesYou can also call the corresponding Connect REST API endpoints or Apex ConnectApi methods. For more information, see OrderManagement Resources in the Connect REST API Developer Guide and ConnectApi Namespace in the Apex Developer Guide.
In flows, Order Management action inputs and outputs use Apex-defined variables that map to input and output classes in theConnectApi namespace.
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Adjust Order Item SummariesPreview
EDITIONS
Available in: LightningExperience
Available in: Enterprise,Unlimited, and DeveloperEditions with SalesforceOrder Management
Preview the expected results of adjusting the price of one or more order product summaries on anorder summary, without executing the adjustment. You can only apply a discount, not an increase.The output of this action contains the values that would be set on the change orders created bysubmitting the proposed adjustment.
Drag an Action element onto the canvas. Select the Order Management category, and search forAdjust Order Item Summaries Preview.
Set Input ValuesUse values from earlier in the flow to set the inputs.
DescriptionInput Parameter
ID of the order summary associated with the order product summaries that you want to preview adjusting theprices of.
Order SummaryId
326
Salesforce Order Management ActionsOrder Management Invocable Actions
DescriptionInput Parameter
This input is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.AdjustOrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation.
The variable has one field, changeItems. This field is a list of Apex-defined variables of classConnectApi.AdjustItemInputRepresentation. Each of the variables includes these fields:
Adjust OrderProductSummariesInput
• orderItemSummaryId — ID of an order product summary to preview a price adjustment for.
• description — Optional description of the adjustment.
• adjustmentType — Describes how the adjustment amount is calculated. It can have one of thesevalues:
– AmountWithTax—The value of discountValue is the adjustment, including tax.
– AmountWithoutTax—The value of discountValue is the adjustment, not including tax. Taxis calculated on the value and added.
– Percentage—The value of discountValue is a percentage discount. It is divided by 100, andthen multiplied by the total price and total tax amount of the order product summary to determinethe adjustment amount.
• discountValue — The value used to calculate the adjustment amount, as described by theadjustmentType. It must be a negative value.
• reason — Adjustment reason. The value must match one of the picklist values on the Reason field ofthe Order Product Summary Change object.
Store Output Values
DescriptionOutput Parameter
This output is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.AdjustOrderSummaryOutputRepresentation, whichcontains the financial changes that would result from the proposed adjustment. Most of the values representthe deltas of the values on the associated order summary.
Adjust OrderProductSummary Output
Note: The sign of a value in the changeBalances field is the opposite of the corresponding valueon a change order record. For example, a discount is a positive value in changeBalances and anegative value on a change order record.
The orderSummaryId field is the ID of the order summary specified in the input.
The changeBalances field is an Apex-defined variable of classConnectApi.ChangeItemOutputRepresentation, which includes these fields:
• grandTotalAmount — Change to the total with tax.
• totalAdjDeliveryAmtWithTax — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal, including tax.
• totalAdjDistAmountWithTax — Change to the total order adjustments, including tax.
• totalAdjProductAmtWithTax — Change to the adjusted product subtotal, including tax.
• totalAdjustedDeliveryAmount — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal.
• totalAdjustedDeliveryTaxAmount — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal tax.
• totalAdjustedProductAmount — Change to the adjusted product subtotal.
• totalAdjustedProductTaxAmount — Change to the adjusted product subtotal tax.
327
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Adjust Order ItemSummaries Preview
Order Management Invocable Actions
DescriptionOutput Parameter
• totalAdjustmentDistributedAmount — Change to the total order adjustments.
• totalAdjustmentDistributedTaxAmount — Change to the total order adjustments tax.
• totalAmount — Change to the pretax total.
• totalExcessFundsAmount — The amount of excess funds available on the order paymentsummaries related to the order summary. It is equal to the captured amount that is owed as a refund butis not associated with an invoice or credit memo. Excess funds normally occur when order products arecanceled before fulfillment but after payment has been captured. This situation is not common in the US,where funds are normally authorized but not captured until the fulfillment process begins. This valueincludes all excess funds related to the order summary, not only the funds related to the current action.
• totalRefundableAmount — The total amount available to be refunded. It is the sum of the excessfunds and any outstanding change order grand total amounts that apply to post-fulfillment changes. Thisvalue includes all refundable amounts related to the order summary, not only the amount related to thecurrent action.
• totalTaxAmount — Change to the total tax.
The postFulfillmentChangeOrderId field is always null for a preview action.
The preFulfillmentChangeOrderId field is always null for a preview action.
UsageTo set up the Adjust Order Product Summaries Input:
1. Use Assignment elements to set the orderItemSummaryId, description, adjustmentType, discountValue,and reason field values on one or more ConnectApi.AdjustItemInputRepresentation variables.
2. Use an Assignment element to add the ConnectApi.AdjustItemInputRepresentation variables to thechangeItems field on a ConnectApi.AdjustOrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation variable.
3. Use the ConnectApi.AdjustOrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation variable and the order summary ID inthe action input.
In a flow for adjusting the prices of order product summaries, display the output of this action for the user to review before executingthe adjustment. When the user verifies the expected results, pass the same input to an Adjust Order Item Summaries Submit action.
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Adjust Order Item SummariesSubmit
EDITIONS
Available in: LightningExperience
Available in: Enterprise,Unlimited, and DeveloperEditions with SalesforceOrder Management
Adjust the price of one or more order product summaries on an order summary. You can only applya discount, not an increase. This action creates one or two change order records.
Drag an Action element onto the canvas. Select the Order Management category, and search forAdjust Order Item Summaries Submit.
Set Input ValuesUse values from earlier in the flow to set the inputs.
328
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Adjust Order ItemSummaries Submit
Order Management Invocable Actions
DescriptionInput Parameter
ID of the order summary associated with the order product summaries that you want to adjust the prices of.Order SummaryId
This input is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.AdjustOrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation.
The variable has one field, changeItems. This field is a list of Apex-defined variables of classConnectApi.AdjustItemInputRepresentation. Each of the variables includes these fields:
Adjust OrderProductSummariesInput
• orderItemSummaryId — ID of an order product summary to adjust the price of.
• description — Optional description of the adjustment.
• adjustmentType — Describes how the adjustment amount is calculated. It can have one of thesevalues:
– AmountWithTax—The value of discountValue is the adjustment, including tax.
– AmountWithoutTax—The value of discountValue is the adjustment, not including tax. Taxis calculated on the value and added.
– Percentage—The value of discountValue is a percentage discount. It is divided by 100, andthen multiplied by the total price and total tax amount of the order product summary to determinethe adjustment amount.
• discountValue — The value used to calculate the adjustment amount, as described by theadjustmentType. It must be a negative value.
• reason — Adjustment reason. The value must match one of the picklist values on the Reason field ofthe Order Product Summary Change object.
Store Output Values
DescriptionOutput Parameter
This output is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.AdjustOrderSummaryOutputRepresentation.Depending on the order product summaries included in the adjustment, one or two change orders are
Adjust OrderProductSummary Output generated. If two change orders are generated, then the changeBalances values combine the values
from both of them.
Note: The sign of a value in the changeBalances field is the opposite of the corresponding valueon a change order record. For example, a discount is a positive value in changeBalances and anegative value on a change order record.
The orderSummaryId field is the ID of the order summary specified in the input.
The changeBalances field is an Apex-defined variable of classConnectApi.ChangeItemOutputRepresentation, which includes these fields:
• grandTotalAmount — Change to the total with tax.
• totalAdjDeliveryAmtWithTax — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal, including tax.
• totalAdjDistAmountWithTax — Change to the total order adjustments, including tax.
• totalAdjProductAmtWithTax — Change to the adjusted product subtotal, including tax.
• totalAdjustedDeliveryAmount — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal.
329
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Adjust Order ItemSummaries Submit
Order Management Invocable Actions
DescriptionOutput Parameter
• totalAdjustedDeliveryTaxAmount — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal tax.
• totalAdjustedProductAmount — Change to the adjusted product subtotal.
• totalAdjustedProductTaxAmount — Change to the adjusted product subtotal tax.
• totalAdjustmentDistributedAmount — Change to the total order adjustments.
• totalAdjustmentDistributedTaxAmount — Change to the total order adjustments tax.
• totalAmount — Change to the pretax total.
• totalExcessFundsAmount — The amount of excess funds available on the order paymentsummaries related to the order summary. It is equal to the captured amount that is owed as a refund butis not associated with an invoice or credit memo. Excess funds normally occur when order products arecanceled before fulfillment but after payment has been captured. This situation is not common in the US,where funds are normally authorized but not captured until the fulfillment process begins. This valueincludes all excess funds related to the order summary, not only the funds related to the current action.
• totalRefundableAmount — The total amount available to be refunded. It is the sum of the excessfunds and any outstanding change order grand total amounts that apply to post-fulfillment changes. Thisvalue includes all refundable amounts related to the order summary, not only the amount related to thecurrent action.
• totalTaxAmount — Change to the total tax.
The postFulfillmentChangeOrderId is the ID of the change order representing the portion of theadjustment that was applied to order product summaries that have been fulfilled.
The preFulfillmentChangeOrderId is the ID of the change order representing the portion of theadjustment that was applied to order product summaries that have not been fulfilled.
UsageTo set up the Adjust Order Product Summaries Input:
1. Use Assignment elements to set the orderItemSummaryId, description, adjustmentType, discountValue,and reason field values on one or more ConnectApi.AdjustItemInputRepresentation variables.
2. Use an Assignment element to add the ConnectApi.AdjustItemInputRepresentation variables to thechangeItems field on a ConnectApi.AdjustOrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation variable.
3. Use the ConnectApi.AdjustOrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation variable and the order summary ID inthe action input.
In a flow for adjusting the prices of order product summaries, run an Adjust Order Item Summaries Preview action before running thisaction. Then display its output for the user to review. When the user verifies the expected results, pass the same input to this action.
After submitting a price adjustment, process refunds as appropriate:
• If the discount only applied to order product summaries for which payment has not been captured, it does not require a refund.This situation normally applies to order products in the US that have not been fulfilled.
• If the discount applied to order product summaries that have not been fulfilled and for which payment has been captured, processa refund. In this case, pass the totalExcessFundsAmount from changeBalances to the Ensure Refunds Async action.
• If the discount applied to order product summaries that have been fulfilled, process a refund. Pass thepostFulfillmentChangeOrderId to the Create Credit Memo action, then pass the credit memo to the Ensure RefundsAsync action.
330
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Adjust Order ItemSummaries Submit
Order Management Invocable Actions
• If the discount applied to both fulfilled and unfulfilled order product summaries for which payment has been captured, process bothrefunds. Pass the postFulfillmentChangeOrderId to the Create Credit Memo action, then pass the credit memo andthe totalExcessFundsAmount from changeBalances to the Ensure Refunds Async action.
Important: Excess funds are not reduced until the payment processor issues a refund. If you don’t process refunds promptly,subsequent refunds can be inaccurate. Consider the following example.
1. An order with a total amount of $100 is placed, and the amount is captured immediately.
2. A product is canceled from the order, resulting in $20 of excess funds.
3. Before the excess funds are sent to the payment provider in an ensure refunds action, another product is canceled. Thiscancellation adds another $20 of excess funds. However, because the original $20 hasn’t been refunded yet, the cancel actionreturns a total excess funds amount of $40.
4. The first excess funds amount ($20) is sent to the payment provider in an ensure refunds request.
5. The second excess funds amount ($40) is sent to the payment provider in an ensure refunds request.
6. The payment provider receives requests for $60 of refunds, when the correct refund total is $40. Because the total refundamount is less than the total captured amount of $100, the payment provider issues $60 in refunds.
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Cancel Fulfillment Order Item
EDITIONS
Available in: LightningExperience
Available in: Enterprise,Unlimited, and DeveloperEditions with SalesforceOrder Management
Cancel fulfillment order products from a fulfillment order. You can cancel more than one product,and specify a quantity to cancel for each of them. This action doesn’t cancel the associated orderproduct summaries; it only reduces their allocated quantities. Usually, you reallocate the canceledquantities to a new fulfillment order.
Drag an Action element onto the canvas. Select the Order Management category, and search forCancel Fulfillment Order Item.
Set Input ValuesUse values from earlier in the flow to set the inputs.
DescriptionInput Parameter
This input is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancelInputRepresentation.
The variable has one field, fulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancel, which is a list of Apex-definedvariables of class ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemInputRepresentation. Each of those variables includesthese fields:
CancelFulfillmentOrder ItemsInput
• fulfillmentOrderLineItemId — Reference to the fulfillment order product to cancel.
• quantity — Quantity to cancel.
Reference to the fulfillment order that you want to cancel fulfillment order items from.FulfillmentOrder Id
331
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Cancel FulfillmentOrder Item
Order Management Invocable Actions
Store Output Values
DescriptionOutput Parameter
This value is an Apex-defined variable of classConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderCancelLineItemsOutputRepresentation.
This action doesn’t return any data.
CancelFulfillmentOrder ItemsOutput
UsageTo set up the Cancel Fulfillment Order Items Input, first use Assignment elements to set the fulfillmentOrderLineItemIdand quantity field values on one or more ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemInputRepresentationvariables. Then use an Assignment element to add those variables to the FulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancel field ona ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancelInputRepresentation variable. Use that variable in theaction input.
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Cancel Order Item SummariesPreview
EDITIONS
Available in: LightningExperience
Available in: Enterprise,Unlimited, and DeveloperEditions with SalesforceOrder Management
Preview the expected results of canceling one or more order product summaries from an ordersummary without executing the cancel. The output of this action contains the values that wouldbe set on the change order created by submitting the proposed cancel.
Drag an Action element onto the canvas. Select the Order Management category, and search forCancel Order Item Summaries Preview.
Set Input ValuesUse values from earlier in the flow to set the inputs.
DescriptionInput Parameter
This input is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation.
The variable has one field, changeItems. This field is a list of Apex-defined variables of classConnectApi.ChangeItemInputRepresentation. Each of the variables includes these fields:
Cancel OrderProductSummary ItemsInput
• orderItemSummaryId — ID of an order product summary to cancel. It can’t be a shipping chargeproduct.
• quantity — Quantity to cancel.
• reason — Cancel reason. The value must match one of the picklist values on the Reason field of theOrder Product Summary Change object.
• shippingReductionFlag — Boolean flag that specifies whether to prorate any related deliverycharge based on the price change.
Reference to the order summary that you want to preview canceling order product summaries from.Order SummaryId
332
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Cancel Order ItemSummaries Preview
Order Management Invocable Actions
Store Output Values
DescriptionOutput Parameter
This output is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.PreviewCancelOutputRepresentation, whichcontains the values that would populate a change order record for the proposed cancel.
Cancel OrderProductSummary Output
Note: The sign of a value in the changeBalances field is the opposite of the corresponding valueon a change order record. For example, a discount is a positive value in changeBalances and anegative value on a change order record.
The orderSummaryId field is the ID of the order summary specified in the input.
The changeBalances field is an Apex-defined variable of classConnectApi.ChangeItemOutputRepresentation, which includes these fields:
• grandTotalAmount — Change to the total with tax.
• totalAdjDeliveryAmtWithTax — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal, including tax.
• totalAdjDistAmountWithTax — Change to the total order adjustments, including tax.
• totalAdjProductAmtWithTax — Change to the adjusted product subtotal, including tax.
• totalAdjustedDeliveryAmount — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal.
• totalAdjustedDeliveryTaxAmount — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal tax.
• totalAdjustedProductAmount — Change to the adjusted product subtotal.
• totalAdjustedProductTaxAmount — Change to the adjusted product subtotal tax.
• totalAdjustmentDistributedAmount — Change to the total order adjustments.
• totalAdjustmentDistributedTaxAmount — Change to the total order adjustments tax.
• totalAmount — Change to the pretax total.
• totalExcessFundsAmount — The amount of excess funds available on the order paymentsummaries related to the order summary. It is equal to the captured amount that is owed as a refund butis not associated with an invoice or credit memo. Excess funds normally occur when order products arecanceled before fulfillment but after payment is captured. This situation is not common in the US, wherefunds are normally authorized but not captured until the fulfillment process begins. This value includes allexcess funds related to the order summary, not only the funds related to the current action.
• totalRefundableAmount — The total amount available to be refunded. It is the sum of the excessfunds and any outstanding change order grand total amounts that apply to post-fulfillment changes. Thisvalue includes all refundable amounts related to the order summary, not only the amount related to thecurrent action.
• totalTaxAmount — Change to the total tax.
UsageTo set up the Cancel Order Product Summary Items Input:
1. Use Assignment elements to set the orderItemSummaryId, quantity, reason, and shippingReductionFlagfield values on one or more ConnectApi.ChangeItemInputRepresentation variables.
2. Use an Assignment element to add the ConnectApi.ChangeItemInputRepresentation variables to thechangeItems field on a ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation variable.
333
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Cancel Order ItemSummaries Preview
Order Management Invocable Actions
3. Use the ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation variable and the order summary ID in the action input.
In a flow for canceling order product summaries, display the output of this action for the user to review before executing the cancel.When the user verifies the expected results, pass the same input to a Cancel Order Item Summaries Submit action.
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Cancel Order Item SummariesSubmit
EDITIONS
Available in: LightningExperience
Available in: Enterprise,Unlimited, and DeveloperEditions with SalesforceOrder Management
Cancel one or more order product summaries from an order summary. This action creates a changeorder record.
Drag an Action element onto the canvas. Select the Order Management category, and search forCancel Order Item Summaries Submit.
Set Input ValuesUse values from earlier in the flow to set the inputs.
DescriptionInputParameter
This input is an Apex-defined variable of classConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation.
The variable has one field, changeItems. This field is a list of Apex-definedvariables of class ConnectApi.ChangeItemInputRepresentation. Each of thevariables includes these fields:
CancelOrderProductSummaryItemsInput
• orderItemSummaryId — ID of an order product summary to cancel.It can’t be a shipping charge product.
• quantity — Quantity to cancel.
• reason — Cancel reason. The value must match one of the picklist valueson the Reason field of the Order Product Summary Change object.
• shippingReductionFlag — Boolean flag that specifies whether toprorate any related delivery charge based on the price change.
Reference to the order summary that you want to cancel order product summariesfrom.
OrderSummaryId
Store Output Values
DescriptionOutput Parameter
This output is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.SubmitCancelOutputRepresentation.Cancel OrderProductSummary Output
Note: The sign of a value in the changeBalances field is the opposite of the corresponding valueon a change order record. For example, a discount is a positive value in changeBalances and anegative value on a change order record.
334
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Cancel Order ItemSummaries Submit
Order Management Invocable Actions
DescriptionOutput Parameter
The changeOrderId field is the ID of the change order record created for the cancel.
The changeBalances field is an Apex-defined variable of classConnectApi.ChangeItemOutputRepresentation, which includes these fields:
• grandTotalAmount — Change to the total with tax.
• totalAdjDeliveryAmtWithTax — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal, including tax.
• totalAdjDistAmountWithTax — Change to the total order adjustments, including tax.
• totalAdjProductAmtWithTax — Change to the adjusted product subtotal, including tax.
• totalAdjustedDeliveryAmount — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal.
• totalAdjustedDeliveryTaxAmount — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal tax.
• totalAdjustedProductAmount — Change to the adjusted product subtotal.
• totalAdjustedProductTaxAmount — Change to the adjusted product subtotal tax.
• totalAdjustmentDistributedAmount — Change to the total order adjustments.
• totalAdjustmentDistributedTaxAmount — Change to the total order adjustments tax.
• totalAmount — Change to the pretax total.
• totalExcessFundsAmount — The amount of excess funds available on the order paymentsummaries related to the order summary. It is equal to the captured amount that is owed as a refund butis not associated with an invoice or credit memo. Excess funds normally occur when order products arecanceled before fulfillment but after payment is captured. This situation is not common in the US, wherefunds are normally authorized but not captured until the fulfillment process begins. This value includes allexcess funds related to the order summary, not only the funds related to the current action.
• totalRefundableAmount — The total amount available to be refunded. It is the sum of the excessfunds and any outstanding change order grand total amounts that apply to post-fulfillment changes. Thisvalue includes all refundable amounts related to the order summary, not only the amount related to thecurrent action.
• totalTaxAmount — Change to the total tax.
UsageTo set up the Cancel Order Product Summary Items Input:
1. Use Assignment elements to set the orderItemSummaryId, quantity, reason, and shippingReductionFlagfield values on one or more ConnectApi.ChangeItemInputRepresentation variables.
2. Use an Assignment element to add the ConnectApi.ChangeItemInputRepresentation variables to thechangeItems field on a ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation variable.
3. Use the ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation variable and the order summary ID in the action input.
In a flow for canceling order product summaries, run a Cancel Order Item Summaries Preview action before running this action. Thendisplay its output for the user to review. When the user verifies the expected results, pass the same input to this action.
335
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Cancel Order ItemSummaries Submit
Order Management Invocable Actions
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create Credit Memo
EDITIONS
Available in: LightningExperience
Available in: Enterprise,Unlimited, and DeveloperEditions with SalesforceOrder Management
Create a credit memo to represent the refund for one or more change orders associated with anorder summary.
Drag an Action element onto the canvas. Select the Order Management category, and search forCreate Credit Memo.
Set Input ValuesUse values from earlier in the flow to set the inputs.
DescriptionInputParameter
This input is an Apex-defined variable of classConnectApi.CreateCreditMemoInputRepresentation.
The variable has one field, changeOrderIds, which is a list of IDs of thechange orders to create a credit memo for.
CreditMemoInput
Reference to the order summary associated with the change orders.OrderSummaryId
Store Output Values
DescriptionOutput Parameter
This value is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.CreateCreditMemoOutputRepresentation.
The creditMemoId field contains the ID of the created credit memo.
Credit MemoOutput
UsageTo set up the Credit Memo Input, first use Assignment elements to add the change order IDs to a list of strings variable. Then use thatvariable in the action input.
336
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create Credit MemoOrder Management Invocable Actions
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create Fulfillment Order
EDITIONS
Available in: LightningExperience
Available in: Enterprise,Unlimited, and DeveloperEditions with SalesforceOrder Management
Create one or more fulfillment orders and fulfillment order products for an order delivery groupsummary, which defines a recipient and delivery method. You specify the order product summariesto fulfill and the fulfillment locations to handle them. If you specify multiple fulfillment locations, afulfillment order is created for each one.
Drag an Action element onto the canvas. Select the Order Management category, and search forCreate Fulfillment Order.
Set Input ValuesUse values from earlier in the flow to set the inputs.
DescriptionInput Parameter
This input is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInputRepresentation.
The variable has three fields:
FulfillmentOrder Input
• fulfillmentGroups — A list of Apex-defined variables of classConnectApi.FulfillmentGroupInputRepresentation. A fulfillment order is created for each fulfillment group.A group represents a set of order product summaries to fulfill from a single location, using the same fulfillmenttype. Each fulfillment group variable has these fields:
– fulfilledFromLocationId — Reference to the fulfillment location.
– fulfillmentType — The fulfillment type. Specify one of the values you’ve defined for the Typefield picklist on the Fulfillment Order object.
– orderItemSummaries — A list of Apex-defined variables of classConnectApi.OrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation. Each variable has these fields:
• orderItemSummaryId — Reference to an order product summary.
• quantity — The quantity of the order product summary to allocate to the fulfillment order.
– referenceId — Reference to the fulfillment group input. This action doesn’t use this value.
• orderDeliveryGroupSummaryId — Reference to the order delivery group summary associatedwith the order product summaries.
• orderSummaryId — Reference to the order summary associated with the order product summaries.
Store Output Values
DescriptionOutput Parameter
This value is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderOutputRepresentation.
The fulfillmentOrderIds field is a list of IDs of the created fulfillment orders.
FulfillmentOrder Output
337
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create FulfillmentOrder
Order Management Invocable Actions
UsageTo set up the Fulfillment Order Input:
1. Use Assignment elements to set the orderItemSummaryId and quantity field values on one or moreConnectApi.OrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation variables for each fulfillment group.
2. Use Assignment elements to add the ConnectApi.OrderItemSummaryInputRepresentation variables to theorderItemSummaries fields on one or more ConnectApi.FulfillmentGroupInputRepresentation variables,one for each fulfillment group.
3. Use Assignment elements to set the fulfilledFromLocationId and fulfillmentType field values on the fulfillmentgroup variables.
4. Use Assignment elements to add the fulfillment group variables to the fulfillmentGroups field on aConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInputRepresentation variable.
5. Use Assignment elements to set the orderDeliveryGroupSummaryId and orderSummaryId field values on theConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInputRepresentation variable.
6. Use the ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInputRepresentation variable in the action input.
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create an Invoice fromFulfillment Order
EDITIONS
Available in: LightningExperience
Available in: Enterprise,Unlimited, and DeveloperEditions with SalesforceOrder Management
Create an invoice for a fulfillment order that doesn’t have one.
Drag an Action element onto the canvas. Select the Order Management category, and search forCreate an Invoice from Fulfillment Order.
Set Input ValuesUse values from earlier in the flow to set the inputs.
DescriptionInputParameter
Reference to the fulfillment order that needs an invoice.FulfillmentOrder Id
Store Output Values
DescriptionOutput Parameter
This value is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.FulfillmentOrderInvoiceOutputRepresentation.
The invoiceId field contains the ID of the created invoice.
Invoicecreationoutput
338
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create an Invoicefrom Fulfillment Order
Order Management Invocable Actions
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create Order PaymentSummary
EDITIONS
Available in: LightningExperience
Available in: Enterprise,Unlimited, and DeveloperEditions with SalesforceOrder Management
Create an order payment summary for a payment authorization or payments that use the samepayment method and are attached to the same order summary.
Drag an Action element onto the canvas. Select the Order Management category, and search forCreate Order Payment Summary.
Set Input ValuesUse values from earlier in the flow to set the inputs. Include at least one payment authorization orlist of payments; you don’t need both.
DescriptionInput Parameter
This input is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.CreateOrderPaymentSummaryInputRepresentation.
The variable includes these fields:
Order PaymentSummaryCreate Input
• orderSummaryId — Reference to the order summary associated with the payments. In orgs with themulticurrency feature enabled, the order payment summary inherits the ISO Currency value fromthe order summary.
• paymentAuthorizationId — Reference to the payment authorization to associate with thesummary.
• paymentIds — List of IDs of the payments to associate with the summary.
Store Output Values
DescriptionOutput Parameter
This value is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.CreateOrderPaymentSummaryOutputRepresentation.
The orderPaymentSummaryId field contains the ID of the created order payment summary.
Order PaymentSummary Output
UsageTo set up the Order Payment Summary Create Input for payments, first use Assignment elements to add the payment IDs to a list ofstrings variable. Then use that variable in the action input.
339
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create OrderPayment Summary
Order Management Invocable Actions
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create Order Summary
EDITIONS
Available in: LightningExperience
Available in: Enterprise,Unlimited, and DeveloperEditions with SalesforceOrder Management
Create an order summary based on an order. That order is considered the original order for theorder summary. Subsequent change orders that apply to the order summary are also representedas order records.
Drag an Action element onto the canvas. Select the Order Management category, and search forCreate Order Summary.
Set Input ValuesUse values from earlier in the flow to set the inputs.
DescriptionInput Parameter
This input is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.OrderSummaryInputRepresentation.
The variable has four fields:
Order SummaryCreate Input
• name—Optional. Order summary number to assign to the order summary.
• orderId — The ID of the original order to create an order summary for.
• orderLifeCycleType — Optional. Specifies whether the order is managed in Salesforce OrderManagement or by an external system. It can have one of these values:
– MANAGED—The order is managed in Salesforce Order Management. If no value is specified, the defaultis MANAGED.
– UNMANAGED—The order is managed by an external system.
• status—Optional. Status to assign to the order summary. The value must match one of the picklist valueson the Status field of the Order Summary object.
Store Output Values
DescriptionOutput Parameter
This value is an Apex-defined variable of class OrderSummaryOutputRepresentation.
The orderSummaryId field contains the ID of the created order summary.
Order SummaryOutput
340
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create OrderSummary
Order Management Invocable Actions
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create Return Order
EDITIONS
Available in: LightningExperience
Available in: Enterprise,Unlimited, and DeveloperEditions with SalesforceOrder Management andReturns
Create a return order and return order items for order items belonging to an order summary.
Drag an Action element onto the canvas. Select the Order Management category, and search forCreate Return Order.
Set Input ValuesUse values from earlier in the flow to set the inputs.
DescriptionInputParameter
This input is an Apex-defined variable of classConnectApi.ReturnOrderInputRepresentation.
The variable has four fields:
ReturnOrderInput
• orderSummaryId—ID of the order summary containing the items tobe returned. The order summary’s order life cycle type must be Managed.
• returnOrderLifeCycleType—The LifeCycleType of the returnorder. Possible values are:
– Managed—Process the return order using the actions and APIs. It cangenerate change orders and affects financial fields and rollup calculations.
– Unmanaged—The return order is for tracking purposes only. It isn’tinvolved in any financial calculations and doesn’t generate any changeorders. The system doesn’t prevent the creation of duplicate return orderline items in an unmanaged return order for the same order item.
• returnOrderLineItems—A list of Apex-defined variables of classConnectApi.ReturnOrderLineItemInputRepresentation. Each variable hasthese fields:
– canReduceShipping—Whether the associated shipping chargecan be refunded.
– orderItemSummaryId—ID of the associated OrderItemSummary.
– quantityExpected—Quantity expected to be returned.
– quantityReceived—(Optional) Quantity already physicallyreturned. This value isn’t used by any standard features, but is providedfor use in customizations.
– reasonForReturn—(Optional) Reason for the return. The valuemust match an entry in the ReturnOrderLineItem object’sReasonForReturn picklist.
• status—Status to assign to the return order. The value must match oneof the picklist values on the Status field of the Return Order object.
341
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Create Return OrderOrder Management Invocable Actions
Store Output Values
DescriptionOutput Parameter
This value is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.ReturnOrderOutputRepresentation.
The returnOrderId field contains the ID of the created return order.
Return OrderOutput
UsageTo set up the Create Return Order Input:
1. Use Assignment elements to set the canReduceShipping, orderItemSummaryId, quantityExpected,quantityReceived, and reasonForReturn field values on one or moreConnectApi.ReturnOrderLineItemInputRepresentation variables.
2. Use an Assignment element to add the ConnectApi.ReturnOrderLineItemInputRepresentation variables tothe returnOrderLineItems field on a ConnectApi.ReturnOrderInputRepresentation variable.
3. Use Assignment elements to set the orderSummaryId, returnOrderLifeCycleType, and status field values onthe ConnectApi.ReturnOrderInputRepresentation variable.
4. Use the ConnectApi.ReturnOrderInputRepresentation variable in the action input.
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Ensure Funds Async
EDITIONS
Available in: LightningExperience
Available in: Enterprise,Unlimited, and DeveloperEditions with SalesforceOrder Management
Ensure funds for an invoice and apply them to it. If needed, capture authorized funds by sendinga request to a payment provider. This action inserts a background operation into an asynchronousjob queue and returns the ID of that operation so you can track its status. Payment gateway responsesappear in the payment gateway log and do not affect the background operation status.
Drag an Action element onto the canvas. Select the Order Management category, and search forEnsure Funds Async.
Set Input ValuesUse values from earlier in the flow to set the inputs.
DescriptionInput Parameter
This input is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.EnsureFundsAsyncInputRepresentation.
The variable has one field, invoiceId, which is the ID of the invoice to ensure funds for and apply them to.
Ensure FundsAsync Input
Reference to the order summary associated with the invoice.Order SummaryId
342
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Ensure Funds AsyncOrder Management Invocable Actions
Store Output Values
DescriptionOutput Parameter
This value is an Apex-defined variable of class EnsureFundsAsyncOutputRepresentation. It only returns the IDof the asynchronous background operation, regardless of whether a call is made to an external paymentgateway. It doesn’t include any errors from the operation.
The backgroundOperationId field contains the ID of the background operation.
Ensure FundsAsync Output
UsageThis action checks the order payment summaries associated with the specified order summary for funds to pay the invoice balance asfollows:
Note: If multiple order payment summaries have equal amounts, their order of selection is random.
1. Verify that the invoice balance doesn’t exceed the total amount of all the order payment summaries.
2. Look for an order payment summary with a captured amount equal to the invoice balance. If one exists, apply those funds.
3. If no exact match was found, identify all order payment summaries with captured amounts greater than the invoice balance. If anyexist, select the smallest one and apply funds from it equal to the invoice balance.
4. If no captured amounts greater than the invoice balance were found, traverse the order payment summaries in order of capturedamount, from largest to smallest. Apply each captured amount to the invoice until the invoice balance is zero or all captured fundsare applied.
5. If the invoice still has a balance, look for an order payment summary with an authorized amount equal to the remaining invoicebalance. If one exists, capture and apply those funds.
6. If no exact match was found, identify all order payment summaries with authorized amounts greater than the invoice balance. Ifany exist, select the smallest one and apply funds from it equal to the invoice balance.
7. If no authorized amounts greater than the invoice balance were found, traverse the order payment summaries in order of authorizedamount, from largest to smallest. Capture and apply funds until the invoice balance is zero.
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Ensure Refunds Async
EDITIONS
Available in: LightningExperience
Available in: Enterprise,Unlimited, and DeveloperEditions with SalesforceOrder Management
Ensure refunds for a credit memo or excess funds by sending a request to a payment provider. Thisaction inserts a background operation into an asynchronous job queue and returns the ID of thatoperation so you can track its status. Payment gateway responses appear in the payment gatewaylog and do not affect the background operation status.
Drag an Action element onto the canvas. Select the Order Management category, and search forEnsure Refunds Async.
Set Input ValuesUse values from earlier in the flow to set the inputs.
343
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Ensure RefundsAsync
Order Management Invocable Actions
DescriptionInput Parameter
This input is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.EnsureReundsAsyncInputRepresentation.
The variable has two fields. You must specify at least one of them.
EnsureRefunds AsyncInput
• creditMemoId — The ID of the credit memo to ensure refunds for.
• excessFundsAmount — The amount of excess funds to apply the refunds against.
Reference to the order summary associated with the credit memo.Order SummaryId
Store Output Values
DescriptionOutput Parameter
This value is an Apex-defined variable of class EnsureRefundsAsyncOutputRepresentation It only returns theID of the asynchronous background operation, regardless of whether a call is made to an external paymentgateway. It doesn’t include any errors from the operation.
The backgroundOperationId field contains the ID of the background operation.
Ensure RefundsAsync Output
UsageThis action checks the order payment summaries associated with the specified order summary for amounts to refund following thislogic:
Note: If multiple order payment summaries have equal amounts, their order of selection is random.
1. If a credit memo is specified, identify order payment summaries with captured amounts that were applied to the correspondinginvoice.
a. Examine those order payment summaries. If one has a captured amount matching the credit memo amount, apply the refundto that payment.
b. If no exact match was found, look for captured amounts greater than the credit memo amount. If any exist, apply the refund tothe smallest one.
c. If no greater amounts were found, traverse the order payment summaries in order of captured amount, from largest to smallest.Apply the refund to them until it’s fully applied.
2. If an excess funds amount is specified, identify order payment summaries with captured amounts that weren’t applied to any invoice.
a. Examine those order payment summaries. If one has a captured amount matching the excess funds amount, apply the refundto that payment.
b. If no exact match was found, look for captured amounts greater than the excess funds amount. If any exist, apply the refund tothe smallest one.
c. If no greater amounts were found, traverse the order payment summaries in order of captured amount, from largest to smallest.Apply the refund to them until it’s fully applied.
344
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Ensure RefundsAsync
Order Management Invocable Actions
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Return Order Item SummariesPreview
EDITIONS
Available in: LightningExperience
Available in: Enterprise,Unlimited, and DeveloperEditions with SalesforceOrder Management
Preview the expected results of returning one or more order product summaries from an ordersummary without executing the return. The output of this action contains the values that wouldbe set on the change order created by submitting the proposed return.
Drag an Action element onto the canvas. Select the Order Management category, and search forReturn Order Item Summaries Preview.
Set Input ValuesUse values from earlier in the flow to set the inputs.
DescriptionInput Parameter
Reference to the order summary that you want to preview returning order product summaries from.Order SummaryId
This input is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation.
The variable has one field, changeItems. This field is a list of Apex-defined variables of classConnectApi.ChangeItemInputRepresentation. Each of the variables includes these fields:
Return OrderProductSummary ItemsInput
• orderItemSummaryId — ID of an order product summary to return. It can’t be a shipping chargeproduct.
• quantity — Quantity to return.
• reason — Return reason. The value must match one of the picklist values on the Reason field of theOrder Product Summary Change object.
• shippingReductionFlag — Boolean flag that specifies whether to prorate any related deliverycharge based on the price change.
Store Output Values
DescriptionOutput Parameter
This output is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.PreviewCancelOutputRepresentation, whichcontains the values that would populate a change order record for the proposed return.
Return OrderProductSummary ItemsOutput
Note: The sign of a value in the changeBalances field is the opposite of the corresponding valueon a change order record. For example, a discount is a positive value in changeBalances and anegative value on a change order record.
The orderSummaryId field is the ID of the order summary specified in the input.
The changeBalances field is an Apex-defined variable of classConnectApi.ChangeItemOutputRepresentation, which includes these fields:
• grandTotalAmount — Change to the total with tax.
• totalAdjDeliveryAmtWithTax — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal, including tax.
345
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Return Order ItemSummaries Preview
Order Management Invocable Actions
DescriptionOutput Parameter
• totalAdjDistAmountWithTax — Change to the total order adjustments, including tax.
• totalAdjProductAmtWithTax — Change to the adjusted product subtotal, including tax.
• totalAdjustedDeliveryAmount — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal.
• totalAdjustedDeliveryTaxAmount — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal tax.
• totalAdjustedProductAmount — Change to the adjusted product subtotal.
• totalAdjustedProductTaxAmount — Change to the adjusted product subtotal tax.
• totalAdjustmentDistributedAmount — Change to the total order adjustments.
• totalAdjustmentDistributedTaxAmount — Change to the total order adjustments tax.
• totalAmount — Change to the pretax total.
• totalExcessFundsAmount — The amount of excess funds available on the order paymentsummaries related to the order summary. It is equal to the captured amount that is owed as a refund butis not associated with an invoice or credit memo. Excess funds normally occur when order products arecanceled before fulfillment but after payment is captured. This situation is not common in the US, wherefunds are normally authorized but not captured until the fulfillment process begins. This value includes allexcess funds related to the order summary, not only the funds related to the current action.
• totalRefundableAmount — The total amount available to be refunded. It is the sum of the excessfunds and any outstanding change order grand total amounts that apply to post-fulfillment changes. Thisvalue includes all refundable amounts related to the order summary, not only the amount related to thecurrent action.
• totalTaxAmount — Change to the total tax.
UsageTo set up the Return Order Product Summary Items Input:
1. Use Assignment elements to set the orderItemSummaryId, quantity, reason, and shippingReductionFlagfield values on one or more ConnectApi.ChangeItemInputRepresentation variables.
2. Use an Assignment element to add the ConnectApi.ChangeItemInputRepresentation variables to thechangeItems field on a ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation variable.
3. Use the ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation variable and the order summary ID in the action input.
In a flow for returning order product summaries, display the output of this action for the user to review before executing the return.When the user verifies the expected results, pass the same input to a Return Order Item Summaries Submit action.
346
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Return Order ItemSummaries Preview
Order Management Invocable Actions
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Return Order Item SummariesSubmit
EDITIONS
Available in: LightningExperience
Available in: Enterprise,Unlimited, and DeveloperEditions with SalesforceOrder Management
Return one or more order product summaries from an order summary. This action creates a changeorder record.
Drag an Action element onto the canvas. Select the Order Management category, and search forReturn Order Item Summaries Submit.
Set Input ValuesUse values from earlier in the flow to set the inputs.
DescriptionInputParameter
Reference to the order summary that you want to return order product summariesfrom.
OrderSummaryId
This input is an Apex-defined variable of classConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation.
The variable has one field, changeItems. This field is a list of Apex-definedvariables of class ConnectApi.ChangeItemInputRepresentation. Each of thevariables includes these fields:
ReturnOrderProductSummaryItemsInput
• orderItemSummaryId — ID of an order product summary to return.It can’t be a shipping charge product.
• quantity — Quantity to return.
• reason — Return reason. The value must match one of the picklist valueson the Reason field of the Order Product Summary Change object.
• shippingReductionFlag — Boolean flag that specifies whether toprorate any related delivery charge based on the price change.
Store Output Values
DescriptionOutput Parameter
This output is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.SubmitReturnOutputRepresentation.Return OrderProduct
Note: The sign of a value in the changeBalances field is the opposite of the corresponding valueon a change order record. For example, a discount is a positive value in changeBalances and anegative value on a change order record.
Summary ItemsOutput
The changeOrderId field is the ID of the change order record created for the return.
The changeBalances field is an Apex-defined variable of classConnectApi.ChangeItemOutputRepresentation, which includes these fields:
347
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Return Order ItemSummaries Submit
Order Management Invocable Actions
DescriptionOutput Parameter
• grandTotalAmount — Change to the total with tax.
• totalAdjDeliveryAmtWithTax — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal, including tax.
• totalAdjDistAmountWithTax — Change to the total order adjustments, including tax.
• totalAdjProductAmtWithTax — Change to the adjusted product subtotal, including tax.
• totalAdjustedDeliveryAmount — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal.
• totalAdjustedDeliveryTaxAmount — Change to the adjusted delivery subtotal tax.
• totalAdjustedProductAmount — Change to the adjusted product subtotal.
• totalAdjustedProductTaxAmount — Change to the adjusted product subtotal tax.
• totalAdjustmentDistributedAmount — Change to the total order adjustments.
• totalAdjustmentDistributedTaxAmount — Change to the total order adjustments tax.
• totalAmount — Change to the pretax total.
• totalExcessFundsAmount — The amount of excess funds available on the order paymentsummaries related to the order summary. It is equal to the captured amount that is owed as a refund butis not associated with an invoice or credit memo. Excess funds normally occur when order products arecanceled before fulfillment but after payment is captured. This situation is not common in the US, wherefunds are normally authorized but not captured until the fulfillment process begins. This value includes allexcess funds related to the order summary, not only the funds related to the current action.
• totalRefundableAmount — The total amount available to be refunded. It is the sum of the excessfunds and any outstanding change order grand total amounts that apply to post-fulfillment changes. Thisvalue includes all refundable amounts related to the order summary, not only the amount related to thecurrent action.
• totalTaxAmount — Change to the total tax.
UsageTo set up the Return Order Product Summary Items Input:
1. Use Assignment elements to set the orderItemSummaryId, quantity, reason, and shippingReductionFlagfield values on one or more ConnectApi.ChangeItemInputRepresentation variables.
2. Use an Assignment element to add the ConnectApi.ChangeItemInputRepresentation variables to thechangeItems field on a ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation variable.
3. Use the ConnectApi.ChangeInputRepresentation variable and the order summary ID in the action input.
In a flow for returning order product summaries, run a Return Order Item Summaries Preview action before running this action. Thendisplay its output for the user to review. When the user verifies the expected results, pass the same input to this action.
348
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Return Order ItemSummaries Submit
Order Management Invocable Actions
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Return Return Order Items
EDITIONS
Available in: LightningExperience
Available in: Enterprise,Unlimited, and DeveloperEditions with SalesforceOrder Management andReturns
Process one or more return order line items belonging to a return order. This action creates a changeorder record and makes the processed return order line items read-only. If a processed return orderline item has any remaining expected quantity, then the action creates a separate return order lineitem representing that quantity.
Drag an Action element onto the canvas. Select the Order Management category, and search forReturn Return Order Items.
Set Input ValuesUse values from earlier in the flow to set the inputs.
DescriptionInput Parameter
Reference to the return order that you want to process return order line items from.Return OrderId
This input is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.ReturnItemsInputRepresentation. It has two fields.
The returnOrderItemDeliveryCharges field is an optional list of Apex-defined variables of classConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemDeliveryChargeInputRepresentation. Each of the variables includes one field:
Return ItemsInput
• returnOrderLineItemId—ID of a return order line item representing a shipping charge to return.
The returnOrderItems field is a list of Apex-defined variables of classConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemInputRepresentation. Each of the variables includes these fields:
• quantityReceived—(Optional) The quantity of the return order line item that has been received.The value must be zero or greater. This value isn’t used by any standard features, but is provided for use incustomizations.
• quantityRejected—(Optional) The quantity of the return order line item that has been rejected forreturn. The value must be zero or greater. This value isn’t used by any standard features, but is provided foruse in customizations.
• quantityReturned—The quantity of the return order line item that has been returned. The valuemust be greater than zero. If this value plus quantityToCancel is less than the expected return quantity,then the remaining quantity to be returned is added to a new return order line item.
• quantityToCancel—(Optional) The quantity of the return order line item to remove because it’s notbeing returned. The value must be zero or greater. If this value plus quantityReturned is less than theexpected return quantity, then the remaining quantity to be returned is added to a new return order lineitem.
• reasonForRejection—(Optional) The reason why the rejected quantity, if any, was rejected. Thisvalue isn’t used by any standard features, but is provided for use in customizations.
• returnOrderLineItemId—The return order line item ID.
349
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Return Return OrderItems
Order Management Invocable Actions
Store Output Values
DescriptionOutput Parameter
This output is an Apex-defined variable of class ConnectApi.ReturnItemsOutputRepresentation. It has twofields.
The changeOrderId field is the ID of the change order record created for the return.
Return ItemsOutput
The returnLineItemSplits field is a list of Apex-defined variables of classConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemSplitLineOutputRepresentation, which includes these fields:
• newReturnOrderItemId—ID of the new return order line item that holds the remaining returnquantity.
• originalReturnOrderItemId—ID of the original return order line item.
Note: After a change order is created for a return order line item, that return order line item is read-only.If this action is used to return a partial quantity, it creates a new “split” return order line item to hold theremaining quantity to be returned. In that case, it returns the IDs of the original and split return orderline items in an element of the returnLineItemSplits output list property.
UsageTo set up the Return Return Order Items Input:
1. Use Assignment elements to set the quantityReceived, quantityRejected, quantityReturned,quantityToCancel, reasonForRejection, and returnOrderLineItemId field values on one or moreConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemInputRepresentation variables.
2. Use Assignment elements to set the returnOrderLineItemId field value on one or moreConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemDeliveryChargeInputRepresentation variables.
3. Use an Assignment element to add the ConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemInputRepresentation variables to thereturnOrderItems field on a ConnectApi.ReturnItemsInputRepresentation variable.
4. Use an Assignment element to add the ConnectApi.ReturnOrderItemDeliveryChargeInputRepresentationvariables to the returnOrderItemDeliveryCharges field on aConnectApi.ReturnItemsInputRepresentation variable.
5. Use the ConnectApi.ReturnItemsInputRepresentation variable and the return order ID in the action input.
350
Flow Core Action for Order Management: Return Return OrderItems
Order Management Invocable Actions
CHAPTER 6 Salesforce Order Management Platform Events
Salesforce Order Management includes standard platform events. Processes, flows, and the StreamingAPI can subscribe to them.
In this chapter ...
• FOStatusChangedEvent
• OrderSummaryCreatedEvent
• OrderSumStatusChangedEvent
351
FOStatusChangedEvent
Notifies subscribers of changes to the status of a fulfillment order record. Use this event to trigger flows and processes in your orderworkflow. This object is available in API version 48.0 and later.
Supported CallsdescribeSObjects()
Supported Subscribers
Supported?Subscriber
Apex Triggers
Flows
Processes
Streaming API (CometD)
Streaming API Subscription Channel/event/FOStatusChangedEvent
Special Access RulesFOStatusChangedEvent is available as part of Salesforce Order Management.
Fields
DetailsField
Typestring
EventUuid
PropertiesNillable
DescriptionA universally unique identifier (UUID) that identifies a platform event message. This field isavailable in API version 52.0 and later.
Typereference
FulfillmentOrderId
PropertiesNillable
352
FOStatusChangedEventSalesforce Order Management Platform Events
DetailsField
DescriptionID of the FulfillmentOrder whose status changed.
This value is functionally required, but is nillable because fulfillment order records can bedeleted to comply with data protection and privacy requirements.
Typepicklist
NewStatus
PropertiesNone
DescriptionRequired. The new value of the Status field on the FulfillmentOrder.
Possible values are defined by the Status field picklist on the FulfillmentOrder object.
Typepicklist
NewStatusCategory
PropertiesRestricted picklist
DescriptionRequired. The new value of the StatusCategory field on the FulfillmentOrder.
Possible values are:
• Activated
• Cancelled
• Closed
• Draft
• Fulfilling
Typepicklist
OldStatus
PropertiesNillable
DescriptionThe previous value of the Status field on the FulfillmentOrder.
Possible values are defined by the Status field picklist on the FulfillmentOrder object.
Typepicklist
OldStatusCategory
PropertiesNillable, Restricted picklist
DescriptionThe previous value of the StatusCategory field on the FulfillmentOrder.
353
FOStatusChangedEventSalesforce Order Management Platform Events
DetailsField
Possible values are:
• Activated
• Cancelled
• Closed
• Draft
• Fulfilling
Typereference
OrderSummaryId
PropertiesNillable
DescriptionID of the OrderSummary associated with the FulfillmentOrder.
Typestring
ReplayId
PropertiesNillable
DescriptionRepresents an ID value that is populated by the system and refers to the position of the eventin the event stream. Replay ID values aren’t guaranteed to be contiguous for consecutiveevents. A subscriber can store a replay ID value and use it on resubscription to retrieve missedevents that are within the retention window.
OrderSummaryCreatedEvent
Notifies subscribers of the creation of an order summary record. Use this event to trigger flows and processes in your order workflow.This object is available in API version 48.0 and later.
Supported CallsdescribeSObjects()
Supported Subscribers
Supported?Subscriber
Apex Triggers
Flows
Processes
354
OrderSummaryCreatedEventSalesforce Order Management Platform Events
Supported?Subscriber
Streaming API (CometD)
Streaming API Subscription Channel/event/OrderSummaryCreatedEvent
Special Access RulesOrderSummaryCreatedEvent is available as part of Salesforce Order Management.
Fields
DetailsField
Typestring
EventUuid
PropertiesNillable
DescriptionA universally unique identifier (UUID) that identifies a platform event message. This field isavailable in API version 52.0 and later.
Typereference
OrderId
PropertiesNillable
DescriptionID of the original order associated with the created OrderSummary.
Typereference
OrderSummaryId
PropertiesNillable
DescriptionID of the created OrderSummary
Typestring
ReplayId
PropertiesNillable
355
OrderSummaryCreatedEventSalesforce Order Management Platform Events
DetailsField
DescriptionRepresents an ID value that is populated by the system and refers to the position of the eventin the event stream. Replay ID values aren’t guaranteed to be contiguous for consecutiveevents. A subscriber can store a replay ID value and use it on resubscription to retrieve missedevents that are within the retention window.
OrderSumStatusChangedEvent
Notifies subscribers of changes to the status of an order summary record. Use this event to trigger flows and processes in your orderworkflow. This object is available in API version 48.0 and later.
Supported CallsdescribeSObjects()
Supported Subscribers
Supported?Subscriber
Apex Triggers
Flows
Processes
Streaming API (CometD)
Streaming API Subscription Channel/event/OrderSumStatusChangedEvent
Special Access RulesOrderSumStatusChangedEvent is available as part of Salesforce Order Management.
Fields
DetailsField
Typestring
EventUuid
356
OrderSumStatusChangedEventSalesforce Order Management Platform Events
DetailsField
PropertiesNillable
DescriptionA universally unique identifier (UUID) that identifies a platform event message. This field isavailable in API version 52.0 and later.
Typepicklist
NewStatus
PropertiesDefaulted on create
DescriptionRequired. The new value of the Status field on the OrderSummary.
Possible values are based on the OrderSummary statuses defined in your org.
Typepicklist
OldStatus
PropertiesDefaulted on create
DescriptionRequired. The previous value of the Status field on the OrderSummary.
Possible values are based on the OrderSummary statuses defined in your org.
Typereference
OrderId
PropertiesNillable
DescriptionID of the original order associated with the OrderSummary.
Typereference
OrderSummaryId
PropertiesNillable
DescriptionThe ID of the OrderSummary that changed.
This value is functionally required, but is nillable because order summary records can bedeleted to comply with data protection and privacy requirements.
Typestring
ReplayId
357
OrderSumStatusChangedEventSalesforce Order Management Platform Events
DetailsField
PropertiesNillable
DescriptionRepresents an ID value that is populated by the system and refers to the position of the eventin the event stream. Replay ID values aren’t guaranteed to be contiguous for consecutiveevents. A subscriber can store a replay ID value and use it on resubscription to retrieve missedevents that are within the retention window.
358
OrderSumStatusChangedEventSalesforce Order Management Platform Events
CHAPTER 7 Salesforce Order Management LightningComponents
Salesforce Order Management includes standard Lightning components .
Order Product Summaries by Recipient Component
Use the Order Product Summaries by Recipient component to display order product details on an OrderSummary record page. This component is available in Salesforce Order Management.
The Order Product Summaries by Recipient component displays information about the order deliverygroup summaries associated with the order summary, including the order product summaries associatedwith them.
The displayed order product summary fields are defined by the Order Product Summaries related list onthe OrderDeliveryGroup object page layout. To modify the columns in this component on the ordersummary details page, edit the related list on the Order Delivery Group page layout, not the OrderSummary page layout.
You can create a custom filter to control which order delivery group summary records are displayed.
Order Summary Totals
Use the Order Summary Totals component to display order financial totals on an Order Summary recordpage. This component is available in Salesforce Order Management.
You can customize the panel title and which values to display.
359
CHAPTER 8 API End-of-Life
Salesforce is committed to supporting each API version for a minimum of three years from the date offirst release. In order to mature and improve the quality and performance of the API, versions that aremore than three years old might cease to be supported.
When an API version is to be deprecated, advance notice is given at least one year before support ends.Salesforce will directly notify customers using API versions planned for deprecation.
360